WEST CHESTER UNIVERSITY
Graduate
Catalog
1992-93
' I
West Chester University
a,
■7 y -^^f 2--
lU.duu'^^'^^^ t^^y'-^^-^'^'^
^y/'li^L-et^
ri> 7
3^ bS^-
^^.-^
^
4^^(^
^5-^
^^^^.^^^
/i/ 7
a^
'/?y^
c
^'
f ^> 7
/
//
7J^
XT^
C2>^:i^ / ''/7:
'•nil'
West Chester University
Graduate Catalog
1992-1993
Communications Directory
MAILING ADDRESS:
TELEPHONES:
Admissions
Afiinnaave Action
Billing/Payments
Book Store
Careers/Placement
Continuing Education
Counseling
Financial Aid/ Work
Study
Graduate Studies/ Cata-
logs
Housing
Police
Public Relations
Scheduling/Registration
Student Services Inc.
Summer Sessions
Teacher Certification
Undergraduate Catalogs
University Events/ Stu-
dent Activities
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
Dial 436 plus number in parentheses.
For oEfices not shown here, call the
University Information Center:
(215) 436-1000.
Office of Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research, Old Library (2943)
Director of Affirmative Action, Lawrence
Center (2433)
Office of the Bursar, Elsie O. Bull Center
(2552)
Student Services Inc., Sykes Union
Building (2242)
Director of Career Development Center,
Lawrence Center (2501)
Dean of University College, Elsie O. Bull
Center (3550)
Director of Adult, Evening, and Alterna-
tive Studies, Elsie O. Bull Center (3550)
Counseling Center, Lawrence Center
(2301)
Director of Financial Aid, Elsie O. Bull
Center (2627)
Dean of Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research, Old Ubrary (2943)
Residence Life, Sykes Union Building
(3307)
Pubhc Safety Department, Peoples
Maintenance Building (3311)
Director of University Relations, Smith
House (3383)
Office of Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research, Old Ubrary (2943)
Sykes Union Building (2955)
Director of Summer Sessions, Elsie O.
Bull Center (2230)
Teacher Certification Office, Recitation
Hall (2426)
Office of Admissions, 100 West Rosedale
(3411)
Student Programming Dept./Student
Activities Council (2983) or Sykes
Information Desk (2984)
Nondiscrimination/Afiirmative Action Policy
West Chester University is committed to providing leadership in
extending equal opportunities to all individuals. Accordingly, the
University will continue to make every effort to provide these
rights to all persons regardless of race, color, religious creed, life-
style, handicap, ancestry, national origin, union membership, age,
or sex. This policy applies to all members of the University
community including students, faculty, staff, and administrators.
It also applies to all applicants for admission or employment and all
participants in University-sponsored activities.
This policy is in compliance with federal and state laws, in-
cluding Tides VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Tide K
of the Educational Amendment of 1972, Section 504 of the Reha-
bilitation Act of 1973, and Executive Order of the Governor of
Pennsylvania.
Any individual having suggestions, problems, complaints, or
grievances with regard to equal opportunity or affirmative action
is encouraged to contact the director of affirmative action, 104
Lawrence Center (215) 436-2433.
Sexual Harassment Policy
West Chester University is committed to equality of opportunity
and freedom from discrimination for all its students and employees.
Based on this commitment and the recognition that sexual
harassment is a form of discrimination, which is of a growing
concern to the higher education community, the University
provides the following policy:
Harassment on the basis of sex is a violation of Tide VII
of the U.S. Civil Rights Act, Tide K of the Educational
Amendments of 1972, and of the Pennsylvania Human Rela-
tions Act. Because West Chester University is committed to
establishing an environment free from discrimination and
harassment, sexual harassment will not be tolerated in any
form. Upon official filing of a complaint, immediate investi-
gation will be made culminating in appropriate corrective
action where warranted, which may include termination of
the relationship with the University.
Sexual harassment is defined as unwelcome sexual ad-
vances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physi-
cal conduct of a sexual nature occurring when:
1 . submission to such conduct is made either explicidy or
implicidy a term or condition of an individual's employ-
ment, or of a student's academic status or treatment;
2. submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individ-
ual is used as the basis for academic or employment deci-
sions affecting such an individual; or
3. such conduct creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive
living, working, or academic environment to a reasonable
person.
A complete copy of the University's Sexual Harassment Pol-
icy document, inclusive of the investigatory procedures, may be
obtained from the Affirmative Action Office.
Individuals who believe themselves to be the victims of sexual
harassment, or who have questions about the University's policy on
this matter should contact the director of affirmative action, 104
Lawrence Center (215) 436-2433.
Accreditation
West Chester University is accredited by The Middle States Asso-
ciation of Colleges and Secondary Schools, The National Council
for Accreditation of Teacher Education, The National Athletic
Training Association, The National Association of Schools of Mu-
sic, The National League for Nursing, The American Chemical
Society, The Commission on Accreditation in CUnical Chemistry,
The Joint Review Committee for Respiratory Therapy Education,
and the Council on Social Work Education (baccalaureate level).
West Chester University has been given program approval by the
Department of Education of the Commonwealth of Peimsylvania
for the certification of teachers.
The provisions of this catalog are not to be regarded
as an irrevocable contract betvv^een the student and the
University. West Chester University reserves the right to
change any provisions or requirements at any time.
Office of Graduate Studies and Sponsored Research
Old Library Building
Church Street and Rosedale Avenue
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2943
Hours:
Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m.
Tuesday and Wednesday 4:30-7:00 p.m.
Contents
Communications Directory ii
Graduate Programs of Study 2
Graduate Studies at West Chester 3
Admission 4
Good Standing, Academic Probation,
Degree Candidacy and Degree Requirements 6
Fees and Expenses 7
Financial Aid 9
Academic Information and Regulations .' 12
University Services and Student Living 15
Programs of Study and Course Offerings 19
Guide to the Catalog I9
Structure of the University 20
Administration 21
Training and Development 22
M.Sj\., Individualized Concentration 22
Anthropology and Sociology 23
An '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 2'i
Biology 25
Business 26
Master of Business Administration Program 26
Accounting 27
Economics 28
Management 28
Marketing 29
Chemistry 30
Childhood Studies and Reading 32
Elementary Education 33
Reading 34
Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study 34
Communication Studies 36
Communicative Disorders 37
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education 39
Counselor Education 39
Secondary Education and Professional Studies 41
Educational Research 43
Environmental Education 44
Urban Education 44
Criminal Justice 44
English 46
Foreign Languages 49
Geography and Planning 51
Geology and Astronomy 52
Health 54
History 57
Instructional Media 59
Leadership for Women 60
Linguistics 61
Mathematics and Computer Science 62
Music 65
Music Education 65
Music History and Literature 67
Instrumental Music 68
Keyboard Music 68
Music Theory and Composition 70
Vocal and Choral Music 71
Nursing 72
Philosophy 73
Physical Education 74
Physical Science 76
Political Science 77
Psychology 78
Social Work 80
Special Education 81
Teaching English as a Second Language - 82
Women's Studies 83
Guide to Course Prefixes 84
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania 85
Administration 86
Faculty 87
Academic Calendar 99
Index 100
Campus Map 102
Graduate Programs of Study
Administration
MSA. (Concentradons: Health Services,
Individualized, Leadership for Women, Long-
Term Care, Psychology/Personnel, Public
Administration, Sport and Athletic
Administration, Training and Development,
Urban/Regional Planning)
Cooperative degree with Clinical Chemistry
Biology
MjV Biology
Business
M.BA. (Concentrations: Accounting, Economics/
Finance, General Business, Management,
Management Information Systems, Small
Business Management)
Chemistry
MA. Physical Science (Concentration; Chemistry)
M.Ed. Chemistry
M.S. Chemistry
M.S. Clinical Chemistry
Childhood Studies and Reading
M.Ed. Elementary Education (Concentrations:
Creative Teaching-Learning, Early Childhood
Education, Elementary Education, Gifted
and Talented, Human Development,
Language Arts, Reading, Social Studies)
Certification in Elementary Education
M.Ed. Reading
Reading Specialist Certification
Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study in
Childhood Studies and Reading
Communication Studies
MA. Communication Studies
Communicative Disorders
MA. Speech Pathology
Counselor, Secondary, and
Professional Education
M.Ed. Elementary Education Counseling
M.Ed. Secondary Education Counseling
M.S. Higher Education Counseling
M.S. Educational Research
Specialist I Certificate in Counseling
(Elementary or Secondary)
M.Ed. Secondary Education
Courses in Environmental Education; Urban
Education
Criminal Justice
M.S. Criminal Justice
English
MA English
Foreign Languages
MA French
MA Spanish
M.Ed. French
M.Ed. (German
M.Ed. Latin
M.Ed. Spanish
Geography and Planning
MA Geography
M.SA (Concentration; Urban/Regional Planning)
Geology and Astronomy
MA Physical Science (Concentration: Earth
Sciences)
Health
M.Ed. Health
M.S. Health
M.S. Administration (Concentrations: Health
Services, Long-Term Care)
History
MA History
M.Ed. History
Instructional Media
M.Ed. Instructional Media Education
M.S. Instructional Media
Teaching Certification for Instructional Media
Education
Leadership for Women
M.SA (Concentration: Leadership for Women)
Mathematics and Computer Science
MA Mathematics (Concentrations: Pure
Mathematics, Mathematics Education,
AppUed Computer Science)
M.Ed. Mathematics
M.S. Computer Science
Music
MA Music History and Literature
M.M. Accompanying
M.M. Keyboard Performance
M.M. Piano Pedagogy
M.M. Instrumental Performance
M.M. Music Education
M.M. Music Theory/Composition
MM. Vocal/Choral Performance
Philosophy
MA Philosophy
Physical Education
M.S. Physical Education
M.SA (Concentration: Spon and
Athletic Administration)
Physical Science (Interdepartmental)
MA Physical Science (Concentrations;
Chemistry, Earth Sciences)
PoUtical Science
M.SA (Concentration: Public Administration)
Psychology
MA Clinical Psychology
MA General Psychology
MA Industrial/Organizational Psychology
MA Group Psychotherapy/Processes
(Certification: Psychodrama)
M.SA (Concentrations: Individualized,
Psychology/Personnel, Training and
Development)
Public Administration
See Political Science
Special Education
M.Ed. Special Education
Certification in Special Education
Teaching English as a Second
Language
MA Teaching English as a Second Language
The following departments and
interdisciplinary areas offer graduate
courses, but no graduate degree.
Anthropology and Sociology, Art, Linguistics,
Theatre Arts, and Women's Studies
Graduate Studies at West Chester
West Chester University Graduate Studies are committed to
broadening scholarship, strengthening professional skills, and
encouraging significant research.
THE GRADUATE STUDIES PROGRAM at West Chester has
grown remarkably since its introduction in 1959. About 2,000
students now attend during the fall and spring semesters;
some 1,800 enroll for summer sessions. West Chester Univer-
sity's graduate program is the largest within the 14
Commonwealth-owned institutions of higher learning.
The University began as the West Chester Academy in 1812
and functioned as a normal school from 1871-1927. Since it
became a four-year college in 1927, West Chester has developed
steadily and is now one of the major comprehensive
institutions of higher learning in the Philadelphia vicinity.
Facilities for graduate education are good. The Common-
wealth inaugurated an extensive building program in the 1950s
which led to the Schmucker Science Center, a block-long
complex of buildings including a planetarium, an astronomical
observatory, and modem laboratories; the Elsie O. Bull
Learning and Research Center; and the Francis Harvey Green
Library, one of Pennsylvania's principal university libraries.
The University offers the Master of Arts, the Master of Business
Administration, the Master of Education, the Master of Music,
and the Master of Science in approximately 70 disciplines
or areas of study.
Master's degree programs such as the M.B.A., the MA. in
speech pathology, the M.S.A., the M.S. in computer science,
and the certificate of advanced graduate study in reading have
been designed to meet the particular needs of the times and
the area.
In addition to its degree and certification programs. West
Chester offers nondegree study in a number of areas including
art, economics, linguistics, and theatre arts.
For the benefit of in-service teachers and other employed
persons. West Chester schedules most of its graduate classes
during late afternoons and evenings.
Graduate Summer Sessions
The 12-week summer sessions are
divided into three periods: the Pre
Session of three weeks, the Regular
Session of six weeks, and the Post
Session of three weeks. Most Pre Session
classes meet in the evenings; almost
all classes for the other two sessions
meet during the daytime. (To apply, see
Admission.) Admission to summer
sessions courses does not constitute
admission to a degree program.
The Campus
The University is located in West
Chester, a community in southeastern
Pennsylvania strategically located at the
center of the mid-Adantic corridor.
The seat of Chester County government
for almost two centuries. West Chester
retains much of its historical charm
in its buildings and countryside, but
offers the twentieth-century advantages
of a town in the heart of an expanding
economic area.
The University occupies 388 acres. The
main campus is situated on 97 acres
within the Borough of West Chester; the
south campus is located on a 291-acre
tract in adjacent townships. West
Chester was settied in the early eigh-
teenth century principally by members
of the Society of Friends. With a
population of about 20,000, the borough
is small enough to have the pleasant
aspects of a tree-shaded American town.
large enough to provide essential
services and the substance of a vigorous
community, and old enough to give
the student first-hand contact with
America's early history. The heart of
West Chester is its courthouse, a
Classical Revival building designed in
the 1840s by Thomas U. Walter, one of
the architects for the Capitol in
Washington, D.C.
Today, West Chester is part of the rapidly
growing suburban complex surrounding
Philadelphia and offers interesting
opportunities for the study of local,
county, and regional government in a
period of change and growth.
Philadelphia is 25 miles to the east and
Wilmington 17 miles to the south of
the campus. The libraries, museums,
and other cultural and historical
resources of both cities are within easy
reach. Valley Forge, the Brandywine
Batdefield, Longwood Gardens, and
other historical attractions are near West
Chester.
How to Reach West Chester
The Borough of West Chester is easily
accessible from all directions both by car
and public transportation. Route 3,
the West Chester Pike, leads directly
into town from center-city Philadelphia.
From the Pennsylvania Turnpike,
motorists traveling west should take
Route 202 south from the Valley Forge
Interchange, while those traveling east
can arrive via Route 100 south from
the Downingtown Interchange. From
the south. Route 202 from Wilmington
and Routes 100 and 52 from U.S.
Route 1 all lead to West Chester.
Undergraduate Studies
Over 10,000 students are enrolled in
the University's undergraduate program.
The University grants the Associate of
Arts in liberal studies, the Associate of
Science in two fields, the Bachelor of
Science in Education in four basic
curricula — elementary education, sec-
ondary education, music education, and
speech pathology and audiology, the
Bachelor of Arts in arts and letters, social
and behavioral science, the natural
sciences, mathematics, and music; the
Bachelor of Fine Arts in Studio Arts; the
Bachelor of Science in the sciences and
health sciences; the Bachelor of Music
in theory/composition, performance,
and music history; and the Bachelor of
Science in Nursing.
The University also offers degree pro-
grams that prepare students for special-
ized work in business administration,
computer and information sciences,
criminal justice, nursing, social welfare,
speech pathology and audiolog)', and
many other fields. The Office of
Admissions will supply undergraduate
admissions materials upon request.
Admission
Student Responsibility
It is the responsibility of students to
know and observe all policies and
procedures for their programs. The
University will not waive a regulation
because a student pleads ignorance of it.
Students should give careful attention
to the dates relating to application for
graduation as well as other pertinent
deadlines announced by the department
or the Office of Graduate Studies and
Sponsored Research.
The Application Procedure
Students with a bachelor's degree from
an accredited college or university in the
United States or with equivalent
preparation acquired in another country
are eligible to apply for admission to a
graduate program.
1. Applications are available from the
Office of Graduate Studies and
Sponsored Research and, when
completed, should be returned there
along with all supporting
documentation required for
admission to a particular degree
program.
2. Applicants must request all
institutions at which they have taken
any post-secondary work to submit
an official transcript direcdy to the
Office of Graduate Studies and
Sponsored Research. West Chester
University undergraduate transcripts
are available to the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research; applicants do not need to
forward them.
3. Applicants should consult with the
graduate coordinator of the primary
interest area to assure compliance
with admission requirements for a
particular degree program.
Application Deadline
Degree candidates should apply for
admission at least t\v'o months before
registration for the semester or summer
session in which they wish to enroll.
Individual programs frequentiy specify
deadlines in advance of those requfred by
the Office of Graduate Studies.
Notification of Admission
All applications are reviewed by both
the appropriate department or program
and the dean of graduate studies.
The dean will notify applicants of the
acceptance or rejection of thefr
applications. If accepted, students must
follow all program advising and
scheduling policies and procedures.
Accepted students should meet
immediately with their advisors to
outline a program of study.
Registration
Previously enrolled students (those
who have attended within the past year)
and newly accepted students will
receive scheduling materials and
registration instructions by mail.
Materials for fall semester are usually
available in early April, for spring
semester in early November, and for
summer sessions in early March.
Students who anticipate receiving
materials but do not receive them should
contact the Office of Graduate Studies.
Please note that certain high-demand
programs have established thefr own
registration procedures specific to their
needs.
Active Status
A student's application and curriculum
record will remain active for a two-
year period. If two years lapse in which
the student fails to register, the record
will be placed on inactive status. The
student must then reapply to the Office
of Graduate Studies.
Admission Requirements for
Degree Students
1 . A baccalaureate degree from a college
or university accredited in the United
States or its equivalent from a school
in another country.
2. A cumulative average of at least 2.50
and a grade of at least 2.75 in the
major discipline. (An "A" equals 4.0.)
3. Scores from the Graduate
Management Admission Test,
Graduate Record Examination, or
the Miller Analogies Test if these are
requfred for admission to the
program in which the student wishes
to eiuroll.
4. Approval by the department offering
the desired degree program. Before
such approval is given, an interview
with a faculty member may be
requfred. The applicant also must
meet any other additional
requirements established for the
degree program, including grade
point averages which exceed the
minimum graduate admission
requirements.
5. Approval by the dean of graduate
studies and sponsored research.
6. Space available in the program.
An applicant who has academic
deficiencies may be granted provisional
status. The departmental graduate
coordinator will specify course work
which must be taken to remove such
deficiencies and which will not be
credited to degree requirements
including, if necessary, undergraduate
prerequisites.
Admission to degree study does not
constitute admission to degree
candidacy. After a student has
satisfactorily fulfilled certain course
requirements specified in the degree
program and has completed 12 to 15
semester hours of work, the student
must apply for admission to degree
candidacy.
Graduate Record Examination
and Graduate Management
Admission Test
Scores from the Graduate Record
Examination (GRE) or Graduate
Management Admission Test (GMAT)
are required for many degree programs.
The prospective degree student should
consult the appropriate program
oudine and schedule a test prior to
matriculation.
Both tests are administered by the
Educational Testing Service, P.O. Box
6004, Princeton, N.J. 08541-6004. For
current information regarding
application materials and test dates,
contact the Counseling Center 215-436-
2301. Application forms must be filed
with the Educational Testing Service at
least 15 days prior to the date of any
examination.
The examinations may be taken at any
of the testing centers designated by
the Educational Testing Service. The
GRE is administered periodically at West
Chester— generally in October,
December, February, April, and June.
West Chester University became a test
center for the GMAT in fall 1989.
Admission
Miller Analogies Test
Some degree programs require students
to take the Miller Analogies Test, which
is administered each week at the
Counseling Center, Room 129, Law-
rence Center. It requires less than two
hours and is given by appointment.
Students requiring the test should
telephone the center (215-436-2301)
well in advance to schedule a test date.
Appointments are often booked several
months in advance. The student must
pay an examination fee in person at
the time the test is taken at the Coun-
seling Center.
Undergraduates
An undergraduate who has completed
96 credits of undergraduate course
work, is in the final semester of work
for the bachelor's degree, and has an
overall grade point average of at least
3.0 may, with the permission of the dean
of graduate studies and sponsored
research, enroll in up to six credits of
graduate-level courses. Credits earned
may be applied to a master's degree
program subject to the approval of the
major department.
Auditors
An auditor is a student who attends
classes but does not necessarily do other
work required of students in the
course. Anyone may attend the Univer-
sity for the sole purpose of auditing
one or more graduate courses by obtain-
ing approval from the course instructor,
graduate coordinator, and dean of
graduate studies and sponsored re-
search, and paying the regular fee.
Full-time graduate students may audit
one course per semester without charge,
provided they obtain approval from
the course instructor and the course
does not create an overload for the
student. If an overload results, students
must pay for each credit in excess of
12. Part-time graduate students may
audit one course per semester provided
they obtain the instructor's approval,
enroll in the course through the office of
graduate studies, and pay the regular
course fee.
Credit is never given to auditors. After
the course has commenced, the auditor
status may not be changed. The grade
of Audit (AU) is recorded on the
student's transcript. A full-time gradu-
ate assistant may not use an audit to
maintain his/her full-time status without
the prior approval of the appropriate
advisor, graduate coordinator, and dean
of graduate studies.
Transfer of Credit
Applicants to a degree program at West
Chester who have earned credits
through previous graduate study at
another college or university may trans-
fer credit under certain circumstances.
Application forms for transfer of credit
may be obtained in the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored Re-
search. The following conditions are the
minimum requirements for acceptance
of transfer credit:
1. The credits must have been earned
at an approved graduate school.
2. The courses taken must be approved
by the department or program in
which the applicant intends to enroll
at West Chester and by the graduate
dean.
3. No more than six credits may be
transferred.
4. The grade earned for courses to be
transferred must be B or better. (An
"A" equals 4.0.)
5. An official transcript must be submit-
ted. Transcripts must be sent directly
to the Office of Graduate Studies
and Sponsored Research by the
institution that granted the credits,
and they must clearly indicate that the
courses to be transferred are gradu-
ate courses, which were given
graduate credit.
6. The courses for transfer must have
been taken recendy enough to fall
within the six-year time limitation.
Admission of Foreign Students
Students from foreign countries may be
admitted to the graduate program
provided they meet certain special
requirements in addition to the Univer-
sity and program admission require-
ments. Foreign students, like other
out-of-state students, are accepted only
when space is available.
All applications and supporting docu-
ments must be on file in the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored Re-
search no less than four months before
the student proposes to enter the
country.
Applicants whose native language is
not English must submit evidence of
satisfactory performance on the Test of
English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL) to the Office of Graduate
Studies and Sponsored Research before
application forms can be processed. A
score of 550 is the minimum acceptable
score, although some programs have
higher minimum requirements. Informa-
tion about the TOEFL test, including
test dates and locations in foreign
countries, can be obtained from the
Educational Testing Service, Box 899,
Princeton, N.J. 08540, U.S.A. Registra-
tion forms must reach Princeton at
least five weeks before the test is to be
taken.
The following information and docu-
ments must be filed with the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored Re-
search:
1. A completed application form.
2. An official copy of school certificates,
showing the date issued for all work
done beyond the elementary level.
3. A statement from a bank or other
financial institution certifying ample
financial resources to maintain
oneself while a student in the United
States. Current costs are $8600 for
the academic year. (Summer and
holidays are not figured into these
costs.)
4. A Medical History Form and an
Immunization Record must be
completed by a ph)'sician and re-
turned to the Office of Graduate
Studies.
5. If a student is admitted to a degree
program, a U.S. Immigration (1-20)
Form will be supplied by the
University.
After the application and supporting
documents have been reviewed, the
Office of Graduate Studies and Spon-
sored Research will notify the applicant
of its action. Foreign students are
urged to remain in their own countries
until they receive notice of acceptance.
The University cannot assume responsi-
bility for the housing or welfare of
foreign students.
Good Standing, Academic Probation, Degree
Candidacy, and Degree Requirements
Good Standing
Students must maintain a 2.75 cumula-
tive average (i.e., all graduate courses
taken) and a 3.0 in the major discipline
(i.e., all courses, both required and
elective, departmental and non-
departmental taken to fulfill degree
requirements) to remain in good stand-
ing.
Academic Probation
Students whose cumulative average
falls below 2.75 and/or 3.0 in the major
discipline will be placed on probation.
Students must return to good standing
during the next nine credits of appropri-
ate graduate work, or they will be
dropped from the program. Students
will not be granted a second probation-
ary period. Students earning as low as
a cumulative 2.0 will be dropped
without a probationary period. Summer
sessions count the same as regular
semesters. All grades recorded deter-
mine the students' academic status, even
if a student changes degree programs.
Students dropped from a graduate
program due to unsatisfactory work will
not be permitted to take courses for
credit towards a graduate degree in that
department beyond the semester in
which they are dropped.
Requirements for Admission to
Degree Candidacy
Application for degree candidacy must
be made immediately on completion
of the first 12 to 15 semester hours of
course work in a degree program.
During the precandidacy period the
students must;
1. Complete those courses which the
department or program specifies as
prerequisite to degree candidacy.
2. Perform satisfactorily on examina-
tions which the department or
program may require for admission
to degree candidacy.
3. Maintain a cumulative average of at
least 2.75 and an average of at least
3.0 in the major discipline.
4. Meet specific GPA requirements as
stipulated by the individual degree
program.
Procedure for Application to
Degree Candidacy
1 . Every student must file an application
for admission to degree candidacy
with the dean of graduate studies and
sponsored research. Forms are
available in the Office of Graduate
Studies and Sponsored Research.
2. When the application has been
evaluated by the department con-
cerned and by the dean of graduate
studies and sponsored research, the
graduate dean will send a letter of
acceptance or rejection to the student.
3. Upon notice of acceptance, degree
candidates must confer with their
advisors to continue with their
previously established program of
study.
Students must be admitted to degree
candidacy prior to registering for
comprehensive exams and before regis-
tering for thesis credits.
Reapplication for Degree
Candidacy
Apphcants who fail to qualify as degree
candidates may reapply. They must
attain an average of 3.0 in course work
specified by their advisors.
Summary of Requirements for
the Master's Degree
1. Admission to degree candidacy.
2. Completion of all requisite courses
and credits with a cumulative
average of 2.75, an average of 3.0 in
the major discipline, compliance
with specific GPA requirements as
stipulated by the individual degree
program, and achievement of satisfac-
tory scores on the Graduate Manage-
ment Admission Test, Graduate
Record Examination, or the Miller
Analogies Test, if required. (See
program requirements.)
3. Satisfactory performance on a final
written and/or oral comprehensive
examination conducted by the
student's advisory committee in the
field of specialization. (It is the
candidate's responsibility to apply
for this examination.)
4. Submission and approval of the thesis
or research report in those programs
requiring it.
5. Fulfillment of any special examina-
tions, requirements, or competencies
that are unique to a department or
program.
6. Fulfillment of all financial obhgations
to the University, including payment
of the graduation fee, and of all
other obligations including the return
of University property.
7. Compliance with all academic re-
quests from the dean of graduate
studies and sponsored research, in-
cluding submission of a form letter of
intent to graduate by the specified
due date.
Additional Requirements for
the Master of Education Degree
In addition to fulfilling these require-
ments, candidates for certain Master of
Education degrees must give evidence
of successful teaching experience
approved by the department chairper-
son. Other experiences in lieu of this
requirement must be approved by the
relevant department and the dean of
graduate studies and sponsored re-
search.
Fees and Expenses
Special Note: The fees listed below reflect
charges at press time. For up-to-date
information on fees at any given time,
contact the Office of the Bursar (215) 436-
2552.
Fees and expenses are subject to change
without notice. Fees shown here are in
effect for the 1991-92 academic year.
Changes for 1992-93, if approved, would
occur after the printing of this catalog.
Unless otherwise specified, fees may be
paid by Visa, MasterCard, check, or
money order made payable to West
Chester University. The cancelled check,
money order record, or charge card
billing serves as a receipt.
Basic Graduate Fees for Legal
Residents of Pennsylvania
Less than 9 credits — $146.00 per
semester hour of credit
9 through 15 credits -$1314.00 per
semester
More than 15 credits — $1314.00 plus
$146.00 for each semester hour of
credit beyond 15
Basic Graduate Fees for
Out-of-State Students
Less than 9 credits — $186.00 per
semester hour of credit
9 through 15 credits -$1677.00 per
semester
More than 15 credits — $1677.00 plus
$186.00 for each semester hour of
credit beyond 15
Housing Fee
Graduate student housing is limited at
West Chester University. If housing
is granted, a fee must be paid which
entitles the student to occupancy of a
standard double room in a residence hall
with one roommate. This fee covers
all utilities, including on-campus and
local telephone service (students must
provide the actual telephone). The
Student Occupancy Agreement, which
must be signed before students check
into their rooms, is binding for the
full academic year (September-May),
even for those students who may receive
late room assignments. The cost per
student is $1,100.00 a semester.
On-Campus Residence Fee
The residence fee for students living in
campus residence halls is $1,815.00
per semester and covers housing
($1,100.00) and meals ($715.00) while
the University is in session. These fees
are subject to an annual adjustment.
Food Plans
Plan 1 — 14 Variable Program entitles
students to any 14 of the 21 meals
served Monday through Sunday and
includes a flexible fund of $100. This
program is required for resident
students and is available to ofif-campus
and commuter students.
Plan 2 — Flexible Fund Program is
designed for commuters. Students can
place a minimum of $100 into a flexible
fund account, which they can access
with their ID card in the Food Court,
Take Out, or Convenience Store in
Lawrence Dining Hall; the deli in Sykes
Union Building; or the Bagel Cart.
With this program, there is no need for
students to carry cash to purchase
meals. The flexible fund can be in-
creased in $25 increments at any time.
All Flexible Fund Dollars must be
used by the end of the spring semester.
Balances will not be carried forward
to the next academic year.
Students in university housing already
have their meal plan cost included in
their university billing. Off-campus
and commuter students can sign up for
a meal plan by applying at the Bursar's
Office in Elsie O. Bull Center.
Late Registration Fee
Graduate students are not automatically
granted permission to schedule after
the deadline; however, a late registration
fee of $35.00 is required of students
who receive approval to schedule and
pay after the official registration
deadline.
Community Center Fee
Students pay a community center fee
based on the number of credits carried,
as follows:
1 through 6 credits $ 2.50 per semester
7 through 8 credits $ 5.00 per semester
9 credits or more $10.00 per semester
The community center fee is not
refundable.
Student Union Expansion Fee
Effective with the fall 1991 semester.
This fee will be phased in as follows:
Full Time Part Time Summer
Class of 1992 $14.00 $ 5.00 $ 2.50
Class of 1993 28.00 10.00 5.00
Class of 1994 41.00 15.00 7.50
Class of 1995 55.00 20.00 10.00
Educational Service Fee
$50.00 per semester, full-time student
$20.00 per semester, pan-time student
$10.00 per summer session
The amounts collected will be set aside
and used exclusively for the following:
Educational SuppUes 20%
Library Books/Periodicals 40%
Educational Equipment 40%
This fee is fully refundable to those
students who officially withdraw prior
to the start of class. This fee is nonre-
fundable for students withdrawing
after the start of class.
Health Center Fee
All full-time students (nine credits or
more) are charged a $35.00 health
center fee per semester. Part-time
students pay $14.00 per semester. Reg-
ular summer session students pay
$6.00 and PRE and POST summer
sessions pay $4.00.
International Student Services
Fee
International students must pay a fee
of $25.00 per semester to suppon the
special needs of these students.
Graduate Student Association
Fee
$6.00 per semester full time
$3.00 per semester part time
Course Audit Fee
Students who audit a course (attend a
course without taking credit) pay the
same fees as other students.
Financial Obligations
Students are expected to make full
payment of fees by the registration
Fees and Expenses
deadline in advance of each semester.
The University sends bills for fees
preceding each semester. If payment is
not made within the stipulated period,
the student risks cancellation of all
scheduled courses.
Payments normally fall due each
academic year as follows:
Fall semester Mid-August
Spring semester Mid-December
Any change in these dates will be
shown on fall or spring invoices. Checks
should be made payable to West
Chester University and mailed to;
Office of the Bursar
Elsie O. Bull Center
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
No student will be enrolled, graduated,
or given a transcript of his or her
record until all charges due at the
particular time are paid.
Billing Address Changes
If a student's billing address changes
during enrollment at the University, the
new address must be given to the Office
of the Registrar in the Elsie O. Bull
Center to avoid delayed delivery of bills.
Dishonored Check Fee
A fee of $25.00 is charged to accounts
for checks returned for any reason.
Transcript Fee
The fee for transcripts is $3.00 per copy.
Transcript request forms ctre available
in the Registrar's Office. Immediate
transcripts are $5.00 per request.
Rentals
Any band or orchestra instrument
$6.00 per semester
$1.00 per week in summer sessions
Organ $36.00 per semester
$2.00 per week in summer sessions
Withdrawal Procedure
Students who wish to withdraw from
the University after paying their
semester or summer session fees must
follow the official withdrawal procedure.
Withdrawal forms are available in the
Registrar's Office, Elsie O. Bull Center.
Completed forms must be returned
to that office during the semester or
summer session when the withdrawal
occurs.
Basic Fee Refund Policy
Refunds cannot be made unless the
student oBicially processes the with-
drawal from the University or the drop
from a course through the Office of
the Registrar. Application fees credited
to the student's basic fee are not
refundable. Other amounts paid and
credited toward the basic tuition fee are
refundable in full for students who
withdraw for approved reasons (such
as documented ill health or personal
tragedy) prior to the first day of the
semester.
Beginning with the first class day of
the semester, the basic tuition fee
exclusive of the acceptance fee is
refundable for students who withdraw
in accordance with the following
schedule:
1st or 2nd week
80%
3rd week
70%
4th week
60%
5th week
50%
6th week and thereafter
NO REFUND
Students who officially reduce their
credit hour load to qualify for a lower
basic tuition fee shall receive a refund of
a percentage of the difference in
accordance with the above schedule.
Policies on Refunds
Refunds cannot be made after the close
of the semester. Students should
initiate refund requests immediately by
contacting the Office of the Registrar
and the Office of the Bursar in the Ebie
O. Bull Center.
Refund of the application fee or
acceptance fee will not be made under
any circumstances.
Refunds will not be made to students
who are temporarily or indefinitely
suspended.
The summer graduate catalog states
summer session fees and policies.
Housing Refunds
The $100.00 room deposit is not
refundable. When students change from
resident status to commuter status after
the beginning of the semester, there
is no room refund, except for the most
compelling reasons and when a "Re-
quest for Cancellation of Occupancy
Agreement" is properly filed in the
Office of Housing and Residence Life.
Meal Refunds
The fee for meals may be refunded on
a weekly prorated basis. Contact the
Office of the Bursar in the Elsie O. Bull
Center.
Application Fee
A nonrefundable graduate student
appUcation fee of $25.00 is assessed to
all students applying to the graduate
program.
Graduation Fee
A graduation fee of $30.00 is required
of all degree candidates. No degree will
be granted until this fee is paid. Checks
should be drawn to the Commence-
ment Fund and delivered to the Office
of Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research on or before the due date.
Parking Fee
The University charges a nonrefund-
able parking fee to students who are
eligible to purchase a decal to use
University parking lots. The following
fees have been approved:
EFFECTIVE RATE
Fall 1992 $15.00
Fall 1993 $20.00
Registration forms are available at the
Public Safety Department. A violation of
University parking regulations is
charged at $5.00 per issued ticket.
library Card/ID Card
In order to borrow books from the
library, graduate students must present
their ID (identffication) card. An ID
card can be purchased for a $2.00 fee
at the SSI Office, Sykes Union Building.
Academic Computing Center
ID Card
In order to borrow software and/or use
the Academic Computing Center
facilities, all graduate students (pan-
time and full-time students) must
present a valid WCU ID card. The ID
card is purchased at the SSI Office,
Sykes Union Building. (For further
information on the cost and hours for
pictures, contact SSI at 215-436-2955.)
Fees for Crossover Registration
Students who are admitted to graduate
study and need to take undergraduate
course work to correct academic
deficiencies are advised to enroll in
undergraduate courses exclusively, and
they will be billed undergraduate fees.
Graduate students who are enrolled in
graduate and undergraduate courses
during the same semester will pay
graduate fees for all course work.
Further, all such courses or combina-
tions are to appear on a single graduate
transcript that includes a code or
Financial Aid
legend which differentiates between
undergraduate and graduate courses.
Undergraduate courses appearing on a
graduate transcript may or may not be
acceptable for a degree program,
according to determinations made by
the degree-granting department. Under-
graduate students with at least a 3.00
GPA and 96 credits of course work may
take up to six credits of graduate course
work in their final semester in accor-
dance with University policy. If the
student wishes to have the credits count
towards the bachelor's degree, he/she
must submit a completed "Application
for an Undergraduate Student to Take a
Graduate Course for Undergraduate
Credit." If the student wishes to have
the credits count towards a graduate
degree, he/she must submit a com-
pleted "Application for an Undergradu-
ate Student to Take a Graduate Course
for Graduate Credit." Both forms are avail-
able in the Office of the Registrar. To
receive graduate level credit, the student
also must submit a properly completed
and approved Graduate School Admis-
sions Form to the Office of Graduate
Studies before completing the appropri-
ate form.
If a course is taken for undergraduate
credit by an undergraduate student,
no additional fees will be required.
If a course is taken for graduate credit,
the student must pay graduate tuition
and applicable fees for that course.
Credit earned and grades received will
be recorded on the undergraduate
transcript. Credits so earned may later
be applied to a graduate program,
subject to approval of the major depart-
ment.
Financial Aid
The purpose of financial aid at West Chester University is to
provide financial assistance and counseling to students who
can benefit firom further education, but who cannot obtain it
without such assistance. Financial assistance consists of gift
aid in the form of scholarships or grants and self-help aid in the
form of employment or loans. The main responsibility for
meeting educational expenses rests with students and their
families. Financial aid is a supplement to family contributions
and is to be used for educational expenses.
Eligibility for financial aid, with the exception of some
assistantships and scholarships, is based on demonstrated
financial need. Family income, assets, and family size influence
the demonstrated financial need of the student.
All documents, correspondence, and conversations among
the aid applicant, his or her family, and the Financial Aid Office
are confidential and entitled to the protection ordinarily
arising from a counseling relationship.
In order to receive need-based financial aid, the student must:
1. Meet enrollment requirements for the specific aid program
and must be making satisfactory academic progress. See
the section entitled "Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy
for Financial Aid" for a more detailed explanation of this
requirement.
2. Submit a Pennsylvania State Grant & Federal Student Aid
application to the Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance
Agency in Harrisburg, Pa., before March 15 for priority
consideration. All students, regardless of state residency status.
must complete this form in order to be considered for financial
aid at West Chester University. This application will be used
to determine demonstrated financial need for the student.
All students are encouraged to complete this application.
3. Submit a Financial Aid Transcript from all previously
attended post-secondary educational institutions including
all undergraduate institutions. This transcript may be
obtained through the Financial Aid Office. Submit this
transcript even if no aid was received at those institutions.
4. Submit any other requested documentation concerning
financial and family circumstances that may be requested
by the Financial Aid Office, or any agency that administers
financial assistance programs. Financial aid applicants may
be required to submit copies of their parents' I.R.S. forms or
various other income documents.
The submission of the information described above does not
automatically entitle a student to receive financial aid. The
Financial Aid Office follows the regulations established by the
federal government in awarding aid. Aid applicants are ranked
according to unmet need (based on budget, federal and state
grants, and expected family contribution), and available funds
are offered to the neediest snidents first. Students must apply
for financial aid each academic year.
Direct questions concerning financial aid to the Financial
Aid Office, 138 Elsie O. Bull Center, West Chester University,
West Chester, PA 19383 (215) 436-2627. Office hours are
Monday through Friday, from 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m.
Satisfactory Academic Progress
Policy for Financial Aid
The satisfactory academic progress
policy for graduate students is defined
below. This policy is subject to change
because of revisions in federal regula-
tions.
FULL-TIME GRADUATE STUDENTS -
The student must have official permis-
sion from the University to enroll or
continue enrollment as a degree student
and must have successfully completed
at least 18 credits during the previous
academic year (fall-spring). Nine
credits per semester is considered to be
full time for graduate students.
PART-TIME GRADUATE STUDENTS -
ENROLLED FOR 1 to 5.5 CREDITS
PER SEMESTER -The snident must
have official permission from the
University to enroll or continue enroll-
ment as a degree student and must
have successfully completed all credits
attempted during the previous aca-
demic year (fall-spring).
ENROLLED FOR 6 to 8.5 CREDITS
PER SEMESTER -The student must
have the official permission of the Uni-
versity to enroll or continue enroll-
ment as a degree student and must have
Financial Aid
successfully completed at least 12
credits durir.g the previous academic
year (fall-spring).
The Financial Aid Office reviews the
"successfully completed credits" require-
ment at the end of each academic year
(spring semester).
Credits earned during the summer
followdng an academic year vdll be used
to make up a credit deficit during the
review for financial aid satisfactory
academic progress. The Financial Aid
Office reviews the "official permission
from the University to enroll or con-
tinue enrollment as a degree student"
requirement at the beginning of each
semester. In other words, if the student
moves from "degree" to "nondegree"
status between the fall and spring
semesters, the student will not be
maintaining satisfactory academic
progress, and spring financial aid will
be rescinded. This particular item
cannot be appealed.
FAILURE TO MAINTAIN SATISFAC-
TORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS AC-
CORDING TO THESE STANDARDS
WILL RESULT IN THE LOSS OF
FEDERAL TITLE IV FINANCL\L AID
FOR AT LEAST ONE SEMESTER OR
UNTIL SUCH TIME AS THE STU-
DENT IS AGAIN MAINTAINING SAT-
ISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS.
DEFINITIONS:
ENROLLMENT STATUS: Full time
(nine or more credits per semester) or
part time Gess than nine credits per
semester).
CREDTTS ATTEMPTED: Credits
for which a grade of A, B, C, D, F,
Withdraw Failing (WF), Incomplete (I),
or No Grade (NG), has been received.
SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED
CREDTTS: Credits for which a grade of
A, B, C or D has been received.
Grades of NG or I do not count as
successfully completed credits. Any
withdrawal grades (Withdraw, Withdraw
Passing, Withdraw Failing) do not
count as successfully completed credits.
FEDERAL TITLE TV FINANCIAL
AID: Stafford Student Loan (SSL),
College Work Study, Perkins Loan,
PLUS Loan, and Supplemental Loan
(SLS).
REPEATED CREDITS, for purposes of
determining satisfactory academic
progress, will be treated in the same
manner as they are treated under the
WCU academic policies.
Generally, only those credits success-
fully completed at WCU are considered
when reviewing the student's satisfac-
tory academic progress for financial aid.
However, if a student is unable to
attend WCU during the summer to
correct a "credit deficiency," he or she
may obtain official University permis-
sion to take courses at another institu-
tion and then submit those successfully
completed credits to the Financial Aid
Office for consideration in determining
satisfactory academic progress. Any
credits submitted for consideration must
transfer to WCU and count towards
the student's degree. Only credits taken
during the summer will be considered.
APPEALS TO THE SATISFACTORY
ACADEMIC PROGRESS REQUIRE-
MENTS: An appeal to the satisfactory
academic progress requirements must be
made in writing and fully explain the
reasons for the appeal. Accompanying
this letter must be appropriate support-
ing documentation Getters firom physi-
cians, counselors, etc.). The Appeal Com-
mittee may request a personal interview
with the student. The decision of the
committee will be based on the
legitimate merits of the appeal and will
be final. Appeals, when granted, will
be for ONE SEMESTER ONLY. Students
who are granted appeals will be
reviewed for the maintenance of satisfac-
tory academic progress at the end of
the "appeal" semester. Only ONE appeal
will be granted during the course of
the student's academic career at WCU.
Academic Grade Level
Requirements for
SSI7PLUS/SLS Loans
In addition to the satisfactory academic
progress requirements mentioned
above, the SSL and PLUS programs
require that a student advance to the
next academic level for every $7,500
(SSL graduate) / $4,000 (PLUS or SLS)
borrowed.
Graduate
Academic Level
Credits Earned
1st
0 to 17.5
2nd
18 or more
Withdrawal/Enrollment Change
and Aid
Students who officially withdraw or
change their enrollment status may be
entided to a refund of certain fees,
according to West Chester University's
poUcy. (See section entided "Fees and
Expenses.") If the student has been
awarded financial aid for the semester
in which the withdrawal or enrollment
change occurs, a portion of the refund
will be returned to financial aid pro-
gram fiinds. Financial aid refunds due
to withdrawals or enrollment changes are
processed in accordance with federal,
state, and awarding agency guidelines
and regulations. A student considering
withdrawal or an enrollment statiis
change should consult the Financial Aid
Office to determine the impact of that
action on current and future financial aid.
Student Consumer Rights and
Responsibilities
You have the right to ask a school:
1. The names of its accrediting organi-
zations.
2. About its programs; its instructional,
laboratory, and other physical
facilities; and its faculty.
3. The cost of attendance and its
policies on refunds to students
who drop out.
4. What financial assistance is avail-
able, including information on all
federal, state, local, private, and
institutional financial aid programs.
5. What the procedures and deadlines
are for submitting applications for
each available financial aid program.
6. What criteria it uses to select finan-
cial aid recipients.
7. How it determines your financial
need. This process includes how
costs for tuition and fees, room and
board, travel, books and supplies,
personal and miscellaneous ex-
penses, etc., are considered in your
budget. It also includes what
resources (such as parental contribu-
tion, other financial aid, your assets,
etc.) are considered in the calcula-
tion of your need.
8. If you have a loan, you have the
right to know what the interest
rate is, the total amount that must
be repaid, the length of time you
have to repay the loan, when you
must start repaying it, and any
cancellation and deferment provi-
sions that apply.
9. If you are offered a work study job,
you have the right to know what
kind of job it is, what hours you
must work, what your duties will be,
what the rate of pay will be, and
how and when you vnl\ be paid.
10. To reconsider your aid package, if
you believe a mistake has been made.
Financial Aid
1 1 . How the school determines whether
you are making satisfactory aca-
demic progress and what happens
if you are not.
12. What special facilities and services
are available to the disabled.
You have the responsibility to:
1 . Review and consider all information
about a school's program before you
enroll.
2. Pay special attention to your appli-
cation for student financial aid,
complete it accurately, and submit it
on time to the right place. Errors
can delay your receipt of financial aid.
3. Provide all additional documentation,
verification, corrections, and/or new
information requested by either the
Financial Aid Office or the agency to
which you submitted your applica-
tion.
4. Read and understand all forms that
you are asked to sign and keep copies
of them.
5. Accept responsibility for the promis-
sory note and all other agreements
that you sign.
6. If you have a loan, notify the lender
of changes in your name, address, or
enrollment status.
7. Perform in a satisfactory manner the
work that is agreed upon in accepting
a college work study job.
8. Know and comply with the deadlines
for application for aid.
9. Know and comply with your school's
refund procedures.
Perkins Loan Program
The Perkins Loan Program is a cooper-
ative effort of the federal government
and West Chester University which
enables quahfied students to secure
educational loans under attractive con-
ditions. Each borrower must:
1. Be enrolled or accepted in the insti-
tution participating in the program.
2. Demonstrate financial need.
3. Maintain satisfactory academic
progress in the curriculum.
The combined total of undergraduate
and graduate loans cannot exceed
$18,000. Approval of loans depends
upon the student's financial need and
the availability of loan funds. A
Pennsylvania State Grant and Federal
Student Aid Application must be filed.
For further information contact the
director of financial aid.
Stafford Student Loan
The Stafford Student Loan is a cooper-
ative effort of private lending institu-
tions and the state and federal govern-
ments which enables qualified students
to secure long-term educational loans.
To be eligible for a loan, a student must:
1. Be accepted for enrollment in an
approved institution or, if enrolled, be
making satisfactory academic
progress.
2. Be classified as at least a half-time
student.
The maximum loan per academic grade
level for fiill-time graduate students is
$7,500 or the cost of education, which-
ever is less. The total indebtedness
permissible for all years of under-
graduate and graduate study is $54,750.
Applications for this loan can be
obtained at lending institutions (banks).
Graduate Assistantships
A limited number of graduate assistant-
ships are available to qualified, full-
time graduate students. Interested stu-
dents should consult their department
chairperson or graduate coordinator
and the Office of Graduate Studies and
Sponsored Research to determine the
availability of assistantships and their
own eligibility. Assignments may
involve part-time undergraduate teach-
ing, participation in research projects,
or other professional duties under
faculty supervision.
Full-time graduate assistants, in return
for 20 hours of assigned duties per week,
receive tuition remission and a stipend
of approximately $3,750 for the academic
year. Half-time assistantships involving
10 hours per week of assignments are
also available that cover six credits of
tuition remission and pay approxi-
mately $1,875 for the academic year.
Applications are available in the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored Re-
search. Special minority assistantships
are available also.
For maximum consideration for sup-
port, applications for the fall semester
should be submitted by February 1,
although some departments occasion-
ally consider assistantship applications
at later dates.
Students holding graduate assistantships
who fail to maintain good academic
standing will have their assistantships
revoked or will not have them renewed.
This policy includes courses taken
during summer sessions. Departments
also may stipulate higher academic
standards for maintaining assistantships.
Institute for Women Graduate
Grant
The Institute for Women at West
Chester University offers an annual
grant of $500 to a woman graduate
student who is accepted into a master's
degree program at West Chester
University. The award is based on high
academic achievement; evidence of
potential for contribution to the appli-
cant's field of study; a record of
leadership in school, community,
church, or other setting; and evidence
of service to others. Applications,
including reference forms, are available
from the Office of Graduate Studies
and Sponsored Research. Completed
materials must be submitted by April 1.
Only students who have filed all
required admission credentials and plan
to enroll for a minimum of six graduate
credits are eligible.
College Work Study
Graduate students may apply through
the Financial Aid Office for University or
federal work study funds. A Pennsyl-
vania State Grant and Federal Student
Aid Application must also be filed.
Physical Education Depanment
Scholarship
One $300 scholarship is awarded to a
graduate student in physical education.
Applications should be submitted to
the chairperson. Physical Education
Department.
Special Education Department
Scholarship
The Department of Special Education
offers a scholarship of $500 to be
awarded annually to a select, non-
traditional student. The award is made
possible through the Military Order of
the Purple Hean, a veterans' organiza-
tion chartered by Congress for armed
forces personnel wounded in combat.
Notification of the award will be made
by March 1 of each year. Applications
and further information are available
from the chairperson, Department of
Special Education.
Professor Russell Sturzebecker
Scholarship
The Professor Russell Sturzebecker
Scholarship is a $100 award made each
semester to a "worthy and needy"
Academic Information and Regulations
graduate student in health and physical
education. Through the generosity of
Mr. John Unruh, the award is donated
in honor of Professor Sturzebecker.
The recipient must be working full time
in the field of health and physical
education and must be a part-time
student at West Chester University and
working towards a master's degree in
his or her professional field.
Graduate students who meet the criteria
are invited to submit a letter of application
for the scholarship along with a resume
of their professional and academic status.
These documents should be submitted
to the chairperson of the Department of
Physical Education before November 15
for the first semester, and before March
15 for the second semester. Selections will
be made by a committee of three graduate
faculty members of the Department of
Health and the Department of Physical
Education.
Application forms are available from
the Department of Physical Education.
Grace Cochran Research on
Women Award
An annual $100 award in each division,
graduate and undergraduate, is given
for the best research on women. The
award, sponsored by the Institute for
Women, is given on Research on Women
Day held in the spring of each year.
Dr. Cochran, an eminent teacher and
scholar, graduated from the West
Chester State Normal School in 1906.
Dr. Charles S. Swope
Scholarship Foundation
The Memorial Scholarship Trust Foun-
dation was established by Charles E.
Swope and Richard M. Swope in
memory of Dr. and Mrs. Charles S.
Swope. Dr. Swope served as president
of West Chester University for a quarter
of a century. AppUcants must be
enrolled full time and graduates of West
Chester University. Scholarships are
$1,000 each. Applications must be filed
on or before April 1 . Selection is made
during May, with scholarships com-
mencing in September.
Charles Mayo Scholarship
A financial grant is awarded yearly to
an upperclass or graduate student in
political science in memory of Charles
Mayo, former president of West Chester
University. Funded by contributions,
the award is administered by faculty of
the Department of Political Science.
The value of the scholarship is approxi-
mately $200.
Residence Hall Graduate
Assistants
Opportunities to serve as residence hall
graduate assistants are open to all full-
time graduate students. Graduate assis-
tants five in the University residence
halls and assist the full-time, professional
resident director in providing direction
for the personal, social, and educational
development of the resident students.
These positions are full-time (25 hours
a week) graduate assistantships that offer
a stipend, tuition remission, and room
and meal plan. Preference is given to
students enrolled in a counseling or
psychology program and to those with
prior residence hall Uving experience.
Apphcations may be made through the
Office of Residence Life and Housing,
Room 206, Sykes Union Building (215)
436-3307.
Academic Information and Regulations
Time to Complete the Degree
Program
All requirements for the degree,
including courses, comprehensive exam-
inations, and thesis, must be completed
within the six years immediately prior
to the expected date of graduation.
See also "Degree Candidacy" and "De-
gree Requirements."
Classification of Students
Students are classified as;
A. Degree Students
1. Full matriculation, granted to a stu-
dent who meets all admission
requirements.
2. Provisional matriculation, which may
be granted to a student who:
a. Has not taken the Graduate Record
Examination, the Miller Analogies
Test, or a specialized entrance
examination required by the de-
partment concerned.
b. Is unable to present all prerequi-
sites required by the department.
Students must fulfill the conditions
stipulated in their provisional accep-
tance by the time that application to
degree candidacy is made. Credit earned
as a provisional degree student may
be accepted towards the degree only on
recommendation of the student's
advisor.
Note: Some programs do not grant
provisional matriculation.
3. TeacAer certificaaon, which applies
to students taking course work to
gain teacher certification.
4. Professional growth, for students who
take graduate course work but seek
neither a degree nor certification.
B. Nondegree Students
A nondegree student may be admitted
to take a workshop or other credit-
bearing class. Nondegree students may
schedule up to six credits of course work
on a nonmatriculated basis.
Additional course work may be taken
only after the student has made
application and been accepted into one
of the degree programs described
above. Students taking only special
courses, such as workshops, are the
exception to this rule.
Courses taken under nondegree status
may not necessarily be applied to degree
programs at a later date. Students
should begin the formal application
process immediately after they have
decided to pursue a graduate degree at
West Chester University.
Advisory System
All students will be assigned an advisor
in the department of their chosen
major. Students must comply with all
program or department advising and
scheduling procedures and are ex-
pected to meet with their advisors at
least once each semester during the
course scheduling period.
Academic Information and Regulations
Graduate Level Course
Numbering System
500 Series Graduate level courses to
which advanced undergraduates
may be admitted
600 Series Graduate courses not nor-
mally open to undergraduates
Course numbering within a series is at
the discretion of the department
offering the courses.
Undergraduate Courses for
Graduate Credit
Some departments have identified
selected undergraduate courses that may
be taken by graduate students (under
departmental advisement) for graduate
credit. No more than six credits of
specifically designated 400-level courses
may be applied to awarding of the grad-
uate degree. See departmental listings.
Workshops
The number 598 following the depart-
mental prefix indicates an "open"
workshop that allows the departments
to offer a variety of short-term seminars
in specific subjects under this designa-
tion. Such workshops may or may not
carry credit in a graduate degree
program.
Student Load
The normal work load for a full-time
student during the fall and spring
semesters is nine semester hours. The
load may be increased if approval has
been obtained fi^om the student's
advisor.
During the summer session, the normal
work load is one semester hour of work
for each week of enrollment. Gener-
ally, students carry only one course
during the Pre or Post Session.
Course Credit by Examination
Credit by examination may not be taken
for graduate course work.
Pass/Fail Grades
The pass/fail option is not available to
graduate students for graduate or
undergraduate courses.
Transferring Credit from Other
Institutions
West Chester students who wish to
take course work at other institutions
for credit at West Chester University
must first obtain approval from their
chairperson or coordinator and the dean
of graduate studies and sponsored
research. Other restrictions and require-
ments are the same as those given in
"Transfer of Credit," page 5.
Change of Status
A provisional degree student who has
met the various conditions stipulated at
the time of admission may petition
for full graduate standing by submitting
a written request to the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored Re-
search. Credit earned as a provisional
degree student or as a nondegree student
may be accepted in a degree program
only upon the recommendation of the
student's advisor. Provisional degree
students should consult their advisors
well in advance in order to select work
appropriate for transfer toward the
degree.
Changing to Auditor Status
Before the end of the add period, a
student may apply to become an auditor
by completing a Change In Class Status
Form available in the Office of Grad-
uate Studies and Sponsored Research
and by obtaining the necessary approval.
Changes in Program
In order to change from one degree
program to another, a student must
submit an application to the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored Re-
search. The student must meet all
specific admission requirements of the
program for which the change is
requested. No fee is charged.
Adding a Course
Students may add a course by filing a
Schedule Change Form in the Office of
the Registrar during the schedule
change period and after obtaining
approval from their program advisor and
the dean of graduate studies and
sponsored research.
Dropping a Course
A. During the first week of a semester,
or the equivalent time in summer
sessions, a student may drop a
course, thereby receiving no grade,
by filing a Schedule Change Form in
the Office of the Registrar during
the schedule change period.
B. A grade of W will be entered on the
academic record of any student who
drops a course benveen the end of
the first week and before the end of the
fifth class week or the equivalent in
summer sessions.
Students who drop a course between
the end of the fifth class week and the end
of the tenth class week will receive a
grade of either Withdrawal Passing
(WP) or Withdrawal Failing CWF) &:om
the instructor, indicating that they
were passing or failing the course at
that time. A WP is not treated as a grade.
A WF is computed as an "F." After
the tenth week of classes, students will
receive whatever grade the professor
assigns (excluding WF and WP) but are
not entided to selectively withdraw
fi-om particular classes. STUDENTS
WHO FAIL TO OFFICIALLY DROP A
COURSE FOR WHICH THEY HAVE
REGISTERED WILL RECEP/E A
GRADE OF "F" FOR THE COURSE.
Withdrawal from Courses in
Summer Sessions
Students wishing to withdraw from
summer sessions should follow the same
procedure for withdrawal from a
course. Withdrawal deadlines are ad-
justed appropriately in accordance with
the summer calendar.
Withdrawal from the University
Students wishing to withdraw from the
University must go to the Office of the
Registrar and follow the prescribed
procedures. If illness or some other
emergency interrupts the student's
work, he or she must notify the Office
of the Registrar immediately. Unless a
student withdraws officially, F grades
will be recorded for unfinished courses.
The student also must notify the Office
of Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research of his or her withdrawal from
the University.
Leave of Absence
Students in a degree program who will
not be registering for course work
during a given semester should file a
letter requesting a leave of absence with
the dean of graduate studies. The letter
should be filed in advance of the
semester in which course work is halted.
Approved leaves of absence do not
release the student from the six-year
time limitation stipulated for the
completion of degree requirements.
Academic Information and Regulations
Grading System
The following grading system is used:
Grade Definitions:
Grade
A +
A
A-
B +
B
B-
C +
c
c-
D +
D
D-
F
NG
W
WF
WP
Y
AU
Quality Percentage
Points Equivalents
4.33 97 or above
4.00 93-96
3.67 90-92
3.33 87-89
3.00 83-86
2.67 80-82
2.33 77-79
2.00 73-76
1.67 70-72
1.33 67-69
1.00 63-66
0.67 60-62
0 59 or lower
Interpretation
Excellent
Superior
59 or lower
Average
Below
Average
Failure
No Grade
Withdrawal
Withdrawal
Failing
Withdrawal
Passing
Administrative
Withdrawal
Audit
I (Incomplete) is a temporary grade
replaced by NG in 1980. NG (No Grade)
is given when a student fails to
complete course requirements by the
end of a semester and a time extension
is granted by the instructor; see grade
changes section listed below.
W (Withdrawal) is given when a
student withdraws from a course be-
tween the end of the first and the end
of the fifth class week of the semester or
the equivalent in summer sessions.
WP and WF are explained in the
section "Dropping a Course."
Y (Administrative Withdrawal) is
given under appeal when there are non-
academic mitigating circumstances,
and there is documentation that the
student never, in fact, attended class.
Degree students must repeat any courses
appUed to the degree for which they
have received a grade of less than C- and
all courses for which the program or
department has a higher standard. All
grades received for a course will remain
on the student's record, but only the
second grade achieved will be used to
calculate the cumulative and major
averages. A form for reporting repeated
courses, available from the OfiSces of
the Registrar and Graduate Studies,
must be filed with the registrar at the
time of registration for a repeated
course.
Removing "No Grade"
Designation
Students must complete courses for
which they have received a No Grade
(NG) by the completion date stipulated
by the instructor, and no later than
the end of the first nine weeks of the
next semester or the NG will become an
F. The nine-week requirement does
not apply to independent study, thesis,
research report, practicum, or recital
credit.
Grade Reports
Grade reports are mailed to the student
soon after the end of a semester or
summer session. Students are reminded
to check their reports against grade
requirements and other regulations, as
well as for accuracy, and to have their
grade reports available when consult-
ing with advisors.
Obtaining Transcripts
Transcripts of work taken at West
Chester University may be obtained
from the Office of the Registrar. A check
or money order, payable to West
Chester University, must accompany a
written request that should include the
period of attendance at the University,
degree stattis, the curriculum pursued.
Social Security number, and any
change of name during enrollment. For
a description of the transcript fee, see
"Fees and Expenses."
Changes in Name or Address
Students should immediately notify the
Office of the Registrar, the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored Re-
search, and their department of any
change of address or change in name.
The Comprehensive (Area of
Specialization Examination)
A comprehensive examination covers
the student's major field and is con-
structed, administered, and evaluated by
the faculty of the student's major
department or program. Candidates
must apply for the examination with the
department. They are not eligible to
take the examination prior to the
semester in which all courses in the
major discipUne are completed.
Other Examinations
Other examinations may be required of
degree students. All requirements
given under the heading of the particular
program should be carefully noted.
Research Requirements
Students should consult specific pro-
grams to determine whether indepen-
dent study directed toward either the
thesis or a research report is required,
offered optionally, or omitted.
Application for Graduation
Each candidate for a master's degree
must submit the following items to the
Office of Graduate Studies and Spon-
sored Research: (1) a form indicating
intent to graduate, with a copy to the
chairperson of the candidate's depart-
ment; (2) a check for $30 made payable
to the Commencement Fund; (3) a
Commencement Fund Invoice Form;
(4) a Cap and Gown Order Form; and
(5) a Public Relations News Release
Form. All of these forms are available
in a packet from the Office of Graduate
Studies and Sponsored Research.
Deadline dates for applying to graduate
are: May graduation — February 1;
August graduation —June 1; December
graduation — October 1.
Submitting the Thesis for
Binding
After approval by the department, theses
must be typed in accordance with
specifications that may be obtained from
departmental offices or the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored Re-
search. After the dean of graduate
studies and sponsored research has
approved the thesis, the student is
responsible for transmitting all required
copies to the library for binding.
Second Master's Degree
Students wishing to obtain a second
master's degree from West Chester
University must meet all academic
requirements set by the Office of
Graduate Studies and the department
concerned, and must earn a minimum of
24 credits beyond the hours applied
toward the first master's. All new credits
and additional departmental academic
requirements must have been completed
within a six-year period preceding the
awarding of the second degree.
University Services and Student Living
Graduates Seeking Initial
Teaching Certification
College graduates who wish to obtain
initial teaching cenification (Instruc-
tional I) should contact the Office of
Certification, Recitation 201 A.
Permanent Teaching
Certification
The Instructional II (Permanent) Certif-
icate is a permanent certificate issued to
an applicant who has completed three
years of satisfactory teaching on an
Instructional I Certificate, attested to by
the superintendent of the school district
in which his or her most recent service
was performed, or, in the case of an
intermediate unit, the executive direc-
tor, or in the case of an approved
nonpubhc school, the chief school
administrator. In addition, the applicant
must complete 24 semester hours of
collegiate study at an approved four-
year institution after receiving a baccalau-
reate degree.
IN-SERVICE PROGRAMS -The 24-
semester-hour requirement may be satis-
fied, in whole or in part, through in-
service programs approved by the Secre-
tary of Education of the Commonwealth.
Educational Specialist
Certification
Commonwealth regulations also provide
for certification as an educational specialist
to those persons who successfully com-
plete an approved program of study and
have the recommendation of the training
institution. The Educational Specialist
Certificate is issued on two levels.
Educational Specialist I (Provisional)
The Educational Specialist I Certificate
is issued for entry into a professional
position in the schools of the Common-
wealth. The appHcant must have com-
pleted an approved program of study,
possess a baccalaureate degree, and
been recommended for certification by
the preparing institution.
Educational Specialist II (Permanent)
The Educational Specialist II Certificate
is a permanent certificate issued to an
applicant who has completed three years
of satisfactory service on an Educational
Specialist I Certificate, and who has
completed 24 semester hours of post-
baccalaureate or graduate study at a
regionally approved institution. In
addition, the applicant must have re-
ceived the recommendation of the
superinterident of the school district in
which his or her most recent service was
performed, or in the case of an inter-
mediate unit, the executive director, or
in the case of an approved nonpublic
school, the chief school administrator.
On June 1, 1987, the Pennsylvania State
Board of Education implemented
revisions to the Pennsylvania Code.
These revisions require all students who
apply for Pennsylvania teaching certifi-
cates to pass state competency tests
in basic skills, general knowledge,
professional knowledge, and specific
knowledge of the subjects in which they
seek teacher certification.
As changes are made in requirements
for all certification programs, it is the
student's responsibility to satisfy the
new requirements.
Professional Certification
Several departments and programs, in
addition to offering degrees, offer
professional certificates on completion
of a prescribed course of study. Consult
the individual department or program
listings regarding offerings.
Directory Information
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act defines the term "directory
information" to include the following
categories of information: the student's
name, addresses, telephone numbers,
date and place of birth, major field of
study, participation in officially recog-
nized activities and sports, weight and
height of members of athletic teams,
dates of attendance, degrees and
awards received, and the most recent
educational agency or institution
attended by the student. The University
will limit information that is made
public to categories such as these but
will not necessarily publish all such
information in every listing.
Students who do not wish to have any
or all of such "directory information"
published without their prior consent
must file notice — undergraduates in the
Office of the Registrar, and graduate
students in the Office of Graduate
Studies and Sponsored Research and in
the Office of the Registrar. A signed,
dated statement specifying items not to
be published must be brought by the
student to the appropriate office within
the first 15 calendar days after the
beginning of the fall semester.
University Services and Student Living
Francis Harvey Green Library
The Francis Harvey Green Library offers
the graduate student an excellent
environment for study and research.
Housed in a modem, six-floor complex,
the library contains a graduate study
lounge, a seminar room, a special
collections room, a map room, an
instructional materials center with
audio-visual facilities, a periodicals
collection, and micro-reading facilities.
The general collection of 480,000
volumes and nearly 2,800 periodicals is
augmented by an extensive microme-
dia collection of more than 350,000
volumes, including books, periodicals,
newspapers, doctoral dissertations,
maps, and an extensive collection of
government publications. The total
resources of over 830,000 volumes
compare favorably with other major
public and private research libraries in
the West Chester area. The special
collections include the Chester County
Collection of Scientific and Historical
Books; the Normal Collection (publi-
cations by faculty and alumni); the
Ehinger Collection (a collection of
historical books on physical education);
the Biographies of the Signers of the
Declaration of Independence by John
Sanderson; and the Shakespeare Folios.
Also worthy of note are the collections
of children's literature, instructional
media and music, and the Philips
collection of autographed books.
The University library, through its staff
of 13 professional librarians, provides
the services required by students and
University Services and Student living
University Policy for Storm Closings
When storm conditions affect the operation of the University,
announcements are made over local radio and TV stations via a
system of code numbers keyed to affected schook. Prefixes
indicate whether the school will be closed or open later than
usual. West Chester's numbers and apphcable prefixes are:
853 — University Number; this number with no prefix indi-
cates classes will be cancelled for the day.
2853 — Evening classes will be cancelled.
5853— School will open one hour late.
6853— School wUl open two hours late.
On Tuesday or Thursday, either a two-hour delay or class
cancellation will be called. Two-hour delays on these days will
mean that 8 a.m. classes are cancelled and the class normally
starting at 9:30 a.m. will start at 10 a.m. and continue to 11 a.m.
On Monday, Wednesday, or Friday, a one-hour delay means that
the 8 a.m. class is cancelled. A two-hour delay means that both the
8 a.m. and 9 a.m. classes are cancelled.
faculty working in all areas covered
by the University's instructional pro-
grams. Among the many services are
reference, computerized on-line litera-
ture searching, interlibrary loan, and
photoduplication. Use of the library is
enhanced by an online catalog, auto-
mated circulation system, and a com-
puterized network of indexes and
abstracts on CD-ROM.
Housing
West Chester provides housing facilities
for its graduate students on a limited
basis for the regular school year and all
summer sessions. Graduate students
are housed in undergraduate halls with
24-hour quiet hours. All students
living in the residence halls must be on
a University meal plan. Upon accep-
tance to graduate school, students may
contact the Office of Residence Life
and Housing for on-campus housing.
Residence hall rooms are all double-
occupancy. Graduate students are
expected to abide by the same housing
regulations governing undergraduate
students.
For assistance in locating an apartment
or dwelling off campus, students may
contact the Office of Off-Campus and
Commuter Life.
Both the Office of Residence Life and
Housing and the Office of Off-Campus
and Commuter Life are located in 206
Sykes Union Building, Rosedale Ave.,
215-436-3305.
Student Health Services
Two fiill-time physicians, a nurse
practitioner, and five registered nurses
are available to meet emergency and
first-aid needs, and to perform routine
treatment of minor illnesses and minor
surgical conditions. The University
does not furnish other medical care or
bear the costs of medical or surgical
treatment or hospitalization. The
community of West Chester has quali-
fied physicians and excellent facilities at
the Chester County Hospital.
Student Health Services is located in
Ramsey Hall lower level and is open
Monday through Friday firom 8 a.m.
until midnight, and Saturday from 10
a.m. to 6 p.m. Any emergencies during
the night and on Sundays must be
treated at the Chester County Hospital
Emergency Room. The Health Service
phone number is 436-2509.
Graduate students, their spouses, and
dependents may take advantage of a
group medical illness and accident
insurance policy approved by the
University. Under the same group plan,
there is a separate summer policy. See
the Student Health Service for informa-
tion and brochures.
Faculty and staff are treated for emer-
gencies only.
Information Services
Information Services provides comput-
ing resources for a wide variety of
users, both academic and administrative.
Many of the University's administrative
functions, such as registration, grade
reporting, and billing depend heavily on
the campus-wide transaction process-
ing system, which provides centralized
access to University data from worksta-
tions located throughout the campus.
More importantiy, computing is a vital
instructional and research tool. Informa-
tion Services offers students and faculty
a vwde range of computing resources,
including a mainfrcime, microcomput-
ers, printers, plotters, graphics work-
stations, digitizers, and optical scaimers.
Many of these facilities are available
at various campus locations, but the
Academic Computing Center on the
third floor of F.H. Green Library serves
as a focal point of instructional
computing activity. A valid WCU ID
card is required to use the Academic
Computing Center. (For further infor-
mation, contact the Academic Comput-
ing Center at 215-436-3349.) Comput-
ing facilities throughout the campus are
joined by the Mainframe Network and
the Information Services Network. The
Mainframe Network provides medium-
speed access to computers from worksta-
tions on campus. Off-campus users can
also access computing resources
through modem facihties coimected to
this network. The Mainfi^me Network
provides electronic mail capabilities for
all campus workstations, connection to
PREPnet/Intemet, Bitnet, and access
to the University's main library catalogs.
The Information Services Network
(ISN) provides high-speed access to
software applications (programming
languages, spreadsheets, word proces-
sors, faculty-developed programs, etc.)
and electronic communications capabil-
ities to workstations. Student labora-
tory facilities are available in the
Academic Computing Center and in
each of the eight residence halls.
Students interested in acquiring a
working knowledge of several com-
monly used software packages are
encouraged to enroll in the introductory
computing course, CSC501, offered
by the Department of Mathematics and
Computer Science.
Major hardware facilities include an
IBM 4381 mainframe, numerous Banyan/
Vines file servers, and IBM, Macintosh,
Apple, Zenith, NeXT, and DEC worksta-
tions. Letter-quality laser printers are
also available for student use.
Information Services is located in 107
Elsie O. Bull Center, 215-436-2828.
Career Development Center
The University provides career planning
and placement services for its students
and graduates.
The Career Development Center's
library provides information about
careers, federal and state government
positions, application forms, proce-
dures, and job requirements.
University Services and Student Li\-ing
The Center also maintains listings of
job vacancies in business, education,
and industry.
The services available to graduate
students include credential file develop-
ment; career counseling; resume refer-
ral; and an on-campus interview
program, which includes interviews
arranged by the Career Development
Center; and the use of private facilities
for on-campus interviews arranged by
the applicant. A fee is charged for the
development and service of a creden-
tials file.
The Career Development Center is
located in Lawrence Center, Room 106
215-436-2501.
Speech and Hearing Clinic
The Speech and Hearing Clinic, located
on the second floor of Wayne Hall, is
operated by the Department of Commu-
nicative Disorders as a teaching-training
facility for its undergraduate and
graduate students. The clinic provides
diagnostic and therapeutic services for
persons with speech, language, and
hearing problems. These services are
provided free of charge to West Chester
University students, faculty and staff,
and to students enrolled at Cheyney
University. A fee is charged to others
who wish to use the services of the
clinic.
Women's Center
The Women's Center addresses the
special concerns of the increasing
number of women students who enter
West Chester University from high
school or who return to school after
time at home or in the job world.
Located in Lawrence Center, the Wom-
en's Center provides a lounge area for
conversation, study, peer advising, and
special interest programs Gectures,
fUms, etc.). For more information call
215-436-2122.
Children's Center
The Children's Center for the children
of West Chester University students
and employees is located in McCarthy
Hall. The children participate in
educational and developmental pro-
grams while their parents are in class
or at work. The center is licensed by the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and
all required registration materials must
be completed prior to enrollment in
the center. The center offers reduced
rates to students and multiple child
discounts. For more information,
contact the Children's Center at
436-2388.
Graduate Student Association
The Graduate Student Association
(GSA) is the student government of all
persons enrolled in graduate programs.
The primary objective of GSA is to
promote the overall well-being of
graduate students at West Chester
University. All graduate students are
members of the association by virtue of
their graduate status. The GSA oEfice
is located in Room 229 of Sykes Union.
Black Student Union
The Black Student Union, which was
formed in 1971, is dedicated to the
creation of a culturally meaningful
atmosphere for black students at West
Chester University. Black Student Union
membership is open to all West Chester
students, faculty, and staff — regardless
of race, color, or creed —who have a
concern for black social, political,
cultural, and economic causes.
A major purpose of the organization is
to broaden and enhance the academic
and social life for black students at the
University. The union's democratically
structured constitution provides for an
executive board, elected by the member-
ship. The Black Student Union Office
is located in the Sykes Union Building,
Room 231.
Institute for Women
The Institute for Women is an inde-
pendent group designed to represent the
interests of women on the campus. It
serves as the parent organization for the
Women's Center, the Women's Studies
Program, and the Title DC and Sex
Discrimination Board. The institute is
headed by a director and a board of
directors.
The institute sponsors a number of
activities to enhance the self-esteem and
career success of women at the
University: the Woman-in-Residence
Program, Grace Cochran Research on
Women Award, Visiting Professor
Program, Graduate Grant, and Endowed
Book Fund. The institute prepares
periodic reports on the status of women
at the University and also secures
Charlotte W Newcombe Scholarship
Grants for mature second-career
women. The Institute for Women is
located in 211 Main Hall. For more
information call 215-436-2464/2122.
Veterans Affairs
Under the provisions of Title 38, West
Chester University is an accredited
university for the education of veterans.
The University cooperates with the
Veterans Administration to see that
honorably separated or discharged
veterans receive every consideration
consistent with either degree or nonde-
gree admission standards.
All veterans, certain dependents of
disabled or deceased veterans, and war
orphans who wish to obtain educa-
tional benefits under the appropriate
pubhc laws must register with the
Veterans Affairs Office at initial registra-
tion. Veterans must renew their regis-
tration with this office at the beginning
of each subsequent semester and each
summer session. The Veterans Adminis-
tration requires students who are
veterans to schedule at least nine credits
per semester in order to receive full
benefits under the G.I. Bill.
A representative of the Veterans
Administration is in the Financial Aid
Office in the Elsie O. Bull Center, Room
138, to counsel and act as a liaison
between students and the Veterans
Affairs Office in financial and other
matters.
Honor Societies
The University participates in sponsor-
ing an active chapter of Phi Delta
Kappa, the international graduate honor
society. Membership in the West
Chester chapter, which was organized
in 1956, is by invitation and recognizes
scholarship in all fields of study.
Graduate students are eligible to
participate in the activities of the
undergraduate honor societies at West
Chester University if they are members.
These organizations are Alpha Epsilon,
Alpha Kappa Delta, Alpha Lambda
Delta, Alpha Mu Gamma, Alpha Psi
Omega, Eta Sigma Gamma, Gamma
Theta Upsilon, Kappa Delta Pi, Pi
Gamma Mu, Phi Kappa Delta, Pi Kappa
Delta, Pi Kappa Lambda, Pi Mu
Epsilon, Phi Alpha Theta, Phi Delta
Kappa, Phi Epsilon Kappa, Phi Mu
Alpha Sinfonia, Phi Sigma Tau, Psi Chi,
Sigma Alpha Iota, and Sigma Tau Delta.
The Student Activities Council
The Student Activities Council (SAC) is
one of the major programming organi-
zations at West Chester University.
Totally funded and voluntarily run by
students, SAC creates and coordinates
University Services and Student Living
many of the activities and events on
campus. By utilizing students' talents
and energies, SAC strives to present a
wide variety of programs that meet
the needs and interests of the West
Chester community. SAC is comprised
of seven committees and an Executive
Board, which presents programs in the
areas of concerts, comedy, films,
coffeehouse, lunchtime entertainment,
and novelty. SAC also plays a major role
in the planning and implementation
of special events such as Welcome Week,
Homecoming, and Spring Weekend.
Membership is open to all students at
all times. The Student Activities Council
is located in 231 Sykes Union, 436-
2336.
Recreational Services
The Office of Recreational Services
provides leisure activities for the Univer-
sity community. Recognizing that the
needs of individuals differ, activities are
provided in four program areas:
The Intramurals Program affords stu-
dents the opportunity to participate in
individual and/or group competitive
experiences. The Intramurals Program
seeks to promote health and encourage
the wise use of leisure time. The
program is designed for those students
who do not have the time, desire, or
ability to take part in intercollegiate
athletics. Students can select from more
than 20 individual and team sports.
Participation is open to all students,
regardless of ability.
Students who enjoy organized sports
other than varsity teams can participate
in the Sports Club Program, designed
for highly experienced players and for
those merely interested in learning a
new sport to have fun or to increase
their skills. Joining a club provides
opportunities for instruction, coaching,
socialization, and fun. Physical educa-
tion majors receive a sports credit
through participation in a club program.
West Chester University sponsors the
following clubs: fencing, ice hockey,
karate, rugby, sld, women's soccer,
water polo, and equestrian.
Outdoor recreation opportunities are
conducted through the Outdoor Re-
source Center. Canoeing, bicycle
touring, rafting, caving, cross country
skiing, backpacking, and summer/
winter camping are among the many
activities offered through the Outdoor
Resource Center for both novices and
seasoned outdoor adventurers.
Open recreation provides students who
are not interested in participating in
formal recreation activities use of
facilities for free play. In addition,
special events including an extensive
aerobics program, are conducted
throughout the year and are open to
the University community.
The OfiRce of Recreational Services is
located in Ehinger Gymnasium, 215-
436-2133.
Counseling and Psychological
Services Department
The Counseling and Psychological
Services Department, housed in the
Counseling Center, is located on the
second floor of Lawrence Center. The
Counseling Center provides counseling
services to all undergraduate and
graduate students at West Chester
University. The CPS faculty includes
licensed psychologists who are experi-
enced in working with college students.
Students may discuss their concerns,
feelings, hopes, and interests freely and
in strict corifidence.
COUNSEUNG SERVICES
Since the Counseling Center provides
services for a wide range of concerns,
each student's experience will be
tailored to his or her request. Students
may want to clarify their vocational
or educational choices, improve their
interpersonal skills, or resolve personal
conflicts. Their choice of approach
could include one or more of the
following counseling center services:
1. Individual vocationa} counseling
consists of a one-to-one counseling
experience that focuses on the
student's choice of major and voca-
tion. Vocational choice is most solid
when it is the outgrowth of under-
standing one's self Such under-
standing requires time and thought
and involves the student's identifying
his or her own style, values, interests,
and abilities. Psychological testing.
as well as discussion, often enhances
self understanding.
2. Individual counseling for personal
problem solving consists of a one-to-
one counseling experience where
the focus is on resolving personal
conflicts and conflicts witii others,
and on improving the student's
expertise at making personally mean-
ingful choices. It may also help some
people avoid making decisions that
may restrict their personal growth
and undermine their well-being.
3. Group counseling consists of a small
group of peers with one or more
counselors. Such groups usually meet
once each week to provide group
members with constructive learning
about themselves. Groups often have
a specific focus. Past groups have
focused on:
Elimination of self-defeating behavior
Assertiveness training
Anxiety management
Test anxiety reduction
Eating disorders
Career exploration
Procrastination — how to avoid it
4. Testing — Information from psycho-
logical tests can be useful in increas-
ing self understanding and can often
assist in the process of vocational and
educational decision making. Faculty
members of the Counseling and
Psychological Services Department
are trained in the administration and
interpretation of psychological tests.
The student and his or her counselor
can decide whether testing might
be helpful. Arrangements can also be
made at the Counseling Center for
taking the Graduate Record Exam,
Graduate Management Admissions
Test, and the Miller Analogies Test —
three graduate school admissions
tests.
5. Consultation Services— Faculty mem-
bers in the Counseling Center also
are available to consult with staff and
faculty members of the college
community. They can assist with
crises, program planning, group and
interpersonal communications, and
referral to other agencies.
Programs of Study and Course Offerings
Guide to the Catalog
The arrangement of course oEFerings is
alphabetical by either department or
program of study.
Students may obtain a typical sequence
of courses for any program from the
ofiFice specified in this catalog.
Please note that all courses, course
descriptions, course sequences, and
course substitutions are subject to
change. Current information is available
from the appropriate department chair,
graduate coordinator, or program
advisor.
For a guide to course prefixes, see
page 84.
Structure of the University
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Richard H. Wells, Dean
Anthropology and
Sociology
Art
Biology
Chemistry
Communication Studies
English
Foreign Languages
Geology and Astronomy
History
Mathematics and Computer
Science
Philosophy
Physics
Psychology
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
Michael L. Hanes, Dean
Childhood Studies and Reading Instructional Media
Counselor, Secondary and Special Education
Professional Education
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
Roger W. Mustalish, Interim Dean
Communicative Disorders Nursing
Health Physical Education
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND PUBUC AFFAIRS
Christopher R Fiorentino, Interim Dean
Accounting Management
Criminal Justice Marketing
Economics Political Science
Geography and Planning Social Work
SCHOOL OF MUSIC
Edward A. Barrow, Interim Dean
Instrumental Music
Keyboard Music
Music Education
Music History and Literature
Music Theory and
Composition
Vocal and Choral Music
Administration
Accounting— See Business
Administration
105 Ruby Jones Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, Pennsylvania 19383
(215) 436-2438
Dr. James S. Milne, Program Director
CONCENTRAnON ADVISORS
Dr. Gopal Sankaran, Health Services Administration
Long-Term Care
Dr. Arlene C. Rengert, Leadership for Women
Dr. Louis Weislogel, Individualized
Dr. Philip K. Duncan, Psychology/Personnel Administration
Training and Development
Mr. A. Wayne Burton, Public Administration
Ms. Cheryl Hodgins, Social Work
Dr. Monita Lank, Sport and Athletic Administration
Mr. F. Robert Bielski, Urban and Regional Planning
Program of Study
The Departments of Geography (Urban and Regional
Planning), Health, Physical Education, Political Science
(Public Administration), Psychology, and Speech Communica-
tion offer programs leading to a Master of Science in
Administration (M.S.A.) with areas of concentration in Health
Services Administration, Long-Term Care, Leadership for
Women, Individualized, Psychology/Personnel Administration,
Training and Development, Public Administration, Sport and
Athletic Administration, and Urban and Regional Planning.
The degree is designed for persons with work-related
experience desiring to enhance their administrative skills at
the supervisory and mid-management levels. It is recom-
mended that applicants have a minimum of three years', full-
time work experience prior to matriculation. Those persons
who lack the requisite work experience and/or plan to change
careers need to incorporate relevant internships and other
job experiences into their programs, which may require
program enrollment beyond the minimum requirements
stipulated in this catalog.
Undergraduate, prerequisite requirements might be necessary
for applicants without adequate preparation in the area of
intended concentration.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ADMINISTRATION
(36-42 semester hours)
The program consists of an 18-hour administrative core of courses
plus 18-24 semester hours of courses in a selected concentration area
as follows:
1. Administrative Core (Required): ADM 501, 502, 503, 504, 505,
and either 506 or 507
2. Area of Concentration*
a. Health Services Administration (See page 55.)
b. Leadership for Women (See page 60.)
c. Public Administration (See page 77.)
'Refer to departmental listings for concentration course descriptions.
d. Psychology/Personnel Administration (See pages 78-79.)
e. Sport and Athletic Administration (See page 75.)
f. Urban and Regional Planning (See page 51.)
g. Long-Term Care (See page 55.)
h. Training and Development (See page 22.)
i. Individualized (See pages 22-23.)
Certificate in Administration
Persons who wish to fulfill only the Administrative Core may do so
and receive a Certificate in Administration. Those interested in this
option must meet the same admission criteria as full degree students;
persons with previously earned master's degrees can most benefit
from this option.
Degree students may also receive the certificate after completion of
the administrative core requirements.
To be eligible for the certificate, students must have completed each
required Administration (ADM) core course with a minimum grade
of "B." Application forms are available at the M.S.A. Office and must
be submitted to the M.S.A. director for processing. This procedure
is independent of the graduation process.
Admission
Applicants must submit official undergraduate transcripts denoting:
receipt of bachelor's degree and majors from all undergraduate
institutions attended; scores from the Miller Analogies Test, Graduate
Record Examination or Graduate Management Admissions Test**;
an essay with a clear focus on career plans; and two letters of reference
from professional supervisors that address the applicant's administra-
tive potential. All application materials are to be submitted to the
Graduate Office and labeled: "Attention, M.S.A. Application of
(student's name)." After these materials have been received by the
Graduate Office, the M.S.A. director will schedule an admissions
interview with the applicant.
Deadline for Applications
Normally, the application process must be completed and admission
granted prior to course enrollment for the fall or spring semester.
The deadline for applying for the fall semester is June 15, and the
deadline for the spring semester is November 15. With the approval
of the MSA director, late applicants may register for one semester
of course work, pending completion of the admission requirements.
The M.S.A. program does not permit students to remain in nonde-
gree status, nor does it accept "quick admit" cards. All applications
must be submitted on the approved WCU Graduate Application
forms available from the Office of Graduate Studies.
Comprehensive Examination
No comprehensive examination is required for the administrative
core. However, in lieu of the examination, each of the six
administrative core courses must be completed with a grade of at
least "B."
Selected concentrations in the M.S. in Administration program do
require comprehensive examinations. Students are obligated to
comply with concentration comprehensive examination policies in
efifect on the date of their admission to the program. Students must
clarify the requirements for their programs with the appropriate
concentration advisor.
••Diagnostic test scores arc not required for persons who have already been
awarded a master's degree.
Master of Science in Administranon Individualized Concentration
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ADMINISTRAnON
Symbol: ADM
501 Administrative Theory and Environment
(3) Organizational theory and practice in public
and private institutions. Legal ftamework for
administranon, application of public policy, so-
ciolegal issues, and values of society considered.
502 Computers for Managers (3) Quantitative
applications in administration. Computer as a
management tool. Computer basics and manage-
ment information systems.
503 Accounting'Budgeting (3) A study of
accounting principles and procedures
for both profit and nonprofit orgaiuzations.
Emphasis is on the concepts and effects of
accounting policies and procedures with which the
administrator will normally come into contact.
504 Communication for Administrators (3)
Development of communication skills for the
effective writing of letters, memos, reports, and
proposals. Structuring and conducting meetings
and presentations.
505 Organizing Human Resources (3)
Administrative models and concepts of human
behavior in formal organizations and decision
processes. Personnel administration. Effective
selection, use, and development of human re-
sources for the total organization. Affirmative
action and equal opportunity.
506 Budgetary Process (3) Budget forecasting
and implementation. Analysis, planning, and
control of sources and allocation of funds.
Measurement and control mechanisms such as
Program Planning Budgeting System (PPBS),
Zero-Base Budgeting (ZBB), and Management by
Objective CMBO) emphasized.
507 Liability for Managers (3) Study of the
law of civil and criminal liability of managers in
the profit and not-for-profit sections. Review of the
law of defense and liability protection for
individual and organization. Facility safety and
health liability, personnel law emphasized.
Training and Development
Dr. Phillip Duncan, Program Concentration Advisor
Dr. Milne, Director, Master of Science in Administration
Training and Development is a concentration within the
Master of Science in Administration program. The thrust of
this concentration is to prepare training and development
supervisors who, in turn, will develop and coordinate in-
house programs/staff development services for line managers.
CURRICULUM
1. Administration Core
18 semester hours
A. Must take all 15 credits:
ADM 501 Administrative Theory and Environment (3)
ADM 502 Computers for Managers (3)
ADM 503 Accounting'Budgeting (3)
ADM 504 Communication for Administrators (3)
ADM 505 Organizing Human Resources (3)
B. Must select three credits:
ADM 506 Budgetary Process (3)
ADM 507 Liability for Managers (3)
18 semester hours
2. Training and Development Core
A. Must take all 12 credits:
PSY 563 Performance Analysis (3)
PSY 567 Training and Psychology (3)
SPC 503 Communication and Persuasive Influence (3)
SPC 506 Communication in Small Groups (3)
B. Must select six credits chosen under advisement
C. Internship (3-6 credits):
ADM 612 Internship (3-6 credits)
(Required only for students who lack appropriate
experience)
3. NOTE: Combined with an administration core of 18
required credits, the M.S-A./Training and Development
concentration would require a minimum of 36 credit
hours, exclusive of internship.
CORE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PSYCHOLOGY
Symbol; PSY
563 Performance Analysis (3) An
accomplishment-based approach to the analysis of
human performance. Topics include measurement
and analysis of performance oppommities, and
strategies for improving performance.
567 Training and Psychology (3) An overview
of the training process in organizations. Topics
range from needs analysis to evaluation of training
programs.
SPEECH COMMUNICAnON
Symbol: SPC
503 Communication and Persuasive Influence
(3) An analysis of major conceptual approaches
to persuasion and their implications for under-
standing influence contexts and designing
pragmatic strategies.
506 Communication in Small Groups (3) An
examination of traditional and contemporary
research that pertains to various dimensior^s of
small group communication including, but not
limited to, the following topics: structure, size,
tasks, goals, roles, systems, and leadership.
Master of Science in Administration
Individualized Concentration
Dr. Weislogel, Program Concentration Advisor
Dr. Milne, M.S.A. Director
This concentration is designed for those persons who have
achieved a high level of career success in their chosen fields.
Those admitted will have evidenced significant career
mobility and will be enhancing their knowledge base by
enrolling in an individually developed set of courses after it
has been proposed and approved by the concentration advisor
and a contractual agreement developed.
CURRICULUM
1. Administration Core
A. Must take all 15 credits:
18 semester hours
ADM 501 Administrative Theory and Environment (3)
ADM 502 Computers for Managers (3)
ADM 503 Accounting/Budgeting (3)
ADM 504 Communication for Administrators (3)
ADM 505 Organizing Human Resources (3)
B. Must select three credits:
ADM 506 Budgetary Process (3)
ADM 507 Liability for Managers (3)
Anthropology and Sociology'
2. Individualized Core
18 semester hours
A. Required (3 credits)
ADM 600 Research Report
To encompass career goal theme (3)
B. Electives (15 credits)
Subject to advisement/acceptance of an approved
personal program proposal. Courses to be approved from
among 500-600 level WCU graduate courses designed
to fulfill the personal program proposal as approved.
C. Internship (3-6 credits)
Required for students without suflScient, relevant
administrative experience. Internships are in addition
to the 15 credit hours of electives for such students.
Internships are not required for students with sufficient
management experience, but these students may enroll
for relevant internships as pan of the 15-hour elective
credit requirement, provided the work requirements of
such are different from enhancements of the person's
normal work assignments (i.e., students cannot earn
internship credit by performing their normal work
responsibilities).
The M.SA./Individualized internship arrangement/
requirements are to be confirmed in writing cither by
the concentration advisor or the M.S. A. director.
Anthropology and Sociology
lOlC Old Library Building
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-3500
Dr. Shaffer, Chairperson
PROFESSORS
Marshall J. Becker, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Harvey C. Greisman, Ph.D., Syracuse University
Nelson W Keith, Ph.D., Rutgers University
Leigh Shaffer, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Paul A. StoUer, Ph.D., University of Texas
ASSOCL^VTE PROFESSORS
Patrick W. Luck, Ph.D., University of Connecticut
Dimitri I. Monos, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Martin Murphy, A.M., University of Michigan
Bonita Freeman- Whitthoft, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Helen A. Berger, Ph.D., New York University
Jon A. Cowen, A.M., University of Pennsylvania
Edmundo Morales, Ph.D., City University of New York
The Department of Anthropology and Sociology offers, on a
limited basis, graduate courses in anthropology and sociology
to graduate students from other areas as well as to advanced
undergraduate majors and nonmajors.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ANTHROPOLOGY
Symbol: ANT
512 Ethnographic Studies (3) Intensive survey
of a single culture area. Area for study an-
nounced in advance.
515 Problems in Anthropology (3) Perennial
issues in anthropological explanation.
555 Proseminar in Urban Anthropology (3)
Application of techniques of anthropological field
investigation to the analysis of urban environ-
ments.
580 (also UN 580) Language and Culture (3)
See LIN 580.
♦ 595 Seminar in Anthropology (3) PREREQ:
Permission of instructor.
♦ 599 Independent Studies in Anthropology
(1-3) PREREQ: Approval of iiistructor and
department chairperson.
SOCIOLOGY
Symbol: SOC
515 Mental Illness in Social Context (3) A
sociological perspective on the cause and treat-
ment of mental disorders, including a critical
analysis of public poUcy on mental health services.
521 Youth and Delinquency (3) Juvenile
delinquency as a form of social deviance; theories
of causation and control.
531 Social Problems (3) Analysis of how things
come to be defined as social problems.
532 History of Sociological Theory (3)
Development of sociological thought.
533 American Minorities (3) Racial and ethnic
group relations.
538 Crime and Justice (3) A sociological
analysis of criminal law, crime statistics, causes
of crime, and the administration of criminal
justice.
539 Deviance and Control (3) An advanced
analysis of social deviance and control.
540 (also LIN 540) Sociolinguistics (3) See
LIN 540.
543 The Sociology of Complex Orgaiuzadons
(3) The sociological analysis and study of complex
organizations. PREREQ: Advanced undergraduate
or graduate standing and at least six credits in
sociology, including SOC 200 or its equivalent, or
consent of instructor.
♦ 550 Seminar in Sociology (3) PREREQ:
Permission of instructor.
♦ 590 Independent Studies in Sociology (1-3)
PREREQ: Approval of instructor and department
chairperson.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit
Art
Art
Mitchell Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2755
Mr. White, Chairperson
PROFESSORS
Gus V. Sermas, M.F.A., University of Wisconsin
Ruth I. Weidner, M.A., University of Delaware
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Victor Lasuchin, M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania
Carolyn G. Simmendinger, M.F.A., Tyler School of Fine Arts
LinwoodJ. White, M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
John Baker, B.A., West Chester University
Richard E. Blake, B.F.A., Tyler School of Fine Arts
Ronald N. Defino, M.F.A., Tyler School of Fine Arts
Belle C. Hollon, M.F.A., University of Wisconsin
Margaret SchiEf, M.F.A., Syracuse University
Mary C. Stieber, M.A., University of Pittsburgh
Donna Usher, M.F.A., University of Delaware
The Department of Art offers, on a limited basis, graduate
courses in art to graduate students from other areas.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ART HISTORY
Symbol: ARH
576 Primitive Art (3) Ritual and myth from
prehistory to early Ancient Near East; contempo-
rary primitive cultures; psychological and psy-
choanalytical interpretations; comparison with
phenomenon of primitivistic interests of the West.
580 European and U.S. Art (3) For the student
who is deficient in art history and wishes to
augment his or her field (e.g., social studies,
literature, philosophy). Analysis of the major
forms and styles from Renaissance to present.
596 Introduction to Aesthetics (3) Introduction
to the aesthetic theories and an forms in the
context of social change, philosophy and sciences,
creation, and the creative process.
597 History of Aesthetics and Art Criticism
(3) Philosophical theories of art production from
Ancient Greece through the 19th century.
Relationship of aesthetic experience to forms and
to technical, psychological, and cultural values.
ART
Symbol: ART
516-517 Painting I-II (3) (3) Extensive experi-
mentation in studio problems and directions.
The strategies of technique and a personal style
are explored. Each section of this course varies
with the instructor.
520 Painting: Independent Projects (3)
Individualized instruction at an advanced level.
Development of professional, personal, and
imaginative statements leading to formation of
the student's pictorial identity.
521 Sculpture I (3) Introduction to sculpture
via the fiindamentals of 3-D design. Use of basic
tools, development of skills, techniques, and
processes in creating sculpture. Projects in plaster,
clay, stone, and wood.
522 Sculpture II (3) Advanced problems in
sculpture; continuing exploration of form, struc-
ture, and process. Use and maintenance of tools.
Materials, thefr origins, and supply sources.
Projects in clay, stone, wood, plastic, plaster, wire,
and new materiak.
525 Multi-Media Workshop in Sculpture III
(3) Fabrication methods and techniques, using
wood, plastic, and various metals.
531 Ceramics I (3) Ceramic techniques and
aesthetics of clay, leading toward development of
creative expression. Exercises in hand-built and
wheel-thrown forms. Formulation of clay bodies,
glaze bodies, and calculations; loading and kiln
firing techniques. Also, basic exercises for
elementary and secondary teaching leveb.
532 Ceramics II (3) Further development of
expression for those who have mastered basic
ceramic prxjcesses. Research in clay bodies, glaze
chemistry, firing techniques, and kiln construc-
tion. Creative problems.
533 Ceramics: Studio Problems (3) Individual
projects involving the total or specialized areas
of the ceramic process. Practical experience
through helping to maintain the ceramic complex.
534 Ceramics: Independent Projects (3)
541 Printmaldng: Relief, Independent Projects
(3) Advanced study with individualized instruc-
tion. CoUagraph, lino-cut, and woodcut tech-
niques. Combining various printing processes with
reUef printmaldng.
542 Printmaldng: Silk-Screen, Independent
Projects (3) Advanced study with individualized
instruction. Technical and aesthedc possibiUries
including photo-stencil. Incorporadon of silk-
screen with other printmaldng processes.
543 Printmaldng: Intaglio, Independent
Projects (3) Advanced study with individualized
instrucQon. ReUef etching and basic tntagUo
techniques for work on metal plates. Drypoint,
straight line etch, soft and lift grounds, aquatint,
and engraving. Combining various printing
processes with intagUo printmaldng.
544 Printmaldng: Lithography, Independent
Projects (3) Advanced study with individualized
instruction. Aluminum plate and stone lithogra-
phy techniques. Combination of various printing
processes with Uthography.
546 Drawing: Independent Projects (3)
Advanced study with individualized instruction.
Emphasis on professional, personal, and imagina-
tive statements leading to the student's icono-
graphic identity.
547 Two-Dimensional Design: Independent
Projects (3) Advanced study with individualized
instruction. Design elements and analytical
principles of organization. Emphasis on profes-
sional, personal, and creative statements leading to
(formation of) professional employment.
549 Graphic Design: Independent Projects (3)
Advanced study with individualized instruction.
Developing means for solving communication
problems of diverse character with emphasis on
practical application. Projects are refined into
portfoUo presentations for professional employ-
ment.
551 Art Education in the Elementary School
(3) Current trends in art education for the
elementary school.
565 Crafts: Independent Projects (3) Projects
involve varied media and their techniques and
processes. Exploration of 2-D and 3-D crafts and
their appUcation in recreational and elementary
school programs.
566 Crafts: Weaving I (3) Basic techniques of
weaving are explored with emphasis on fabric
design and craftsmanship.
567 Crafts: Weaving 11 (3) Provides opportuni-
ties for the weaver to further explore and develop
skills as a designer. Emphasis is placed on the
interrelationships between functional materials
and design processes.
568 Crafts: Weaving III (3) To resolve advanced
weaving problems in projects of an individual,
creative nature leading to practical appUcation.
590 Independent Studies in Art (1-3)
Biology'
Astronomy— See Geology and Astronomy
Biology
211 Schmucker Science Center
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2318
Dr. Potvin, Chaiiperson
Dr. Fairchild and Dr. Beneski,
Studies
Coordinators of Graduate
PROFESSORS
Marianne K. Eleuterio, Ph.D., University of Delaware
Frank EUot Fish, Ph.D., Michigan State University
Ronald F. Romig, Ph.D., University of Delaware
Jack Waber, Ph.D., University of Hawaii
Richard I. WoodruEF, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
John T. Beneski Jr., Ph.D., Washington State University
Robert W. Bernhardt, M.S., Syracuse University
Georgann Cullen, M.A., Kent State University
G. Winfield Fairchild, Ph.D., University of Michigan
Gustave Mbuy, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
Martha A. Potvin, Ph.D., University of Nebraska
Elise Triano, Ph.D., Thomas Jefferson University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Steven L. Broitman, Ph.D., Princeton University
Judith J. Greenamyer, D.V.M., Ohio State University
Maureen T. Knabb, Ph.D., University of Virginia
Leslie B. Slusher, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Russell H. Vreeland, Ph.D., University of Nebraska
Admission Requirements
Applicants must meet the general requirements for admission
to degree study at West Chester University and must submit
scores for the general and advanced biology sections of the
Graduate Record Examination. In addition, applicants must
have taken a minimum of two semesters of general chemistry,
two semesters of organic chemistry, one semester of physics,
one semester of calculus, and at least 17 semester hours of
course work in the biological sciences.
DEADLINE DATES FOR APPLICATIONS: March 1 for all
students wishing to be considered for graduate assistantships
for the following September; August 1 for the fall semester;
November 1 for the spring semester.
MASTER OF ARTS IN BIOLOGY
Degree Requirements
Thesis Option
The student must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours,
of which at least 24 hours must be taken in biology. BIO
511, BIO 513, BIO 514, BIO 591, and BIO 610 are required.
Six semester hours or two courses may be taken in allied
departments with the approval of the student's thesis
committee. The student must perform well in a final thesis
defense at the end of the program.
Nonthesis Option
The student must complete a minimum of 36 semester hours,
of which at least 27 hours must be taken in biology. BIO
511, BIO 513, BIO 514, and BIO 609 are required. Nine
semester hours or three courses may be taken in allied
disciplines. The student must perform well in a comprehensive
oral examination at the end of the program.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
BIOLOGY
Symbols; BIO unless otherwise shown as
BIL laboratory.
Numbers in parentheses at the end of course
descriptions indicate the number of hours
of lecture and lab, respectively. Prerequisite
for graduate course attendance is admission
to the degree program or permission of the
graduate coordinator.
511 Biometrics (3) An introduction to the
design and analysis of biological research. An
independently conducted research project is a
required part of the course. (2, 3)
513 Research Techniques in the Biological
Sciences I (3) An introduction to the theory and
application of histological techniques, and light
and electron microscopy. (0, 3)
514 Research Techniques in the Biological
Sciences II (3) Introduces students to the theory
and practical application of selected techniques
in biological research, such as radioisotope
labeling techniques, spectrophotometry, and
various chromatographic procedures. (0, 3)
521 Cell and Molecular Biology (4) A lecture
and laboratory course covering the molecular
bases of cellular life. Eukaryotic cell structure
and function will be emphasized. (3, 3)
528 Animal Histology (3) Structure and
function of animal tissues and organs. (2, 2)
530 Human Genetics (3) Basic genetic theories
as they apply to the study of humans; chemical
basis of inheritance; biochemical variation; cytoge-
netics; somatic cell developmental, behavioral,
and population genetics of man; immunogenet-
ics; quantitative inheritance, treatment, and
prevention of genetic disorders; relationships
between viruses, genes, and cancer, social, legal,
and psychological aspects of human genetics.
(3, 0) PREREQ: Introductory genetics.
531 Molecular Genetics (3) This course exposes
graduate students interested in gene manipula-
tion to up-to-date information in procaryotic and
eukaryotic genetics. Intended as a companion
course to BIL 534. (3, 0)
BIL 534 Introduction to Recombinant DNA
Methodology (3) Laboratory techniques for gene
manipulation; growing and utilizing plasmid and
virus vectors; use of restriction endonucleases;
analysis and recovery of DNA by electrophore-
sis; gene cloning in Escherichia cotii and site-
specific mutagenesis. (0, 6) PREREQ: Microbiol-
ogy, biochemistry.
535-538 Course Topics in Biology (1-3)
Courses in this series are of timely interest and
are not offered on a regular basis. Courses may
include either lecture or laboratory instruction,
and may concern a wide range of topics in biology
not covered by regularly scheduled courses.
547 Growth and Development (3) Discussion
course dealing with current topics in the field of
developmental biology. (3, 0) PREREQ: Genetics
and embryology recommended.
548 Animal Development (4) Introduction to
principles of animal development with laboratory
study of selected vertebrate embryos. (3. 3)
552 Comparative Parasitology (3) Morphology
and life cycles of the important parasites of man
and animak; epidemiology, pathogenesis, and
methods of treatment and control. (2, 3)
554 Mycology (3) An introductory course
including a general study of the biology of fungi
and a survey of the field of medical mycology.
(3,0)
556 Virology (3) Molecular biology of bacterial,
plant, and animal viruses; virus classification, ul-
trastructure, mechanisms of replication, and
effects of virus infection on host cells. (2, 3) PRE-
REQ: Genetics.
557 Functional Animal Morphology (3) A study
of the structure, form, and function of morpholog-
Master of Business Administration Program
leal adaptations in animab as examined through
a mechanical, ecological, and evolutionary
perspective. (3, 0)
564 Microbial Physiology (3) Physiology and
biochemical variations are studied in the prokary-
otes and lower eukaiyotes. (3, 3) PREREQ: Mi-
crobiology.
565 Immunology (4) Immunoglobin structure
and function, nature of antigens, cell-mediated
immunity, hypersensitivity, regulation of immu-
nity, and immunological diseases. Laboratory
experience in immunological techniques. (3. 3)
PREREQ: Microbiology.
566 Plant Physiology and Biochemistry (3)
Plant-cell physiology, including respiration, pho-
tosynthesis, enzyme catalysis, auxins, and mem-
brane phenomena. (2, 3) PREREQ; College
botany.
567 Endocrinology (3) An integrative look at
the physiology of the mammalian endocrine
system in the regulation and maintenance of ho-
meostasis. The pathology associated with hor-
mone imbalance will be included. (3, 0) PREREQ:
Cell physiology and mammalian physiology.
568 General Animal Physiology (4) General
theoredcal and applied principles of the physiol-
ogy of various animal cells, tissues, and organs,
with an emphasis on homeostasis and mammalian
physiology. (3, 3)
570 Population Biology (3) A quantiutive
second course in ecology, emphasizing distribu-
tional panems and fluctuations in abundance of
natural populations. (2, 3) PREREQ: General
ecology.
571 Wetlands (3) A course designed to provide
practical experience in wetlands classification,
delineation, regulation, management, and mitiga-
tion practices. The abiotic and biotic characteris-
tics of inland and coastal wetlands are empha-
sized. (2, 3) PREREQ: Eight hours of biology or
permission of instructor.
572 Aquatic Biology (3) An introduction to the
ecology and identification of aquatic organisms,
with emphasis on the biota of streams and wet-
lands. (2. 3)
575 Plant Communities (3) A survey of
ecological, morphological, and physiological
strategies of plants from seed through adult stages.
The integration of these strategies to explain the
major plant communities of North America will
be covered. (2, 3) PREREQ: General biology.
576 Limnology (3) The measurement and
analysis of the physical, chemical, and biological
properties of freshwater environments, with
emphasis on lake ecosystems. (2, 3)
580 Light Microscopy and the Living Cell (3)
Theory and practical techniques of all types of
light microscopy and their uses in investigating
living cells. Also includes techniques such as mi-
croinjection, cell electrophysiology, and others.
Strong emphasis on "hands-on" work with
equipment. (2, 2)
584 Epidemiology (3) A general study of the
epidemiology of both infectious and environmen-
tally related health problems. Methods of
interviewing and data collecting are also included.
(3, 0) PREREQ: Microbiology.
585 Systematic Botany (3) Principles of
taxonomy and biosj-stematics. Selected plant
famihes from tropical and temperate zones. Each
student develops a proficiency in the use of
modem flora and knowledge of the common
species of the spring flora of Chester County.
(2,3)
591 Directed Research I (3) To be taken when
the student begins his/her thesis research.
Includes a comprehensive hterature search and
development of specialized techniques. This
course should culminate in the acceptance of the
thesis proposal by an appropriate committee of
faculty and is required for degree candidacy.
592 Directed Research II (3) A continuation of
the research proposed and initiated in BIO 591.
To be taken for credit only with the approval of the
graduate coordinator.
593 Directed Research III (3) A continuation
of the research proposed and initiated in BIO 591.
To be taken for credit only with the approval of
the graduate coordinator.
609 Guided Study in Biology (3) All nonthesis
students must complete a laboratory, field, or
library research project under the guidance of one
of the biology faculty.
610 Thesis (3)
Business
Master of Business Administration
Program
231 Wayne Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2608
Prof. Hamilton, M.B.A. Director
Program of Study
The Departments of Accounting, Economics, Management,
and Marketing jointly offer a program leading to the Master
of Business Administration (M.B.A.) with areas of concentra-
tion in Accounting; Economics/Finance; General Business;
Management; Management Information Systems; and Small
Business Management. (NOTE: There is a temporary
moratorium on the admission of new students concentrating
in Accounting, Management Information Systems, and Small
Business Management.) The M.B.A. program is designed for
individuals of diverse academic backgrounds, provided that
they have undergraduate course work or the acceptable
equivalent in accounting, economics, management, market-
ing, and quantitative business analysis. The program consists
of 27 semester hours of core courses plus nine semester hours
of courses selected for their concentration.
M.B.A. classes meet in two separate formats. For the regular
weekday evening program, each course meets one night per
week throughout the semester.
For the Accelerated Program, classes meet every third
weekend: Thursday evening, Friday afternoon and evening,
and Saturday morning and afternoon. This is an intensive two-
year program designed to provide increased management
skills for people who already have significant professional
and/or management responsibilities. Typically, these individu-
als are middle- and upper-level managers who want to earn
an M.B.A. without interrupting their careers.
Both formats have the same course work and requirements.
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRAnON
(36 semester hours)
1. Required Core 27 semester hours
ACC 501 Managerial Accounting and Control
ECO 547 Managerial Economics
FIN 501 Financial Management
MGT 511 Management and Organization Theory
MGT 560 Business Communications
MGT 599 Strategic Management
MIS 501 Management Information Systems
MKT 501 Marketing Management
BLA 501 Legal Environment of Business. Required for those
who have not completed an acceptable undergraduate law course;
if such a course was completed, one of the following must be
selected:
MGT 513 Business and Society, or
MGT 531 Human Resources Management, or
MGT 541 Production and Operations Management, or
MGT 561 International Business
Accounting
. Area of Concentration 9 semester hours
Accounting
(Note: There is a temporary moratorium on the admission of new
students to this area.)
Required:
ACC 510 Current Accounting Concepts (3)
ACC 520 Accounting Information Systems (3)
ACC 530 Accounting Planning and Research (3)
Economics/Finance 9 semester hours
Required:
ECO 525 Contemporary Monetary Theory and Financial
Institutions (3)
ECO 530 Economics and Public Policy (3)
FIN 544 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management (3)
General Business 9 semester hours
Required:
Nine semester hours of specific M.BA. courses and with prior
written consent of M.B.A. director.
Management 9 semester hours
Required:
MOT 551 Management Decision Making (3)
MGT 521 Organizational Development (3)
MGT 587 Special Topics in Management (3)
Management Information Systems 9 semester hours
(Note: There is a temporary moratorium on the admission of new
students to this area.)
Required:
Courses to be selected with approval of M.B.A. director from
Computer Science (CSC) course offerings. (See Mathematics and
Computer Science.)
Small Business Management 9 semester hours
(Note: There is a temporary moratorium on the admission of new
students to this area.)
Required:
MGT 571 Small Business Entrepreneurship (3)
MGT 573 Management of Small Business Enterprises (3)
MGT 575 Field Studies in Small Business Management (3)
See department sections for course descriptions.
Admission Requirements
The program has independent admission criteria.
Applicants must submit all undergraduate transcripts demonstrating
high-quality performance in their undergraduate degree; appropriate
scores from the Graduate Management Admissions Test; an essay on
career plans; a current resume; and two letters of recommendation.
Registration for M.BA. courses must be approved by the M.B.A.
director.
Deadline Dates for Applicants
Applicants must submit the above information by May 1 for summer
sessions; July 15 for fall semester; or November 15 for spring
semester.
Degree Candidacy
For degree candidacy approval, students must maintain a minimum
cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA) of 3.0 in all M.B.A. courses
and a 3.0 GPA in concentration courses, be fiilly matriculated, and
have completed all foundation courses.
Graduation Requirement
Students must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 in all
M.BA. courses and a 3.0 GPA in concentration courses.
Accounting
Prof. Galbraith, Chairperson (215-436-2236)
PROFESSORS
Sunion Hong, Ph.D., New York University
Charles H. Mott, Ph.D., American University of Washington,
B.C.
All Naggar, Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
Eugene C. Hassler, M.B.A., Indiana University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Clyde J. Galbraith, M.B.A., Drexel University
Carl M. Smith, M.B.A., Temple University
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ACCOUNTING
Symbol: ACC
500 Financial Accounting (3) A study of
financial statements and financial accounting
valuation for assets, liabilities, stockholders' eq-
uity, income, and expense. For those students
admitted to M.BA. studies without the previous
course work in accounting; is equivalent to two
undergraduate courses. Normally offered in
summer only.
501 Managerial Accounting and Control (3)
A course in advanced managerial accounting,
focusing on accounting methods and techniques
useful in making business decisions. Included
are measurements of divisional performance,
revenue and pricing decisions, product decisions,
and capital budgeting. Control systems and
techniques are examined from a managerial
perspective. Required core course. PREREQ: ACC
500 or undergraduate equivalent.
510 Current Accounting Concepts (3) Financial
accounting with primary emphasis on current
professional accounting principles and practices.
Topics to be covered include income determina-
tion, asset valuation, and financial statement
evaluation. This course will provide a bridge from
theory to practice. PREREQ: ACC 501.
520 Accounting Information Systems (3)
Theoretical and practical aspects of the develop-
ment and management of accounting information
systems in businesses and other organizations.
Development of a general model for use in system
design and evaluation with subsequent study
focusing on practical applications of the model
using case studies and computer-related projects.
PREREQ: ACC 501.
530 Accounting Planning and Research (3)
Development of alternative strategies used by
business management to minimize the impact and
amount of income tax liability of the firm. Topics
to be covered include tax planning, current tax
regulations, and related complex taxation prob-
lems and issues. PREREQ: ACC 501.
Management
Economics
Dr. DeMoss, Chairpeison (215-436-2134)
PROFESSORS
Philip DeMoss, Ph.D., Kansas State University
Tahany Naggar, Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
Patrick J. M. Sylvester, Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Roger E. Bove, Ph.D., Harvard University
Christopher Fiorentino, Ph.D., Temple University
Daniel Mohan, Ph.D., Rutgers University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Cynthia D. Benzing, Ph.D., Drexel University
Kevin Dunleavy, Ph.D., Duke University
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ECONOMICS
Symbol: ECO
501 Fundamentals of Economics (3) An
introduction to the economic way of thinking,
consumer behavior and business decision making,
market structure and antitrust policy, energy and
the environment, national income analysis,
monetary and fiscal policy, economic growth, and
international trade. Intended for those students
with no previous course work in economics; is
equivalent to two undergraduate courses. Nor-
mally offered in summer only.
502 Fundamentals of Statistics for Business
Economics (3) Frequency distributions, random
variables, probability theory and models, estima-
tion theory, hypothesis testing, analysis of
variance, regression and time-series analysis.
Intended for those students with no previous
course work in statistics. Normally offered in
summer only.
503 Economic Role of Women (3) Statistics
indicate that one of the most important changes
in the American economy in this century is the
increase in the number of working women. Job-
related aspects, such as the historical pattern, labor
force participation, education, earnings, labor
supply, and sex discrimination will be examined.
PREREQ: ECO 501 and ECO 502.
510 Applied Econometrics (3) Analysis of mul-
tivariate modeb, determination of trends, oscilla-
tion, and periodic movements. Topics include
remedies for auto-correlation and multi-
collinearity, dummy variables; distributed lags,
forecasting and simulation; and alternative
estimation techniques, such as two-stage least
squares, three-stage least squares, and maximum
Ukehhood estimators. PREREQ: ECO 501 and
ECO 502, or their undergraduate equivalent.
525 Contemporary Monetary Theory and
Financial Institutions (3) This course enhances
the student's capability to analyze the interrelation-
ships between aggregate economic activity,
financial markets, and central banking instru-
ments, objectives, and poUcy. Topics relate to
demand for financial assets. PREREQ: ECO 501.
530 Economics and Public Policy (3) The
principles and methods of economic analysis are
used to evaluate the American economic system.
Inflation, recession, and economic growth;
problems of pubUc finance and taxation; public
poUcy regarding the concentration of economic
power. PREREQ: ECO 501.
547 Managerial Economics (3) Development
and application of a set of advanced micro-macro
economic concepts to serve both as a source of
theoretical structure and unification of other
business sciences. Emphasis will be given to
topics such as risk analysis, linear programming,
and capital budgeting. Required core course.
PREREQ: ECO 501 and ECO 502 or undergradu-
ate equivalents.
FINANCE
Symbol: FIN
501 Financial Management (3) Theory and
practice of managerial finance, with emphasis on
analysis and understanding of the financial
consequences of managerial decisions. Topics
include financial statements, capital budgeting,
working capital, and special contemporary
concerns, such as small business finance. Required
core course. PREREQ: ACC 500, ECO 501, and
ECO 502, or undergraduate equivalent.
544 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Manage-
ment (3) Introduction to investments, including
examination of why and how individuals invest.
This course provides an overview of the process
by which an individual seeks out and synthesizes
information about investment opportunities in
order to make decisions to add to, maintain, or
delete assets from an investment portfoUo. Special
attention is directed to the risk and return of
assets. PREREQ: FIN 501.
Management
Dr. Selvanathan, Chairperson (215-436-2649)
PROFESSORS
Hung M. Chu, Ph.D., Louisiana State University
David L. Paden, D.BA., Indiana University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Charles H. McGee, Ph.D., Northwestern University
Rani G. Selvanathan, Ph.D., University of Delhi, University of
Paris
Roberta Snow, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
James W. Hamilton, M.BA., Northeastern University
Anne P. Murphy, M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MANAGEMENT
Symbol: MGT (NOTE: The majority of MGT
courses were renumbered in 1990.)
500 Fundamentals of Management (3) This
course provides the conceptual foundation in
management theory, principles, and practices for
the more advanced courses required for the
M.BA. Intended for those students with no
previous course work in management. Normally
offered in summer only.
511 (previously 501) Management and Organi-
zation Theory (3) An examination of manage-
ment functions and managerial processes from a
systems perspective. This course traces the
evolution and development of management and
organization principles and theories, with emphasis
on the development of a ftamework for analysis
of managerial problems and opportunities in both
private and pubUc sectors. The relationship
between the individual and the organizadon, and
topics such as leadership, communications,
motivation, and decision making will be explored.
Successful mastery of topics covered in a tradi-
tional principles of management course will be
assumed. Required core course. PREREQ: MGT 500
or undergraduate equivalent.
513 (previously 506) Business and Society (3)
The context and environment in which business
organizations operate with specific attention to the
social, ethical, poUrical, and legal dimensions of
an organization's external environment. Value
assumptions, means-ends relationships, and poUcy
ramifications of the constraints and opportunities
inherent in the environment will be examined
in depth. A managerial perspective will be
developed to build a fi:amework for macro-level
Marketing
trade-ofik among and between competing eco-
nomic, social, ethical, political, and legal forces
and goals. Students must master all foundation
areas prior to admission to this course.
521 (previously 509) Organizational Develop*-
ment (3) Interpersonal relations, intra- and in-
tergroup relations, and the leadership role and
fiincdon in the management of organizational
development, change, conflict, and productivity.
Primary focus will be on organizational develop-
ment as an intervention strategy aimed at changing
and improving organizational climate and perfor-
mance. Oi^anizations will be viewed as socio-
technical systems interacting with both internal
and environmental forces. PREREQ: MGT 511.
531 (previously 504) Human Resources Man-
agement (3) The managerial implications of the
human resources management and persoimel
administration functions. Topics include forecast-
ing and planning of staffing requirements,
recruitment, selection, allocation, evaluadon, and
development of the human resources of an
organization. Lectures, class discussions, and case
materials will be used. PREREQ: MGT 500 or
undergraduate equivalent.
541 (previously 505) Production and Operations
Management (3) Effective formulation and
solution of problems in the acquisition of produc-
tive resources by the firm, their configuration into
a productive system, and their utilization in
producing goods and services. This course focuses
on operational rather than strategic aspects, using
quantitative techniques in the areas of demand
forecasting, production and capacity planning,
transportation facilities layout and job design,
inventory control, quality control, waiting line
problems, and scheduling. Students must master all
foimdation areas prior to admission to this course.
551 (previously 508) Managerial Decision
Making (3) The course provides technical enrich-
ment, including an exposure of various types of
decision-making techniques for a prospective
specialist in decision science. Situations examined
will include distribution, resource allocation,
project scheduling, congestion in service system,
decision support systems, and artificial intelli-
gence. PREREQ: MGT 511.
560 (previously 502) Business Communica-
tions (3) The theory and practice of effective
personal and organizational communications;
development of managerial skills in verbal and
written communications for a variety of media and
forums: and practical experience in the delivery
of management-oriented oral presentations and
written papers. Particular attention will be paid
to identifying and overcoming barriers to effective
communication and insight. Required core
course.
561 (previously 507) International Business
(3) Examination of the problems of management,
marketing, and finance when developing and
engaging in international business. Attention to
the formulation of alternative strategies for
developing international business enterprises, the
impact and consequences of implementing
various alternative strategies for traditional busi-
ness functions, problems of the multinational
firm, and the special challenges of doing business
with or in underdeveloped countries. PREREQ:
MGT 511 and MKT 501.
571 (previously 5 1 1) Small Business Entrepre-
neurship (3) An interdisciplinary course on
starting and managing a small business. Topics
include the role of entrepreneurship in our
economy and society, identifying and exploring
opportunities, feasibility studies, legal structure,
raising venture capital, and organization struc-
ture. Case studies and outside speakers will be
used extensively. PREREQ: MGT 511.
573 (previously 512) Management of Small
Business Enterprises (3) The operation of an on-
going small business enterprise. Topics include
forecasting, budgeting, inventory control, pricing,
promotion, and record keeping. The roots of
failure and success of small business enterprises
will be examined. Selected guest speakers will
share their views and experiences with students
on pertinent topics. Cases and outside readings
will be used to broaden students' exposure to
small business management issues. PREREQ: MGT
511.
575 (previously 513) Field Studies in Small
Business Management (3) This course provides
students with the opportunity to work on a
consulting project for a small business firm. Teams
of two to four students are assigned to each small
business client requesting management counsel-
ing. Depending on expertise and past experience,
the teams will work on interdisciplinary projects
involving market research, budgeting, record
keeping systems, pricing, and promotion. This
course is sponsored by the West Chester
University Small Business Institute. PREREQ:
MGT 571 and 573.
587 (previously 510) Special Topics in Manage-
ment (3) A seminar or independent study course
providing exposure to current literature and
discourse on selected issues in management.
Includes an individual research project treating a
complex management issue from an interdiscipli-
nary, policy-level perspective. Parallel seminar
discussions with peers, the instructor, and with
outside experts will provide a sounding board for
hypotheses formulation and testing. Extensive
exposure to professional journals will be required
in order to enhance familiarity with contempo-
rary advances in theory and practice. PREREQ:
Completion of three or more core courses.
599 (previously 503/598) Strategic Manage-
ment (3) An in-depth examination of the processes
by which business strategies are conceived,
formulated, executed, and changed. Specific topics
include strategic planning, endogenous and ex-
ogenous influences affecting strategic feasibility,
analyses, and choices. Comprehensive strategy-
oriented cases from a variety of business contexts
are used. Should be taken in student's final
semester. Required core course. PREREQ: Comple-
tion of all M.B A. core courses.
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Symbol: MIS
501 Management Information Systems (3) A
blending of theory, case studies, and personal
computer applications to the solution of business
information problems. Students will gain insight
into functional and strategic implications of
information resources, technology, and systems.
Marketing
Dr. Ballas, Chairperson (215-436-2363)
PROFESSORS
Angelos C. Ballas, Ph.D., New School for Social Research
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
John R Morgan, Ph.D., Temple University
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
John E. Gault, M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
lAW
Symbol: BLA
501 Legal Environment of Business (3) An in-
depth examination of legal issues for business
organizations, including constraints and opportu-
nities. Primary attention will be given to an
intensive exploration of the law as it affects
business contracts, sales, commercial paper, and
the formation and operation of a business entity
from the perspective of the manager. This course
is designed to meet the professional needs of
managers who have minimal exposure to the law
and to enhance their knowledge of the legal
ramifications of business operations.
MARKETING
Symbol: MKT
500 Principles of Marketing (3) An introduction
to marketing. Selection of target markets,
developing marketing mixes, decision making,
planning, implementation, and monitoring of
marketing programs. Intended for students with
no previous course work in marketing. Normally
offered in summer only.
501 Marketing Management (3) An analytical
approach to the study of marketing, focusing on
the total environment in which marketing
decisions are made. Emphasis is on planning the
marketing effort and integrating it into the toul
operation of an organization; i.e.. managing the
marketing function. Familiarity with topics
covered in a traditional principles of marketing
course will be assumed. Required core course.
PREREQ: MKT 500 or undergraduate equivalent.
Chemistry
Chemistry
Room 154 Schmucker Science Center II
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2631
Dr. Moran, Chairperson
Dr. Fenton and Dr. Ghoroghchian, Coordinators of Graduate
Studies
Dr. Fenton, Director of Clinical Cehmisay
PROFESSORS
Marc L. Durand, Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
John Fenton, Ph.D., University of Minnesota
Andrew Goudy, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Virgil E. Magnuson, Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
John Mangravite, Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
Michael Moran, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Philip B. Rudnick, Ph.D., Rutgers — The State University
Wilham Torop, Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
Phihp Witonsky, Ph.D., University of Minnesota
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Jamal Ghoroghchian, Ph.D., University of Southampton
Helen G. Reid, Ph.D., University of New Orleans
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Naseer Ahmad, Ph.D., Aligarh University
Roger Barth, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University
Melissa Cichowicz, Ph.D., University of Maryland
James Falcone, Ph.D., University of Delaware
Blaise Frost, Ph.D., University of South Dakota
Joel Ressner, Ph.D., Lehigh University
Programs of Study
The Department of Chemistry offers a program leading to
the Master of Science in chemistry. Master of Science in
clinical chemistry, and Master of Education in chemistry. It
also cooperates with the Departments of Geology and
Astronomy and Physics in offering a program leading to the
Master of Arts in physical science. (See a description of the
Physical Science program.)
MASTER OF SCIENCE EM CHEMISTRY
Admission Requirements
In addition to meeting the general requirements for a degree program
at West Chester, applicants must present an undergraduate
background that includes mathematics through calculus, one semester
of analytical chemistry, and full-year courses in organic chemistry
and physical chemistry.
Degree Requirements
1 . Before admission to degree candidacy, each student is required to
pass three qualifying examinations in the five major areas of
chemistry (inorganic, analytical, physical, organic, and biochemis-
try). The student may select up to four areas. If necessary, the
examinations in each area may be retaken once. The student may
be required to enroll in appropriate undergraduate courses for
no credit in order to prepare for a re-examination. These
examinations must be passed before admission to degree candidacy,
i.e., prior to the attainment of 15 graduate credits.
2. At the discretion of the department chairperson. Graduate Record
Examination scores may be required for purposes of evaluation
and guidance.
3. Reading proficiency is required in any one of the following modem
languages: German, French, or Russian. The reading test is
administered by the Department of Foreign Languages. In place
of the modem-language proficiency, a demonstrated proficiency in
a computer language (FORTRAN, for example) may be substi-
tuted.'
4. The candidate must perform successfully on an oral examination,
which is required for Options A, B, and C listed below. The oral
examination will include general chemistry knowledge but will
place emphasis on the area represented by independent study or
the research report. The members of the examination committee
include the research supervisor, the departmental graduate
coordinator, and two other professors.
Program for the Master of Science in Chemistry
The M.S. in chemistry program consists of a required core of 15
semester hours and a chemistry elective area for which there are three
options. (See the description of each option for how many total
semester hours are required.) All students must complete the core,
composed of CHE 511, 531, 540, or 543, and any two of the topics
courses (CHE 515, 525, 533, 544, 551, or 575). One semester of
CHE 591 must be taken.
Option A (30 semester hours)
This is the thesis program. Beyond the core, the candidate takes
Independent Study/Thesis Research (CHE 610) for six credits and
nine semester hours of electives.
Option B (33 semester hours)
Beyond the core, this option requires Independent Study (CHE 610)
for six credits and 12 semester hours of electives.
Option C (36 semester hours)
Under this plan, the student completes core requirements and an
elective area of 2 1 semester hours that must include three credits in
Independent Study (CHE 610).
Under all options, the elective area is developed under advisement
from chemistry offerings but may include three semester hours from
another science area or from mathematical sciences.* Until admitted
to degree candidacy, students may not undertake independent
study.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CLINICAL CHEMISTRY
Admission Requirements
An applicant must meet the general requirements for a degree
program at West Chester University and must hold a bachelor's degree
in chemistry, medical technology, or a closely related field.
Course prerequisites for admission include one semester each of analytical
chemistry, biochemistry, physics, clinical chemistry, clinical chemistry
laboratory, and physical chemistry. Two semesters of organic chemistry
and mathematics through calculus are also required. Several of the
above courses may be waived if the applicant has graduated from a four-
year medical technology program approved by the National Accrediting
Agency in die Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). Students who
do not meet program prerequisites may take required courses upon
eiu-oUment. Graduate Record Examination scores may be required prior
to acceptance.
Degree Requirements
1. Before admission to candidacy, each student must pass a comprehen-
sive examination covering the areas of biochemistry, clinical chemistry,
and analytical chemistry. This examination is usually administered
after one-half of the student's course work is completed. If necessary,
diis examination may be retaken once.
*A computer science course taken to satisfy the foreign language requirement
will not be counted as an elective toward the degree.
Chemistr)'
2. The candidate must perform successfully on an oral examination,
which is required for all program options. The oral examination will
include general chemistry knowledge but will place emphasis on the
area represented by independent study or the research repon. The
members of the examination committee include the research
supervisor, the departmental graduate coordinator, and two other
professors.
Program for the Master of Science in Clinical Chemistry
The program consists of a required core of 20 semester hours.
Additional credits needed for the degree may be pursued under three
options.
Core, courses: CHE 524, 548, 555, 579, 582, 583, ADM 505 (CHE
550, CUnical Chemistry Internship, is also required of students who
lack previous clinical laboratory training.)
Option A (36 semester hours)
Core, plus CHE 610 (Advanced Independent Study/Thesis Research),
plus 13 semester hours of electives from chemistry, biology, physics,
mathematics, computer science, or administration.
Option B (30 semester hours)
Core, plus four semester hours of electives, plus six credits of
research/thesis (CHE 610).
Option C — Master of Science in Clinical Chemistry and Certificate
in Administration (38 semester hours)
Chemistry core, plus three semester hours of CHE 610, plus core
from the graduate administration program. The student minors in
administration and receives the M.S. degree, in addition to the
Certificate in Administration.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN CHEMISTRY
Admission Requirements
In addition to meeting the general requirements for admission to a
degree program at West Chester University, applicants must present
an undergraduate background, including mathematics through
calculus and 24 semester hours of undergraduate chemistry.
At the discretion of the department chairperson. Graduate Record
Examination scores may be required for evaluation and guidance.
Degree Requirements
1. If academic or professional performance is less than satisfactory
during the precandidacy period, the student may be required to
enroll in an appropriate undergraduate course.
2. Successful performance on a comprehensive oral examination
given upon completion of the program.
3. Successful completion of the program outlined below.
Program for the Master of Education in Chemistry
(34 semester hours)
The M.Ed, in chemistry program consists of professional education
requirements and area concentration requirements as outlined below.
Professional Education Requirements 10-12 semester hours
(See page 41.)
Area of Concentration 20-22 semester hours
A. Required 14 semester hours
Modem Trends in Science Education (2)
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I (3)
Analytical Chemistry II (3)
Organic Reaction Mechanisms (3)
Chemical Thermodynamics (3)
(CHE 543 may be taken in place of CHE 540)
Electives, under advisement (6-8)
SCE 500
CHE 511
CHE 524
CHE 531
CHE 540
B
Electives (Professional or Academic) (0-4)
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CHEMISTRY
Symbol: CHE unless otherwise shown. CRL
indicates laboratory.
500 Fundamentals of Radioisotope Techniques
(3) Biological, chemical, environmental, and
physical effects of nuclear radiation. Radiation
detection, instrumentation, and radiotracer
methodology. PREREQ: One year of college
chemistry and one year of college physics.
503 Chemistry of the Environment (3) The
chemistry of the atmosphere, hydrosphere, and
biosphere. Man's impact on these areas. (Not for
M.S. in chemistry.)
♦ 505 Fundamental Topics in Chemistry (2-6)
Basic level elective courses in chemistry for
professional growth. (Not for M.S. in chemistry.)
PREREQ: General chemistry.
508 Industrial Pollution (3) Apphcations of
elementary chemical engineering to the industrial
complexities of the environmental processes.
Emphasis on unit operations and unit processes
applicable to pollution control and abatement.
509 Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry (3) The
emphasis of this course is on periodic properties of
the representative elements, the structure of
inorganic solids, the chemistry of aqueous and
nonaqueous solutions, and the study of some
transition metals. Lathanides and actinides are also
studied. (Not for M.S. in chemistry.) PREREQ:
CHE 103/104.
4 This course may be taken again for credit.
511 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I (3)
Structure and properties of the elements and their
compounds from a theoretical point of view; the
periodic law, acids and bases, structure and
reactivity of metal compounds and maingroup
compounds. PREREQ: CHE 341.
♦ 515 Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (3) Topics
of current interest in inorganic chemistry. Topic
to be announced prior to registration.
516 Inorganic Preparations (3) A laboratory
course in advanced techniques for the synthesis
of inorganic compounds.
517 History of Chemistry (1) The history of
chemistry and its predecessors from ancient times
to the present.
518 Literature of Chemistry (1) Instruction in
the use of a modem chemical library, reference
and data acquisition, synthetic procedures, and
computer dau bases. PREREQ: CHE 231.
519 Ethics and Human Values in Science (1)
A one-semester course for science majors to
acquaint students with potential ethical problems
in their professional careers.
524 Analytical Chemistry II (3) Basic principles
of applied instrumental analysis. Special
emphasis on the use of spectrophotometric, elec-
troanalytical, and chromatographic instrumen-
tation. PREREQ: CHE 321 and CHE 341.
CRL 524 Analytical Chemistry II Laboratory
(2) Practical experience in the choice and
application of instrumental methods to chemical
systems. CONCURRENT OR PREREQ: CHE
524.
♦ 525 Topics in Analytical Chemistry (3) In-
depih examination of current topics in instrumen-
tal or wet chemical analysis. Special emphasis on
state-of-the-art development and applications.
Topic announced prior to registration.
CRL 527 Electron Microscopy I (3) (See ESL
527.)
CRL 529 Electron Microscopy II (3) (See ESL
529.)
531 Organic Reaction Mechanisms (3)
Theoretical treatment of selected organic reac-
tions. Emphasis on bonding theory, structural
relationship, equihbria, and free-energy relation-
ships.
532 Synthetic Organic Chemistry (3) Topics of
current interest in synthetic organic chemistry.
Topic announced prior to registration.
♦ 533 Topics in Organic Chemistry (3) Topics
of current interest in organic chemistry. Topic
announced prior to registration.
535 Qualitative Organic Analysis (5)
Identification of pure organic compounds and
mixtures of organic compounds using classical and
modem iiucrumental techniques. Laboratory
included.
536 Polymer Chemistry (3) PoI)'racrization
kinetics, rheology of polymer melts, crystallization
parameters, and monomer reactivity in copolymer-
ization.
CRL 536 Polymer Chemistry Laboratory (2) A
course designed to introduce the advanced
student to the synthesis of polymers and the study
Childhood Studies and Reading
of the molecular, physical and thermal properties
of these compounds. PREREQ: CHE 232/CRL
232. COREQ: CHE 336.
540 Chemical Thermodynamics (3) Laws and
functions of thermodynamics and their apphca-
tions: introduction to statistical thermodynamics.
543 Quantum Chemistry (3) Basic quantum
chemistry, including the hydrogen atom problem,
chemical bonding, spectroscopic concepts, and
group theory.
♦ 544 Topics in Physical Chemistry (3) Topics
of current interest in physical chemistry. Topic
announced prior to registration.
548 Clinical Biochemistry (3) A one-semester
course on the biochemical basis of disease. Case
histories are discussed with emphasis on the
clinical interpretation of laboratory dau. PREREQ:
CHE 581.
550 Internship in Chemistry (3-6) A fijU- or
part-time work study appointment in a hospital,
commercial, governmental, or industrial labora-
tory supervised jointly by an on-site supervisor
and a chemistry department faculty member.
PREREQ: Permission of the department internship
committee.
551 Chemistry of Coordination Compounds
(3) Principles of complex formation; appUcation
of the crystal theory, various complexing agents,
and chemical implications of coordinated com-
pounds. PREREQ: CHE 511.
555 Quantitative Clinical Methods (3) A course
on the mathematical aspects of clinical laboratory
science. Statistics and laboratory uses for
computers are stressed. PREREQ: CHE 581.
563 Electrochemistry (3) Principles of electro-
chemical systems and galvanic cells; electrolytic
appUcations in instrumentation and research.
PREREQ: CHE 511.
571 Fundamentals of Biochemistry (3)
Structure and chemistry of proteins and nucleic
acids; molecular biology, physio-chemical meth-
ods for biomacromolecules, enzymes, and the
molecular basis for some physiological phenom-
ena. Lab: CRL 571. PREREQ: Physical chemistry.
CRL 571 Experimental Biochemistry (2)
Laboratory exercises in the fundamentals of
biochemistry. CONCURRENT OR PREREQ: CHE
571.
575 Topics in Biochemistry (3) Topics of current
interest in biochemistry. Topic announced prior
to registration.
579 Chemical Toxicology (3) A one-semester
course in the basic principles of toxicological
analysis. Special emphasis will be placed on
documentation, sampUng, and verification of
laboratory materials and results. The environmen-
tal and physiological aspects of chemical toxicity
win be explored.
CRL 579 Chemical Toxicology Laboratory (2)
A one-semester course in the basic principles of
toxicological analysis. CONCURRENT OR
PREREQ: CHE 579.
♦ 580 Introduction to Chemical Research (2-6)
An introduction to the methodology and tech-
niques involved in carrying out independent
chemical research.
581 Clinical Chemistry (3) Analysis of biologi-
cal fluids. Clinical significance of enzyme,
electrolyte, protein, and carbohydrate analysis.
Requires permission of instructor or undergradu-
ate preparation in organic chemistry and quanti-
tative analysis. CONCURRENT OR PREREQ:
CHE 571.
CRL 581 Clinical Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Lab for CHE 581. Practical experience in analysis
of biological fluids for diagnostic parameters.
Nature of biological sampling, sample preserva-
tion, methodology, statistics, and quality control.
PREREQ: CRL 231 and CRL 321, or equivalents.
582 Advanced Clinical Chemistry (3) A one-
semester course with emphasis on recent
advances in testing modalities, instrumentation,
and methodologies in clinical chemistry. PREREQ:
CHE 571 and 581.
583 Clinical Chemistry Seminar (2) A course
emphasizing the recent Uterature in clinical
chemistry. Student lecture presentations and
round table discussions are used. PREREQ: CHE
581.
585 Theory and Practice of Spectro-
photometry (4) Lecture and laboratory course
with emphasis on research uses of spectrophotom-
etry. Theoretical background and laboratory
techniques for understanding and carrying out
advanced spectroscopic studies.
391 Seminar (2) Topics of current interest in
chemistry.
♦ 610 Advanced Independent Study/Thesis
Research (3-6)
sec 570 Science and Human Values (3) Not
for M.S. in chemistry.
Any of the following dual level courses (but not
more than six semester hours of credit) may
be taken for graduate credit toward the degree:
CHE 504 Foundation of Nutrition (3) (Not
for M.S. in chemistry. See CHE 404.)
CHE 524 Analytical Chemistry II (3)
(See CHE 424.)
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Childhood Studies and Reading
105C Recitation Hall
(215) 436-2944
Dr. Szabo, Chairperson
Dr. Christensen, Assistant Chaiiperson, Graduate Programs
PROFESSORS
K Eleanor Christensen, Ph.D., University of Delaware
Patricia E. Grasty-Gaines, Ed.D., Temple University
Mary A. Keetz, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
George W. Maxim, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Carol A. Radich, Ph.D., University of Maryland
Carlos R. Ziegler, Ed.D., Temple University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
A. Scott Dunlap, M. Div., Eastern Baptist Theological Seminary
Robert J. Szabo, Ed.D., Lehigh University
Connie Zimmerman, Ed.D., Lehigh University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Lynda Baloche, Ed.D., Temple University
Gail BoUin, Ph.D., University of Delaware
David F. Brown, Ed.D., University of Tennessee
James Egan, Ed.D., Syracuse University
Rose Ann Khoury, Ph.D., University of South Carolina
Sharon Kletzien, Ph.D., Temple University
Programs of Study
The Department of Childhood Studies and Reading offers
graduate programs in the following areas: certification in
elementary education; certification as a reading specialist; a
Master of Education in elementary education; a Master of
Education in reading; and a Certificate of Advanced Graduate
Study. Courses are available to teachers desiring permanent
Pennsylvania elementary certification.
On June 1, 1987, the Pennsylvania State Board of Education
implemented revisions to the Pennsylvania School Code.
These revisions require all students who apply for Pennsyl-
vania teaching certificates to pass state competency tests in
basic skills, general knowledge, professional knowledge, and
specific knowledge of the subjects in which they seek teacher
certification.
As changes are made in requirements for elementary
certification and reading specialist certification, it is the
student's responsibility to satisfy the new requirements.
After the student's application has been submitted to
West Chester University's Office of Graduate Studies and
Sponsored Research and appropriate transcripts have been
received, the student will be mailed information regarding the
program and advisement.
childhood Studies and Reading
Elementary Education
Through programs in elementary education, the department
offers the Master of Education degree in elementary education,
as well as nondegree programs for teachers seeking profes-
sional growth and/or credit certification.
Admission Requirements
1. Applicants are expected to have an undergraduate degree from
an accredited college or university. In addition, they must meet
an undergraduate grade point average entry requirement of 2.8 on
a scale of 4.0
Students with a minimum grade point average of 2.5, who do
not have the required undergraduate grade point average of 2.8,
may receive provisional status and the opportunity to demonstrate
academic ability by being granted permission to take three
graduate courses and by maintaining a grade point average of 3.0
or better.
The provisional student must take the following:
EDF 500 Methods and Materiak of Research in Education (or
EDF 501 or EDF 502)
EDE 551 Child Development and Behavior and two additional
courses from the following list:
EDE 522 Teaching the Communication Skills
EDE 530 Social Studies in the Elementary School
EDR 510 Foundation of Reading Instruction: K-12
2. Within the precandidacy period (the first 12-15 semester hours),
the appUcant must:
a. Complete EDF 500 (or 501, 502) and two EDE courses.
b. Maintain a cumulative grade point average of 2.8 overall and
3.0 in the major discipline and in elementary education courses.
Please refer also to "Degree Candidacy and Degree Requirements"
under Academic Information. Students who fail to qualify as degree
candidates are classified as nondegree students but may reapply for
degree candidacy.
Degree Requirements
1. Satisfactory completion of the curriculum as given below. Both
the selection and the sequence of courses should be determined
in consultation with the appointed advisor. Only six credits of
workshops are permitted.
2. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.75 and a grade
point average of at least 3.0 in the major discipline and in
elementary education courses. (NOTE: All courses specific to
elementary education are included in computing the grade point
average in elementary education. Examples of such courses are
ENG 592 and MTE 554.)
3. Satisfactory performance on the comprehensive examination.
4. Students should have elementary education certification before
completing the master's degree; however, certification require-
ments may be waived under advisement on an individual basis.
The Comprehensive Examination
In order to become eligible for the examination, the student must:
1. Be a degree candidate.
2. Complete at least 28 semester hours, including all required courses,
by the end of the semester preceding the examination.
3. Maintain an average of 2.75 overall and 3.0 in elementary
education.
The examination is given on the first Saturday in February and the
last Saturday in Pre Session, unless otherwise announced by the
department.
Applications for admission to the comprehensive examination are
avsiilable from the department and must be filed by December 1 for
the February examination and May 1 for the Pre-Scssion examination.
A candidate who fails the comprehensive examination is permitted
to take one re-examination within a two-year period. Failure of the re-
examination will result in a comprehensive review of the student's
graduate record, followed by a determination of the candidate's future
status by the departmental graduate committee.
MASTER OF EDUCATION PROGRAM IN ELEMENTARY
EDUCATION
This may consist of either a nonthesis program requiring 33 semester
hours, or a thesis program requiring 30 semester hours.
In either option, the candidate must meet a professional education
requirement, including EDF 500 (or EDF 501 or EDF 502), EDF 510
or EDF 589, and EDP 550. Also required in either option is an
elementary education area consisting of EDE 548, 549, 553, and an
elective in reading or elementary education.
During the first session of enrollment, the student confers with an
assigned advisor to determine an appropriate and desirable area of
concentration. The remainder of the program will be developed
within the selected concentration. The choice of concentrations may
be made from areas offered by the Department of Childhood Studies
and Reading or areas offered by other departments.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Nonthesis Program (34 semester hours)
I. Professional Education 9 semester hours
EDF 500 Methods and Materiab of Research in Education (or
EDF 501, 502) (3)
EDF 510 Educational Foundations (3) or
EDF 589 Sociological Foundations of Education (3)
EDP 550 Advanced Educational Psychology (3)
II. Elementary Education 12 semester hours
EDE 548 Curriculum Theory and Trends in Elementary Edu-
cation (3)
EDE 549 Theory and Trends in the Language Arts (3)
EDE 553 Child Development and Behavior II (3)
(These three courses should be taken after completion of 15
hours of course work.)
Elective in Reading and/or Elementary Education (3)
III. Area of Concentration 12 semester hours
The 21 credit hours above are required of all degree candidates. The
remaining 12 credits are to be concentrated in one of the following
areas, to be selected under advisement during the first session of
enrollment:
Courses offered within the department. Advising by assigned
advisor.
Creative Teaching-Learning
Early Childhood Education
Elementary Education (General)
Gifted and Talented
Human Development
Language Arts
Reading
Social Studies
Courses offered in other departments. Advisement for area of
concentration by selected faculty in respective department.
Bilingual Education Science
Children's Literature Special Education
Mathematics Writing
Thesis Program (30 semester hours)
Students who wish to pursue the thesis program must consult with
the department chairperson, or his or her designee, not later than
the second session of enrollment.
Childhood Studies and Reading
Reading
Through its graduate reading program, the School of Education
offers the Master of Education degree with a major in reading,
and Reading Specialist Certification. Students who complete
either program are recommended for Pennsylvania certification
as reading specialists. These programs prepare candidates to
serve in special reading positions and as classroom teachers of
reading in elementary or secondary schools.
Admission Requirements
1. Applicants are expected to have an undergraduate degree from an
accredited college or university. In addition, they must meet an
undergraduate grade point average entry requirement of 2.8 on a
scale of 4.0.
Students with a minimum grade point average of 2.5, who do not
have the required undergraduate grade point average of 2.8, may
receive provisional status and the opportunity to demonstrate
academic ability by being granted permission to take three
graduate courses and maintain a grade point average of 3.0 or
better.
The provisional student must take both:
EDF 500 Methods and Materials of Research in Education
EDR 510 Foundation of Reading Instruction: K-12
and one of the following courses:
EDR 514 Reading in the Content Areas
EDR 516 Reading Disabilities.
2. The student must possess an Instructional I Certificate.
3. Courses required within the precandidacy period are EDR 510,
514, 516, EDF 500, and one additional course from the prescribed
program.
4. Students must maintain an overall grade point average of 2.8 and
a minimum of 3.0 in reading courses during the precandidacy
period.
Degree Requirements
In addition to meeting degree requirements of the University, the
candidate must:
1 . Successfully complete the reading curriculum and any additional
courses that may be required by the reading faculty. Workshops
will not be accepted to satisfy this requirement.
2. Achieve an overall grade point a^ferage of at least 2.75 and a
minimum of 3.0 in reading courses.
3. Perform satisfactorily on the comprehensive examination in
reading. Students are responsible for meeting all requirements by
the specified time.
The Comprehensive Examination
Students are eligible for the comprehensive examination when they
have completed all prescribed work and been recommended by the
advisor. The examination is given the first Saturday in February and
the last Saturday in Pre-Session. AppUcation for the examination
must be made in writing to the graduate coordinator for the February
examination by December 1, and by May 1 for the Pre-Session
examination.
Candidates who fail the comprehensive examination are permitted
one re-examination within a two-year period. Candidates who fail the
re-examination are dropped from the degree program.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN READING (36 semester hours)
I. Professional Education Requirements 6 semester hours
EDF 500 Methods and Materials of Research in Education (3) or
EDF 501 Methods and Materials of Research for Elementary
Education (3)
Plus:
EDF 510 Educational Foundations (3)
II. Reading Education Requirements 27 semester hours
EDR 510 Foundations of Reading Instruction: K-12 (3)
EDR 514 Reading in the Content Areas (3)
EDR 515 Teaching Reading with Children's and Adolescents'
Literature (3)
EDR 516 Reading Disabilities (3)
EDR 517 Current Practices in Teaching Developmental and
Corrective Reading (3)
EDR 519 Teaching Reading to Culturally Diverse Students (3)
EDR 521 Reading Clinic Practicum and Seminar I (3)
EDR 522 Reading Clinic Practicum and Seminar II (3)
EDR 541 Organization and Operation of Reading Programs:
K-12 (3)
III. Area of Electives 3 semester hours
Selected, under advisement, from:
EDA 571
EDE 522, 543, 548, 549, 551, 553, 554, 555, 560
EDR 523, 526, 540. 542
All students must complete a course in child and adolescent
development. Any student who enters the program without having
completed such a course at the undergraduate or graduate level
should take EDE 551 as an elective.
READING SPECIAUST CERTIHCATION
(30 semester hours)
Requirements for the Certification Program:
1. The student must possess an Instructional I Certificate.
2. Courses required within the first 15 hours are EDR 510, 514,
516, and 517.
3. The student must maintain an overall average of 2.75 and a
minimum of 2.85 in reading courses.
4. In order to obtain the certificate, the student must successfiiUy
complete the Master of Education in reading program, except
that the student is not required to take the two courses in
professional education. Workshops will not be accepted to satisfy
this requirement.
5. The student must perform successfiilly on the competency
examination.
Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study (CAGS)
The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study (CAGS) is
designed for students who already possess a master's degree
and who want to expand their knowledge in a given area, or to
broaden it to include other areas. Such students normally
do not wish to undertake a doctoral program but, at the same
time, prefer the guidance and structure offered by a program
such as the CAGS.
Admission Requirements
A student who wishes to pursue the CAGS must:
1 . Possess a master's degree from an accredited institution.
2. Have attained a minimum Grade Point Average (GPA) of 3.0 in a
master's degree program.
3. Present three professional letters of recommendation.
Acceptance for study toward the CAGS will be determined by the
faculty of the Department of Childhood Studies and Reading. However,
prior to formal admission to the program, the student is required to
develop a proposed plan of study with the supervising committee
(consisting of the major advisor and one additional member) that
has been appointed by the department chairperson or a designee.
Childhood Studies and Reading
Program of Study
A minimum of 30 semester hours earned beyond the master's degree
is required. Students accepted into the program will pursue a plan
of study to meet their indi\'idual needs. Plans will be developed with
the major advisor and be approved by the student's supervising
committee. Previous course work taken will be considered in the
development of the student's program. Also, the suggested program
will be presented to the departmental graduate committee for approval.
Course work may be arranged as follows:
1. Area of Specialization 18-24 semester hours
(Examples: Early Childhood Education, Elementary Education —
General, Language Arts, Mathematics, Reading, Science, Social
Studies, Gifted Education)
Programs will be individually tailored for each student by an
advisor.
2. Course Work in Complementary Areas 0-6 semester hours
3. Seminar in Research 3 semester hours
4. Research Repon 3 semester hours
Transfer Credits
A maximum of six hours of approved transfer credit earned after
the master's degree may be applied to the proposed program if the
courses complement the area of specialization and if the credits were
earned within a period of three years before entering this program.
Certificate of Approval
Successful completion of the program requires that the student:
1. Achieves a minimum GPA of 3.25 in all course work in the area
of specialization and a minimum GPA of 3.0 in all course work
taken outside the School of Education.
2. Successfully passes an oral examination in the area of specializa-
tion, as well as completes a research repon. All requirements,
including the research report, must be completed before the student
will be allowed to take the oral examination.
3. Meets all program requirements.
4. Completes the program within six years following the date of the
first enrollment.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
EARLY CHILDHOOD AND
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Symbol: EDE
502 Introduction to Early Childhood Education
(3) A basic course in early childhood education.
Emphasis is on the historical and theoretical bases
influencing education of young children.
503 Contemporary Influences in Early Child-
hood Education (3) Current factors that affect the
educational needs of young children and class-
room practices reflecting those influences.
504 Early Childhood Programs (3) Model
programs in early childhood education, focusing
on curriculum design and implementation in
the preschool and primary years.
505 Seminar in Early Childhood Education
(3) Selected problems in early childhood educa-
tion. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
506 Infant and Toddler Development and
Environment (3) Physical, social, emotional, and
intellectual development of the child newborn
to two years is studied. The use of developmental
tests for the diagnosis of infant and toddler needs
is related to the structuring of an appropriate
learning environment.
507 Preschooling Learning Environment (3)
Methods and materiab, developmentally appropri-
ate for children 2-5, are presented. Readiness
assessments, curricular discussions, and teaching
approaches are addressed across the full spec-
trum of child development.
522 Teaching the Communication Skills (3)
Strategies for teaching the language arts. Methods,
materials, and resources for organizing creative
programs in school settings.
530 Social Studies in Elementary Education
(3) Interdisciplinary and multicultural strategies
for developing concepts, skills, and values m the
social studies program.
532 Curriculum and Research in Social Studies
(3) Recent research in social studies, with
emphasis on the theoretical bases for making
curriculum decisions. PREREQ: Permission of
instructor
533 Seminar in Social Studies Education (3)
Selected problems in social studies education.
PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
543 Creative Expression in the Elementary
School (3) Theories and techniques to promote
creative thinking and enhance children's creative
potential in all areas of the school curriculum.
548 Curriculum Theory and Trends in Elemen-
tary Education (3) Theoretical frameworks of
elementary school curricula; curriculum develop-
ment and change. To be taken after 15 hours of
work.
549 Theory and Trends in the Language Arts
(3) Analysis and evaluation of language arts
programs, including reading in the modem
elementary school. PREREQ: EDE 548.
551 Child and Adolescent Behavior I (3) Social,
intellectual, emotional, physical, and moral
aspects of child and adolescent behavior. Emphasis
on personal development of the teacher as a
prerequisite to understanding children in the
elementary school.
553 Child and Adolescent Behavior II (3)
Review of principles of growth and development.
Theories of personality development; clues to
identifying children with problems; therapies
appUcable to elementary and adolescent school
children. Case study required. PREREQ: A recent
course in child development and completion of
15 hours of course work.
554 The Self Concept (3) Self-concept theory
and research; implications for development,
learning, and behavior; specific appUcation to
school settings. PREREQ: Recent course in human
development or the equivalent.
555 Self Development and Interpersonal Skills
(3) Self development, interpersonal, and group
communication skills. Focus on helping relation-
ships in educational settings. PREREQ: Recent
course in human development or the equivalent.
556 Seminar in Human Development (3)
Critical issues in human development. PREREQ:
Permission of instructor.
560 Meeting Individual Needs of Children (3)
Discovering each child's needs; providing for
individualized learning; identifying problems and
their solutions. PREREQ: Recent course work
in elementary education and child development.
565 Effective Classroom Management (3)
Dynamics of interpersonal relations in planning
and facilitating classroom instruction.
580-589 Workshops in Elementary Education
(1-6) Additional course numbers will be assigned
as new areas of study are announced. Credits
vary.
The series presently includes:
580 Workshop in Elementary Education
581 Workshop in Open Education
582 Workshop in Social Studies
583 Workshop in Creativity
584 Workshop in Early Childhood Education
585 Workshop in Language Arts
586 Workshop in Curriculum Enrichment
588 Workshop in Gifted and Talented
589 Workshop in Humanizing Teaching and
Learning
590 Independent Study (1) Enrollment by
permission only, number of credits determined
by instructor.
598 Workshop in Elementary Education (3)
ECE 598 Workshop in Early Childhood
Education (1-6)
600 Research Report (1-2)
610 Thesis (4-6)
695 Seminar in Elementary Education (3)
Selected topics in elementary education.
GIFTED AND TALENTED
Symbol: EDG
542 Creative Thinking: Gifted and Talented
(3) A study of the basic theoretical approaches for
encouraging the creative potential of gifted and
talented learners.
546 Gifted and Talented: Teaching Strategies
and Materials (3) Program models, resources, and
materials designed to meet the needs of gifted
and talented children and youth.
READING
Symbol: EDR
510 Foundations of Reading Instruction: K-12
(3) Psychology and pedagogy of reading instruc-
tion. The nature of the reading process; the
nature of the learner, skill development; instruc-
tional strategies.
514 Reading in the Content Areas (3) The
specialized reading skills, reading problems,
teaching techniques, and reading acti\'ities in
content subjects at the elementary and secondary
level. PREREQ: EDR 510 or permission of
instructor.
515 Teaching Reading with Children's and
Adolescents' Literature (3) Based on the philoso-
phy that literature should be an integral element
of reading programs. The emphasis is on
fostering wide reading and response to literature
in K-12 reading programs. Students will learn
instructional strategies and develop materials and
a selected bibliography. PREREQ: EDR 510 and
514.
Communication Studies
516 Reading Disabilities (3) The nature of
reading disability and diagnosis and remediation
of reading problems. PREREQ: EDR 510.
517 Current Practices in Teaching Developmen-
tal and Corrective Reading (3) Developmental
and corrective reading instruction. Attention is
given to diagnostic procedures and resulting
appropriate instruction. PREREQ: EDR 510, 514,
516, 545, and either graduate or undergraduate
credits in child and adolescent development.
519 Teaching Reading to Culturally Diverse
Students (3) Historical, cultural, and educational
contexts of literacy, language, and learning as
they relate to reading instruction. PREREQ: EDR
516, 517, or permission of instructor.
521 Reading Clinic Practicum and Seminar I
(3) A laboratory course in the diagnosis of reading
difficulties. Major attention given to diagnosing
corrective cases and writing case reports. PREREQ:
EDR 517 and 519.
522 Reading Clinic Practicum and Seminar II
(3) Continuation of EDR 521. Emphasis placed on
developing specific skills and techniques for
correcting various types of reading disability cases.
PREREQ: EDR 521.
523 Reading as a Language I*rocess (3) Basic
concepts from areas of phonology, morphology,
syntax, semantics, sociolinguistics, dialectology,
and psychology will be related to the teaching of
reading in grades K-12.
326 Emerging literacy and Beginning Reading:
A Whole Language Approach (3) Concerned
with young children's Uteracy development from
preschool through the primary grades. Emphasis
on instructional recommendations and implemen-
tations for a range of abilities. Included are
supervised one-on-one and/or small-group teach-
ing experiences. PREREQ: EDR 510 or permis-
sion of instructor.
540 Seminar in Reading (3) Critical examina-
tion of trends, opinions, and current research in
the teaching of reading. PREREQ: EDR 516 or
permission of instructor.
541 Organization and Operation of Reading
Programs: K-12 (3) Practical appUcadon of the
reading specialist's role in organizing and
operating K-12 reading programs. Emphasis on
the use of the total school community in meeting
individual reading needs. PREREQ: EDR 522 or
permission of instructor.
542 Seminar in Reading Research (3) A seminar
in the basic techniques and sources of research
in reading. Exposure to significant research in the
field. PREREQ: EDF 501 or permission of
instructor.
590 Independent Study (1-6) Individual inves-
tigation and exploration of related reading
research. Topic must be approved by the supervis-
ing instructor prior to registration.
Communication Studies
512 Main Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2500
Dr. Klinzing, Chairperson
PROFESSORS
Diane O. Casagrande, Ph.D., Temple University
Dermis R. Klinzing. Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
C. Jack Orr, Ph.D., Temple University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Anita K Foeman, Ph.D., Temple University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Ke'vin W. Dean, Ph.D., University of Maryland
Amy E. Martz, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Mary W McCullough, Ph.D., Temple University
Sara E. Newell, Ph.D., University of Utah
Michael V. Pearson, Ph.D., Temple University
Thomas G. Reed, Ph.D., Union of Experimental Colleges and
Universities
Martin 5. Remland, Ph.D., Southern Illinois University
Programs of Study
The M.A. in Communication Studies has two program options.
The first option is an Applied Curriculum with a 21-credit
required core and 15 credits of electives which are to focus on
the application of communication to a specific area such as
administration, management, teaching, training and develop-
ment, etc. This program is en-visioned as a terminal degree
that may pro'vide the opportunity for practicing professionals
to sharpen their skills or change careers. The program also
should help those who have not yet entered the job market to
do so with increased competence in communication and an
applied area of their choice.
The second option is a thesis program that will pro'vide
students with the opportunity to develop the knowledge and
skill needed to gain entry into a Ph.D. program in
communication.
The courses offered in the M.A. in Communication Studies
will be graduate-level seminars that will require fundamental
knowledge of communication theory and research and
knowlege of scholarly methods of inquiry. Individuals who
have earned a bachelor's degree in speech communication at
an accredited institution and who have maintained a B
average or better should have the requisite knowledge and
ability to be successful in the courses that comprise the
program. Others, particularly those who have earned degrees
in related fields such as English, psychology, and sociology
may be required to complete prerequisite undergraduate
courses in communication based on an analysis of their
undergraduate transcripts. Transcript analyses and prerequi-
sites will, of course, also be required for students who apply to
the program with degrees in unrelated disciplines such as
business and economics.
MASTER OF ARTS IN COMMUNICAnON STUDIES
Admission Requirements
Students must meet general requirements for admission to graduate
studies as well as the following department criteria that will
determine either regular or provisional admission into the M.A. in
Communication Studies.
1. Regular Admissions:
a. A Graduate Record Exam score of 1000 or greater or a
comparable score on the Miller Analogies Test.
b. Undergraduate GPA of at least 2.75 overall and in the
undergraduate major.
c. Review of application to determine appropriateness of
undergraduate preparation.
2. Probationary Admissions:
a. A Graduate Record Exam score of less than 1000 but greater
than 850 or a comparable score on the Miller Analogies Test.
b. Undergraduate GPA less d:ian 2.75 but higher than 2.5 overall
and in the undergraduate major.
c. Review of application to determine appropriateness of
undergraduate preparation.
Admission to Degree Candidacy
At the completion of 12 semester hours (at least nine of which are
within the department), a B grade or better must be earned in each of
those four courses in order for candidacy to be achieved.
Communicative Disorders
Curriculum
I. Courses for Nonthesis, Applied Curriculum
(36 credits)
a. Required Core 21 credits
SPC 501 Theoretical Perspectives on Human Communication (3)
SPC 502 Communication Research Methods (3)
SPC 503 Communication and Persuasive Influence (3)
SPC 504 The Symbol Systems of Communication (3)
SPC 505 Concepts and Criticism of Pubhc Influence (3)
SPC 506 Communication in Small Groups (3)
SPC 507 Issues in Mass Communication (3)
b. Electives: 15 credits
These courses must be selected from other departments or
Communication Studies courses. A six-credit Graduate
Internship (SPC 598) may be elected upon successful
completion of the 21-credit core.
II. Courses for Thesis Option
(30 credits)
a. Required Core 24 credits
SPC 501 Theoretical Perspectives on Human
Communicaion (3)
SPC 502 Communication Research Methods (3)
SPC 503 Communication and Persuasive Influence (3)
SPC 504 The Symbol Systems of Communication (3)
SPC 506 Communication in Small Groups (3)
SPC 507 Issues in Mass Communication (3)
SPC 600 Speech Communication Thesis (6)
b. Electives 6 credits
These courses must be selected from other departments or
Communication Studies courses.
III. Comprehensive Examinations
After the completion of all course work, each student will take
a comprehensive written examination which will be followed by
an oral examination.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
SPEECH COMMUNICAnON
Symbol: SPC
501 Theoretical Perspectives on Human Com-
munication (3) A comprehensive examination of
major theoretical perspectives on human commu-
nication ranging from classical to contemporary.
502 Communication Research Methods (3)
An examination of the major issues pertaining to
inquiry in human communication including the
nature of inquiry, qualitative and quantitative
methodological approaches to communication re-
search; moral and ethical standards for human
research; the role of the researcher, and compari-
sons of academic research with research in market-
ing, public relations and broadcasting. Students
will be required to design and execute a research
project.
503 Communication and Persuasive Influence
(3) An analysis of major conceptual approaches
to persuasion and their implications for under-
standing influence contexts and designing
pragmatic strategies.
504 The Symbol Systems of Communication
(3) Students wUl explore the verbal and nonver-
bal components of message creation in communi-
cation using primary theories to analyze language
variables in different settings.
505 Concepts and Criticism of Public Influence
(3) The criticism and history of influence will
be explored to focus on examples of persuasion
through pubhc discourse.
506 Communication in SmaU Groups (3) An
examination of traditional and contemporary
research which pertains to various dimensions of
small group communication including, but not
limited to, the following topics: structure, size,
tasks, goals, roles, systems, and leadership.
507 Issues in Mass Communication (3) An
overview of the mass communication systems,
including an analysis of the elements and
processes of these media, their functions, and the
major issues attending their use in our culture.
508 Special Topic Seminar (3) An intensive
examination of a selected area within communica-
tion study. Topics wiU vary and will be aimounced
in advance of each semester.
509 Communication and Conflict Resolution
(3) Using both theoretical and activity-centered
learning, the student will explore the options
available to resolve conflict through communica-
tion.
515 Language, Thought and Behavior (also
UN 515) (3) Introduction to the relativistic
language concepts of Korzybski and his followers.
The course focuses on what language does to
people and the subsequent effects on communica-
tion.
517 Producing the Television Program (Non-
dramatic) (3) Basic concepts of television planning
and production for the nondramaric format. The
student uses the toob of television. (Lecture and
laboratory)
518 Television Program Directing (Dramatic)
(3) Continuation and development of skills and
knowledge in the use of television equipment;
application of the arts of the theatre and film,
(Lecture and laboratory) PREREQ: SPC 517.
550 Listening: Verbal and Nonverbal Percep-
tions (3) A survey of research in listening behavior
and related nonverbal variables. Identification of
important characteristics of effective listeners.
Application to communication activities in the
classroom.
598 Graduate Internship in Speech Communi-
ation (3-6) Supervised professional training in
approved communication placements. PREREQ:
Approval of department chairperson.
599 Directed Graduate Studies (3) Research
projects, reports, readings in speech communica-
tion. PREREQ: Approval of department chairper-
son.
600 Speech Communication Thesis (6) Original
research, supervised through topic selection,
investigation, and graduate committee defense.
Communicative Disorders
Speech and Hearing Clinic
Wayne Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-3401
Mr. Eberhart, Chairperson
Dr. Stigora, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSOR
Michael S. Weiss, Ph.D., Purdue University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Mareile Koenig, Ph.D., University of Illinois
Susan Maxwell, M.A., Ohio University
Joseph A. Stigora, Ph.D., Bowling Green University
Cleavonne S. Stratton, Ph.D., Ohio State University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
John L. Eberhart, M.A., Syracuse University
Elena F. Stuart, M.S., Purdue University
Program of Study
The Department of Communicative Disorders offers the Master
of Arts degree in speech pathology. The student may choose
a thesis or nonthesis program. Both programs are designed
to strengthen the knowledge and skill of the practicing speech
clinician, to provide the foundation for further graduate
study, and to afford an opportunity to complete requirements
toward professional certification by the American Speech-
Language-Hearing Association. Attainment of the master's
degree does not necessarily guarantee recommendation for
certification.
Communicative Disorders
MASTER OF ARTS IN SPEECH RATHOLOGY
(39 semester hours)
Admission Requirements
In addition to meeting the general recuirements for admission to a
degree program at West Chester, applicants must:
1. Present an undergraduate background of at least 30 semester hours
in the following areas of study: psychology, human development,
linguistics, statistics, speech and language development, phonet-
ics, speech disorders, language disorders, hearing disorders, basic
speech and hearing science, and clinical experience.
2. Present undergraduate transcripts showing at least a 3.0 average
in the last 60 hours of study.
3. Demonstrate a reasonable degree of speech and language
proficiency which may be measured by a written essay and a
personal interview.
4. Submit Miller Analogies Test scores for purposes of evaluation
and guidance.
5. Submit a log of undergraduate clinical practicum.
6. Submit three letters of recommendation.
7. Submit a 250-word essay describing future goals and aspirations.
Admission to Degree Candidacy
l.The appUcant may apply for degree candidacy after having
completed SPP 501 , 502, and 508. Application must be made before
the student has completed 15 semester hours of graduate work
required for the degree.
2. During the precandidacy period, the appUcant must maintain an
overall average of 3.0.
3. The appUcant must have demonstrated satisfactory performance
in clinical practicum at West Chester University.
Degree Requirements
1. The candidate must meet the general university requirements for
the master's degree, including completion of all required courses,
with an overaU average of 3.0.
2. The candidate must perform satisfactorily on a comprehensive
written and oral examination, which may not be taken before the
student's final semester of course work. Those who fail the
examination may repeat it once. The interval between the two
examinations may not exceed one year.
3. The candidate must satisfactorily complete SPP 501, 502, 508,
523, 524, 526, 535, 536, three semester hours of graduate clinical
practicum, plus 12 additional semester hours, chosen under
advisement, which must include a graduate course in audiology
and a graduate course in organic disorders.
4. The student must be in continuous enrollment. Exceptions may
be granted by submitting a written request to the graduate
coordinator.
5. The MA. requires the completion of 350 hours of clinical practi-
cum, with a minimum of 250 hours required at the graduate level.
These hours of clinical experience must be obtained in three
distinctly different cUnical settings. In order to earn the required
practicum hours, most students wiU need to register for several
semesters of cUnical practicum; however, no more than three
semester hours of graduate clinical practicum may be counted
toward the 39 semester hours required for the degree.
Certification Programs
Candidates for the Master of Arts in speech pathology may be
recommended for the Penns>'lvania Instructional I Certificate in
speech correction upon satisfactory completion of the equivalent of
the department's Bachelor of Science in education curriculum.
Students who do not qualify for master's degree candidacy may
complete a second bachelor's degree in order to be recommended for
the Instructional I certificate. In the Department of Communicative
Disorders, "Certificarion Student " designates either (a) nondegree
students who already hold the Instructional I certificate and who are
earning the Instructional II certificate, or (b) nondegree students
who meet the prerequisites for admission to the degree program but
who already hold a master's degree, or its equivalent, in a related
field and who wish to meet the requirements for the Certificate of
Clirucal Competence in Speech Language Pathology issued by the
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association.
The Department of Communicative Disorders has completed
revision of its curricula. When recommended changes are approved
by the Curriculum and Academic Policies Committee (CAPC),
they will become effective immediately. Please check with the
department for further details.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS
Symbol: SPP
501 Foundations of Research in Speech
Pathology (3) Introduction to the scientific
process and to the interpretation and application
of research in the speech sciences. A research
project outline required.
502 Experimental Phonetics (3) Study of
acoustic and physiological mechanisms underlying
speech production and perception. Current
theoretical modeb are reviewed and analytical
instrumentation demonstrated. Students are
provided with laboratory experiences to comple-
ment lecture materials.
508 Neurology of the Speech and Hearing
Mechanism (3) This course provides the student
with information conceming the neuroanatomi-
cal and neurophysiological mechanisms underly-
ing the speech and hearing process.
523 Voice Disorders (3) Examination of
classification, etiology, diagnosis, and therapy for
functional, organic, and psychological voice
disorders.
524 Fluency Disorders (3) Consideration of
the nature, causes, diagnosis, and treatment of
stuttering and related disorders of speech flow.
Critical review of pertinent research. PREREQ:
Permission of department.
526 Articulation Disorders (3) Theoretical
considerations, research findings, and clinical
practices conceming disordered speech sound
production.
535 Language Disorders of Children (3)
Linguistic and neurological aspects of fjehavior
relative to disorders of language in children.
Review of etiology, assessment, and treatment.
PREREQ: SPP 107 or equivalent.
536 Aphasia (3) Study of the behaviors
associated with language disorders in adults.
Emphasis on etiologies, symptoms, assessment,
and rehabihtative procedures.
543 Therapy for the Hearing Impaired (3)
Evaluative and therapeutic materials and methods
applicable to the improvement of communication
in hard-of-hearing individuals. PREREQ: SPP
346 or equivalent.
546 Aural Rehabilitation (3) Medical, pros-
thetic, and educational approaches to aural
refiabilitation for children and adults. Not open to
students with credit for SPP 346 or equivalent.
PREREQ: SPP 343 or equivalent
547 Audiometry (3) Lecture/laboratory course
in the measurement of hearing. Not open to
students with credit for SPP 347 or equivalent.
PREREQ: SPP 343 or equivalent
550 Advanced Diagnostic and Therapeutic
Methods in Speech Pathology (3) Current and
advanced evaluative methods and materials
appUcable to the diagnosis and remediation of
communication disorders.
♦ 551 Graduate Clinical Practicum (3)
Supervised practice in the Speech and Hearing
Clinic. Designed to increase diagnostic and thera-
peutic skills with children and adults who have
conmiunication problems. PREREQ: SPP 351, or
equivalent, and permission of department.
♦ 552 Affiliation Practicum (6) Supervised
practice in an affiliated clinic or school. Designed
to increase diagnostic and therapeutic skills with
children and adults who have communication
disorders. PREREQ: SPP 351 or SPP 551 and
permission of the department.
560 Seminar in Speech Pathology (3) Selected
theoretical and clinical areas of speech pathology
and related disciplines. Topics vary each semester
according to research developments and student
needs. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
561 Seminar in Audiology (3) Selected areas in
audiology and related disciplines. Topics vary
each semester according to developments in
research and student needs. PREREQ: Permission
of instructor.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
562 Research Seminar (3) De\'elopment of an
individual research project of the student's choice.
Research design, methodology, and data analysis
will be emphasized. PREREQ; SPP 501. A course
in statistics is recommended.
569 Equipment Workshop (3) Evaluation,
selection, use, and maintenance of electronic aids
for the speech and hearing clinician. Demonstra-
tion of equipment for diagnosis, therapy, and
classroom use. Students will have ample opportu-
nity to work with tape recorders, auditory
trainers, and special calibration techniques.
573 Administration and Supervision of Speech
and Hearing Programs (3) Nature and scope of
supervisory positions in speech and hearing
programs. Emphasis on administrative problems.
580 Orofacial Anomalies (3) Comprehensive
consideration of the nature, causes, diagnosis, and
treatment of communication disorders associated
with orofacial anomaUes, particularly cleft lip
and cleft palate. PREREQ; SPP 203 or equivalent,
or permission of department.
589 Neuromuscular Disorders (3) Nature,
causes, diagnosis, and treatment of communica-
Qon disorders associated with neuromuscular
dysfunction, with particular attention to the
cerebral palsies.
590 Independent Study (1-3) Individualized
research projects, reports, and/or readings in
speech pathology or audiology under faculty
supervision. PREREQ: Approval of department
chairperson.
598 Workshop in Communicative Disorders
(3)
610 1116515(1-6)
Computer Science — See Mathematics and Computer Science
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
207 Recitation Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2958
Dr. Kahn, Chairperson
Dr. Deischer, Assistant Chairperson
Dr. Gadaleto, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
Harry H. Deischer, Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
Angelo F. Gadaleto, Ph.D., University of Virginia
Charles W. Good, Ed.D., Temple University
Wallace J. Kahn, Ph.D., University of Maryland
Yi-Ming Hsu, Ed.D., University of Georgia
George M. Thomas, Ed.D., Temple University
Shirley A. Walters, Ed.D., Temple University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
John Holingjak, Jr., Ed.M., Temple University
Richard D. Parsons, Ph.D., Temple University
William J. Rahn, M.Ed., Temple University
Jay Silverman, Ph.D., New York University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
David L. Bolton, Ph.D., Florida State University
Cynthia Haggard, Ed.D., Indiana University
John L. Hynes, Ed.D., SUNY-Albany
Robert S. Kurzinsky, Ed.D., Nova University
Carol M. Napierkowski, Ph.D., University of Connecticut
Patrick M. Socoski, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Lesley A. Welsh, Ph.D., University of Connecticut
Programs of Study
The Department of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional
Education offers a variety of graduate programs leading to
professional certification, as well as the Master of Education
and Master of Science degrees.
Counselor Education
The Counselor Education Program offers two degree programs.
The first is a degree-certification program that leads to the
Master of Education and the Educational Specialist I Certificate
for elementary school counselors or secondary school
counselors.
The second leads to the Master of Science degree for persons
interested in counseling in community agency and higher
education settings.
A handbook describing both programs in detail is available
fi-om the department's graduate office.
Admission Requirements
An applicant is expected to have an undergraduate degree from an
accredited college or university. In addition, he or she must meet an
undergraduate grade point average entry requirement of 2.8 on a
scale of 4.0.
Students who do not have the required undergraduate grade point
average of 2.8 may receive provisional status and permission to take
the courses required to complete Competency Area I, where they
can demonstrate academic ability by maintaining a grade point
average of 3.0 or better.
Degree Requirements
Upon meeting admission criteria, students are accepted for
Competency Area I. During this phase, they are evaluated for
academic achievement and interpersonal relationship skills. Upon
successhil completion of Competency Area I and departmental
recommendations (i.e., formal approval for degree candidacy),
students become degree candidates for the remainder of the program,
which encompasses advanced work and field experiences. Upon
completion of the prescribed work and the advisor's recommendation,
candidates must take a comprehensive examination. The degree
being pursued will be granted only when the student has met the
standards of the Department of Counselor, Secondary, and
Professional Education. Students desiring the degree vrithout
certification may take a three-credit elective under advisement in lieu
of the practicum (EDC 590 or EDC 591).
Certification
In order to obtain the Educational Specialist I Certificate, the student
must successfully complete the required practicum in an approved
secondary or elementary school. This course provides an opportunity
for the snjdent, under West Chester University faculty supervision,
to work closely with a professional counselor in a public school.
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
The certificate is issued on the basis of the program approval status
of the counselor education program at the University as granted
by the Pennsylvania Department of Education.
MASTER OF EDUCAHON: ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
COUNSELING OPTION (42-45 semester hours)
Dr. Kahn, Program Coordinator
Competency Area I: EDC 503, 567, 571,
EDF 502
Competency Area II: EDC 520, 540, 556,
572, 574, 576, 585, EDF 589
Competency Area III: EDC 590, 593
Complementary course work
(EDA 500 or equivalent required)
MASTER OF EDUCARON: SECONDARY SCHOOL
COUNSELING OPTION (42-45 semester hours)
Dr. Napierkowski, Program Coordinator
12 semester hours
24 semester hours
6 semester hours
3-6 semester hours
Competency Area I: EDC 503, 567, 571,
EDF 502
Competency Area II: EDC 520, 540, 556,
573, 575, 576, 585, EDF 589
Competency Area III; EDC 591, 593
Complementary course work
12 semester hours
24 semester hours
6 semester hours
3-6 semester hours
MASTER OF SCIENCE: HIGHER EDUCATION/POST
SECONDARY COUNSELING OPTION (39-45 semester hours)
Dr. Gadaleto, Program Coordinator
Competency Area I: EDC 531, 567, 571,
EDF 502
Competency Area II: EDC 530, 540, 556,
578, 579
Competency Area III: EDC 592, 593
Complementary course work approved by
advisor 6 semester hours
12 semester hours
15 semester hours
6 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COUNSELOR EDUCATION
Symbol: EDC
503 Introduction to Guidance Services (3)
Historical development, philosophical foundations,
and detemiinants of guidance services in contem-
porary elementary and secondaiy education.
Special services, testing, group and individual
counseling, and other elements. Guidance as a
profession, ethics, current developments, and
trends.
520 Counseling for Human Differences (3)
Examination of differences manifested by individ-
uals. The purpose of the examination is to
prepare counselors for designing counseling
strategies appropriate to the uniqueness of the
client.
530 The College Student (3) In the face of
increasing demands for relevance, flexibility, and
vitality in the college community, workers in
higher education need to know contemporary
students. Students will explore several aspects of
the life and work of today's young adults.
531 Introduction to Counseling in Higher
Education (3) Introduction to the type of coim-
seling services that are provided in higher educa-
tion and to the settings in which these take place.
540 Assessment Methods in Guidance (3)
Emphasis is on the test and nontest assessment
of intelligence, achievement, special abiUties, and
aptitudes, including concepts such as reliability,
validity, and standardization.
545 Psychometric Interpretation (3) A survey
course involving the use of psychomecrics as the
vehicle for the diagnosis of learning problems.
Test interpretation and reporting are emphasized.
556 Career Development Theories and Prac-
tices (3) Theories and techniques relating to career
development in children, adolescents, and adults.
Career development programming within the
context of a systems approach is stressed.
567 Group Dynamics (3) This course in group
processes focuses on the identification of the
implicit and explicit role functions of the group
member and the group leader. The recognition and
awareness of one's behavior with multiple
feedback sources is of primary concern. The major
objective of this course is to initiate, develop,
and master relationships in a group setting.
568 The Professional Counselor in the Elemen-
tary School (3) Role, responsibihties, and
practices of the contemporary elementary school
counselor. Development of the guidance pro-
gram; relationship to curricula; position of the
counselor with respect to administration, parents,
children, and teachers.
569 The Professional Counselor in the Second-
ary School (3) Role, responsibilities, and practice
of the contemporary secondary school counselor.
Referral resources, parental conference tech-
niques, relationship with administration and staff,
curricula, administrative aspects of the guidance
program.
571 Theories of Counseling (3) The basic
theories of counseling, with emphasis on historical
and philosophical origins. Historical antecedents
of each theory, and evaluation of the potential
of each theory as a viable approach for school
counselors.
572 Counseling Techniques in Elementary
School (3) Practical application of basic theories
and techniques of individual counseling with
children in elementary school settings. The pre-
practicum course includes actual coimseling
experience with children.
573 Counseling Techniques in Secondary
School (3) Practical application of the basic
theories and techniques of individual counseling
with adolescents in secondary school settings.
This prepracticum course includes actual counsel-
ing experience with adolescents.
574 Group Pnx:edures in the Elementary School
(3) Emphasis is on mastering the basic theories
and techniques appropriate to group procedures in
the elementary school. Exposure to plaiming,
implementing, and evaluating group activities.
575 Group Procedures in the Secondary School
(3) Mastery of theories and techniques basic to
plaiming and implementing group activities in the
secondary school. Evaluation of group activities
is also stressed.
576 Consultation and Coordination in Guid-
ance and Counseling (3) This prepracticum
course focuses on models, mechanisms, and
strategies of employing consultation and coor-
dination in remedial and preventive interventions
in educational settings. Systems analysis and
program development and evaluation will be ad-
dressed relative to consultation and coordination.
578 Counseling Techniques with Adults (3) A
prepracticum experience in counseling adults.
Application of principles and practices; prepara-
tion and techniques for group counseling.
579 Group Procedures with Adults (3)
Techniques for plaiming and implem.enting group
procedures appUcable to adults. Topics include
group counseling, group guidance, multiple
counseling, problem solving and decision making,
task group facilitation, conflict mediation, group
process and outcome evaluation, and the legal/
ethical implications of group work Each student
is required to conduct a group counseling
experience.
585 Contemporary Issues and Trends in
Guidance (3) Contemporary issues and current
trends in school guidance. The student evaluates
basic positions and integrates them into the
prospective role of a school counselor.
590 Practicum in Elementary Guidance (3)
Supervised practice in an approved elementary
school. In addition to work under the direction of
a professional counselor in the school setting,
the student meets on campus with the practicum
supervisor for intensive seminar activities.
PREREQ: EDC 572, 574.
591 Practicum in Secondary Guidance (3)
Supervised practice in an approved secondary
school. The student works under the direction of
a professional counselor in the school setting
and meets on campus with the practicum supervi-
sor for intensive seminar activities. PREREQ:
EDC 573, 575.
592 Practicum in Higher Education Guidance
(3) Supervised counseling experiences within the
higher education system or another approved
setting. A related on-campus seminar is included.
PREREQ: EDC 578, 579.
593 Advanced Practicum (3) Intensive super-
vised counseling experience in an approved setting.
The pracdcum consists of on- and off<ampus
experiences. PREREQ: EDC 590 or 591 or 592.
598 Workshop in Counselor Education (3)
599 Independent Study (1-3) Independent
research and study under the direction of a faculty
member PREREQ: Permission of department
chairperson and instructor.
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
Secondary Education and Professional Studies
The Secondary Education and Professional Studies program is
responsible for the professional courses offered for certification on
the secondary level and in the Master of Education degree programs
having academic concentrations. The department also offers other
professional course work required in all M.Ed, programs, and some
courses designed for educators and others who wish to develop new
insights and to strengthen professional skills.
In addition, the department offers a Master of Education in secondary
education.
MASTER OF EDUCATION
The Master of Education program has concentrations in chemistry,
French, German, history, Latin, mathematics, and Spanish, offered
cooperatively by the School of Education and the College of Arts and
Sciences. The academic requirements for each concentration are
found under the respective department.
With this degree, students can strengthen their knowledge in the
major subject area, as well as their professional knowledge and
competence.
Students earning degrees in this program must be advised both by
the department of the subject field and by the Department of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education. Students are
responsible for arranging conferences with both departments to plan
their programs.
Requirements for the Master of Education
(36 semester hours)
I. Professional Education Requirements* 12 semester hours
A. EDF 510 Educational Foundations (3)
B. A minimum of one course from each of the following groups;
Group 1
EDF 516 Resource Allocation in the Schools (3)
EDF 520 Comparative Education (3)
EDF 580 History of American Education (3)
EDF 581 Philosophy of Education (3)
EDF 589 Sociological Foundations of Education (3)
Group 2
EDF 503 The Emerging Curriculum (3)
EDF 507 Values Clarification in Human Relations (3)
EDF 509 Contemporary Teaching Trends (3)
EDP 53 1 Principles of Educational Testing (3)
EDP 550 Advanced Educational Psychology (3)
EDP 557 Essentials of Learning (3)
EDP 560 Behavior Modification (3)
EDP 569 Adolescent Development and Learning (3)
EDS 524 Supervision of Student Teaching (3)
EDU 502 Human Relations in the School and
Community (3)
Group 3
EDC 567 Group Dynamics (3)
EDF 504 Middle School Workshop (3)
EDF 505 Individually Prescribed Instruction (3)
EDF 506 Design and Use of Individualized Learning
Packages (3)
EDF 570 The Community,Junior College (3)
EDF 590 School Law (3)
EDS 502 Secondary School Curriculum (3)
EDU 501 Curricular Adaptations for the Disadvantaged (3)
II. Subject Matter Concentration
Requirements 20-22 semester hours
A. Methods and Materials of Research (2-3)
B. Academic Subject (18-20)
(See respective academic department for details)
•Chosen in conference with the secondary education and academic advisors
according to the students' needs.
III. Electives (Professional or Academic)' 0-4 semester hours
Comprehensive Examinations
The student must perform satisfactorily on the final comprehensive
examination covering the subject matter concentration and the
professional education requirements.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
Dr. Hynes, Program Coordinator
This program, another option within the Master of Education shown
immediately above, is designed primarily to strengthen the pro-
fessional knowledge, skills, and understanding of the graduate student
and of teachers in service, and to make their preparation more
relevant to a variety of educational situations. It also provides the
ptofessional background for dealing effectively with problems
encountered in secondary schools. Its 15 semester-hour elective area
allows students to strengthen their knowledge in the subject.
Admission Requirements
In addition to meeting admission requirements of the University,
the student must:
1 . Be approved by the Department of Counselor, Secondary, and
Professional Education for graduate work.
2. Attain an acceptable score on the Graduate Record Examination
or the Miller Analogies Test. It is strongly recommended that the
applicant have a valid teaching certificate. Applicants whose
certification is not in secondary education may, at the department
chairperson's discretion, be required to take course work beyond
the minimum semester-hour requirements for the degree.
Upon admission, students will be assigned advisors who will help
them to oudine the appropriate program. All work for the program
must be approved by the advisor and the departmental graduate
committee.
Requirements for Admission to Degree Candidacy
During the precandidacy period, the student must:
1. Attain full status, if admission status to the program was
provisional.
2. Complete these required courses: EDF 500 and 510, and EDP
550.
3. Achieve a minimum overall grade point average of 3.0 and a
minimum grade point average of 3.0 in the required courses in the
area of concentration.
4. Show evidence of academic, personal, and professional qualities
that satisfy the advisor and the departmental graduate committee.
Comprehensive Examination
Students must perform satisfactorily on a written comprehensive
examination, which is given at least once in each semester and in the
regular summer session.
Application forms for the comprehensive examination are a\'ailable
from the department and must be filed with the depanment by
December I for the spring semester. May 1 for the regular summer
session, and July 14 for the fall semester.
To be eligible, students must have:
1. Taken the required courses: EDF 500 and 510, and EDP 550.
2. Completed 28 semester hours of work, including the nine semester
hours of required courses and 12 semester hours from the area of
concentration.
3. Attained a minimum overall average of 3.0 and a minimum average
of 3.0 in the required courses and the courses in the area of
concentration.
4. Received their advisors' recommendations and the approval of the
departmental graduate committee.
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
Students who £ail the comprehensive examination are allowed a
second attempt. A second failure terminates candidacy.
Requirements for the Master of Education in Secondary
Education
(36 semester hours)
I. Required Courses 9 semester hours
EDF 500 and 510, EDP 550
II. Area of Concentration Requirements 12 semester hours
III.
A minimum of 12 semester hours must be selected from the
following:
EDF 503, 504, 505, 506. 507, 509, 515, 516, 520, 570, 580,
581, 589, 590; EDP 531, 557, 560, 561, 569; EDS 502, 524, 599;
EDU 501, 502
Electivcs 15 semester hours
The electives may be from courses listed above, or from courses
in the student's teaching field. They may also be a combination
of both.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FOUND AtlONS
Symbol: EDF
500 Methods and Materials of Research in
Education (3) Historical, descriptive, and experi-
mental methods of research. Methods for
locating, evaluating, interpreting, and reporting
research data. Each student prepares a research
prospectus.
501 Methods and Materials of Research for
Elementary Education (3) Historical, descriptive,
and experimental methods of research. Methods
for locating, evaluating, interpreting, and reporting
research data. Introduction to graduate study
for elementary majors.
502 Methods and Materials of Research for
Counselor Education (3) Designed to enable the
counselor to read experimental, quasi-experi-
mental, descriptive, and correlational research
reponed in the professional journals. Both univari-
ate and multivariate designs are emphasized.
503 The Emerging Curriculum (3) Curriculum
trends, begiiming in 1951, for grades kindergar-
ten through 12 by means of three comprehensive
topics: (1) the curriculum reform movement,
(2) emerging curriculum theory and practice, and
(3) the educational reform movement.
504 Middle School Workshop (3) Philosophy,
administration, curriculum, staff, and facilities
necessary for the most efficient educational
experience in the intermediate levels of school.
505 Individually Prescribed Instniciion (3)
Individually prescribed instructional techniques
as applied in the classroom and intensive learning
centers. Techniques of academic diagnosis,
prescription production, and electronic learning.
Students will have an opportunity to work
direcdy with hardware and software components
of an intensive learning center. (May be arranged
as a workshop.)
506 Design and Use of Individualized Ixaming
Packages (3) A review of commercially available
individualized learning activity packages that
permit students to progress through a learning
continuum at their own pace. Students will be
required to design and construct individualized
learning packages in their teaching areas.
507 Values Clarification in Human Relations
(3) Knowledge of the theories of the values
clarification processes as defined by Simon and
others. Skills in application of the values
clarification processes in personal decisions, in
the classroom, and in society. (May be arranged
as a workshop or as modularized independent
study.)
509 Contemporary Teaching Trends (3) Team
teaching, programmed instruction, and various
media of communication in the elementary and
secondary schools are evaluated. Effective adapta-
tion to newer practices is emphasized.
510 Educational Foundations (3) History of
education, integrated with educational philosophy
and thought; the long evolution of education
theory and issues.
515 Federal and Sute Role in Education (3)
The past, current, and future role of the federal
and state governments in education in the United
States. Emphasis on apphcations to the Common-
wealth of Peruisylvania. Impact of federal
legislation since 1958.
516 Resource Allocation in the Schools (3)
The relationship between the American economy
and the efficient allocation of resources within
school systems will be examined. Designed for
teachers, administrators, school board members,
and parents.
520 Comparative Education (3) Major problems
of education in a number of other countries are
related to similar problems in the United States.
Contrasting purposes and philosophies, and
differences in organization and administration are
analyzed.
570 The Community/Junior College (3) An
analysis of the programs, problems, and students
of a two-year college. Emphasis on the develop-
ment, special philosophies, and current issues
relating to the community or junior college.
Designed for students preparing to be teachers
and/or administrators in these colleges.
580 History of American Education (3) Nature
and direction of American education, studied
through individual and group research.
581 Philosophy of Education (3) Selected
philosophies and their influence on educational
principles and practices in a democratic social
order.
589 Sociological Foundations of Education (3)
Study of the socio-cultural influences on the
structure of American educational institutions.
590 School Law (3) Legal structure for educa-
tional organization on state, intermediate, and
local levels. Legal status of the board of
education; legal responsibilities of the teacher,
legal responsibiUties of the board of education to
the student
598 Workshop in Secondary Education (3)
599 Workshop in Professional Education (3)
EDUCAnONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Symbol: EDP
531 Principles of Educational Testing (3)
Designed to develop in teachers the skills
important in the three areas of educational testing:
teacher-made tests (objective and essay); comput-
erized programs for grading and reporting results
and for improving the test quality through item-
analysis procedure; and the evaluation of the
psychometric characteristics of standardized
tests.
550 Advanced Educational Psychology (3)
Processes by which skills, understanding, con-
cepts, and ideals are acquired; teaching practices
in relation to basic research concerning learning;
similarities and differences in theories of learning.
557 Essentials of Learning (3) Study of the
applications of learning theory to classroom
teaching, with emphasis on those principles
derived from classical and operant conditioning.
Retention and transfer of learning also considered.
560 Behavior Modification (3) Study of princi-
ples of classical and operant conditioning as they
relate to the modification of student behavior in
residential and educational settings. Emphasis
on such areas as classroom discipline, student
values, and student study habits.
569 Adolescent Development and Learning
(3) Mental, physical, emotional, and social
development and behavior of the adolescent with
emphasis on various types of learning. Case
studies are used.
598 Woikshop in Educational Psychology (3)
SECONDARY EDUCATION
Symbol: EDS
502 Secondary School Curriculum (3) Current
practices and trends in reorganizing the second-
ary school curriculum in the major academic areas.
The various integrating techniques. Curriculum
development.
524 Supervision of Student Teaching (3)
Designed for teachers who cooperate, or expect
to cooperate, in West Chester University's student
teaching program. Basic principles, practices,
materials, and resources for an effective student
teaching program. PREREQ: Certification for
teaching.
590 Independent Study (1-3) Enrollment by
permission only, number of credits determined by
department.
599 Workshop in Secondary Education (3)
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
Educational Research
Dr. Hsu, Program Coordinator
The School of Education offers a degree program leading to the
Master of Science in educational research. The degree is designed
primarily for those desiring research {jositions in local school
districts, but it is also appropriate for research positions in colleges
and universities, community colleges, governmental agencies,
regional educational laboratories, and industry.
MASTER OF SCIENCE EM EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH
Admission Requirements
To be admitted to the program, the applicant must have:
1. A minimum overall average of 2.5 in undergraduate studies and
2.75 in the major field.
2. Satisfactory performance on the Graduate Record Examination
Aptitude Test.
3. Personal interview with the coordinator of the program.
Any candidate admitted to graduate study, but not to the degree
program in educational research, may take RES courses with the
permission of the coordinator. There is no guarantee that courses
taken by a nondegree student may later satisfy degree requirements for
the M.S. in educational research.
Degree Requirements
1. Satisfactory completion of the curriculum outlined below.
2. An overall average of 3.0 in graduate courses taken in the degree
program.
3. Satisfactory performance on the comprehensive examination.
4. Completion of research report or master's thesis, approved by the
coordinator.
Requirements for Admission to Degree Candidacy
Upon completion of 12 semester hours, which must include PSY
501 (Introductory Statistics for the Behavorial Sciences) and EDF 500
(Methods and Materials of Research in Education), candidates will
be advanced to degree candidacy, provided they have maintained a
minimum average of 3.0 and passed a qualifying examination.
The Internship
After mastery of the core courses (EDF 500, PSY 501 and 502, and
RES 520), students will serve an internship with an outside agency, or
in the OfiBce of Institutional Research conducting educational
research. During this period, they will use the skills they have
developed to design and conduct a research project under the joint
supervision of University and/or host institutional personnel.
The Comprehensive Examination
To be eligible for the comprehensive examination, the candidate
must:
1. Have completed at least 28 semester hours and all core courses
prior to the semester in which the examination is taken.
2. Have maintained an overall average of at least 3.0.
Candidates must indicate by letter their intention to take the
examination. The coordinator should receive this letter within the
first 10 days of the semester in which the candidate wants to take
the examination.
Candidates who fail the comprehensive examination are permitted
one reexamination after an interval of at least one semester but not
more than two years.
Master of Science in Educational Research
(36-39 semester hours)
CSC 550 Computers in Education (3)
EDC 540 Assessment Methods in Guidance (3)
EDF 500 Methods and Materials of Educational Research (3)
EDF 510 Educational Foundations (3)
EDP 531 Principles of Educational Testing (3)
EDP 550 Advanced Educational Psychology (3)
PSY 501 Introductory Statistics for the Behavorial Sciences (3)
PSY 502 Advanced Statistics for the Behavorial Sciences (3)
RES 520 Research Design (2)
RES 590 Independent Study in Educational Research (1-3)
RES 592 Internship Program in Educational Research (3)
Optional:
RES 650 Research Report (3) plus three-credit elective or
RES 610 Thesis (3)
Elective courses:
CSC 510 Computer Programming and Numerical Methods (3)
EDP 540 Methods of Program Evaluation (3)
PSY 526 Program Evaluation (3)
Others to be determined by program coordinator.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH
Symbol: RES
320 Research Design (3) Principles for e£Bdent
design of experiments and other types of
observational programs. Sampling techniques,
methods of analysis, threats (o valid inference.
PREREQ: PSY 501.
590 Independent Study in Educational Re-
search (1-3) Research project, reports, readings
in educational research. PREREQ: Coordinator's
approval.
592 Internship Program In Educational Re-
search (3) Oppominity for students to design,
conduct, and analyze a study and to prepare a
report of the research. The internship is served in
local educational agencies, county oGBces, federal
project centers, the Pennsylvania Department
of Education, or other research environments. The
intern is supervised by both host and University
personnel.
610 Thesis (3)
650 Research Report (3)
Criminal Justice
Environmental Education
Mr. John Holingjak, Coordinator
Graduate students interested in developing a concentration
in the area of environmental education may elect from the
following courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCAOON
Symbol: EDO
505 Conservation Education Curriculum
(K-12) (3) Conservation education as it exists in
the present school curriculum and ways to
integrate conservation into elementary and second-
ary school disciplines. Characteristics, interrela-
tionships, and uses of our natural resources;
problems and policies of industrial management
in conservation as they relate to the school
curriculum.
510 Methods in Conservation Education (3)
Basic concepts and practices of conservation and
outdoor education and their role in the school
program.
511 Environmental Education Workshop (3)
A field-centered learning experience. Designed to
integrate the wide range of backgrounds and
interests among the participants. Based on West
Chester campus andyor the campuses of other
universities.
515 History of Conservation (3) Development
of the conservation movement in the U.S. with
emphasis on the progressive adaptation of
conservation to our changing social and economic
order.
520 Organization and Administration of
Outdoor Education (3) Basic concepts of outdoor
education: the role of outdoor education in the
school program; the initiation and administration
of outdoor education,
525 Independent Studies in Environmental
Education (3) Special research projects, reports,
and readings in conservation and outdoor
education. PREREQ: Permission of coordinator.
598 Workshop in Enviroimiental Education (3)
Urban Education
Dr. Kahn, Coordinator
Graduate students interested in developing a concentration
in the area of urban education may elect from the
following courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
URBAN EDUCADON
Symbol: EDU
501 Curricular Adaptations for the Disadvan-
taged (3) Curricular innovations that attempt to
aid the culturally disadvantaged in developing
skills necessary for maximum personal adjustment
to society. Survey of urban problems and their
relationships to inner-city schools.
502 Human Relations in the School and
Commvmity (3) Intensive study of the iimer-city
commimity and its close relationship with the
school society. Analysis of prejudice and its
imphcation in community and school power
structures.
590 Independent Study (1-3)
599 Workshop in Urban Education (3)
Criminal Justice
200 Ruby Jones Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2647
Dr. Greenberg, Chairperson
Dr. Metz, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Saul H. Greenberg, J. D., University of Baltimore
Harold W Metz, Ed.D., West Virginia University
Jana L. Nestlerode, J.D., Widener University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Reginald Nealy, M.H.S., Lincoln University
Anthony W. Zumpetta, Ed.D., Indiana University of
Pennsylvania
Program of Study
West Chester University offers a Master of Science degree in
criminal justice which is multidisciplinaiy and flexible, career
oriented, and the basis for pursuit of further graduate study.
Admission Requirements
All students must meet the general requirements for admission to a
graduate degree program at West Chester University. Applications
are processed by the Office of Graduate Studies. Upon receipt of all
necessary credentials, the Office of Graduate Studies will forward
the materials to the Criminal Justice Department for further
consideration and approval. There is no test requirement (GRE or
MAT) for admission to the program. To receive additional information
or to schedule a personal interview, contact the graduate coordina-
tor.
Degree Requirements
The following requirements must be met by all candidates prior to
receiving the Master of Science degree in criminal justice:
1. The candidate must complete a minimum of 36 semester hours
of course work with a cumulative average of 3.0 Glased on a 4.0
system).
2. The candidate must pass a comprehensive examination.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE
(36 semester hours)
Required Courses 15 semester hours
CRJ 500 History and Philosophy of Law and Justice (3)
CRJ 503 Criminal Behavior (3)
CRJ 508 Research Design and Analysis (3)
CRJ 509 Criminal Law and Procedure (3)
CRJ 600 Proseminar (3)
Criminal Justice Electives
Noncriminal Justice Electives
18 semester hours
3 semester hours
Criminal Justice
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Symbol: CRJ
500 History and Philosophy of Law and Justice
(3) This course is intended to aid the beginning
graduate student in understanding the historical
and philosophical influences on the American
criminal justice system, and examine and analyze
various other systems of criminal justice found
in divergent and dissimilar cultures.
503 Criminal Behavior (3) This course is
designed to help the student understand behavior
by comparing criminal with normal behavior. It
is a survey course that reviews types of abnormal
behavior and mental disorders, methods of
diagnosis, and treatment. Also included is an
understanding of criminal behavior as it applies
to abnormality.
504 Resolution of Internal Personal Conflicts
(3) This course is designed so that students can
develop personal efifectiveness in group situa-
tions. Emphasis will be on the development of
competence in group leadership, ability to
translate the group experience into positive
decisions about self and environment, and the
ability to recognize changes that have affected
one's life. The knowledge gained from this course
will assist students in relating to other persons
in their personal, social, and professional lives.
505 Theories of Criminal Justice (3) This
course is a survey of historical and contemporary
attempts to explain the phenomena of crime and
criminal behavior from the perspectives of
sociology, psychology, economics, biology, and
law. Emphasis will be placed on the examination
of contemporary theories and the analysis of
evidence supportive of various theoretical posi-
tions.
506 Criminal Justice Management (3) This
course is intended to aid in the instruction of
graduate students who are potential candidates for
administrative positions. It brings together the
most appropriate concepts from the various
approaches and problems of management, e.g.,
stafiing, decision making, motivation, leadership,
communication, and control.
507 Ethical Issues in Criminal Justice (3) This
course is designed to identify and examine
ethical issues among practitioners and students
in the criminal justice field. Such issues include
the discretionary power of arrest, the use of deadly
force, the decision to prosecute, participation in
plea bargaining, representation of the guilty, and
the imposition of punishment.
508 Research Design and Analysis (3) This
course is intended to introduce the graduate
student to the process of social research. It
discuisses research concepts such as problem
identification, data collection, data analysis,
hypothesis testing, and the development of
conclusions and recommendations.
509 Criminal Law and Procedure (3) This
course is designed to encompass the basic concepts
of criminal law and then to examine criminal
procedure in greater depth. It will teach not only
the foundations of these fields of study, but will
also bring to Ught the reasons underlying these
foimdations and the latest developments from
the U.S. Supreme Court. This will be accom-
plished through the reading and analysis of
selected cases and statutes.
510 Criminal Justice Planning (3) This course
is intended to aid in the instruction of graduate
students who are potential candidates for
plaiming, evaluation, or administrative positions.
Given the newness of criminal justice planiiing,
this course represents a beginning effon of a
comprehensive discussion and review of organiza-
tional plaiming, as well as program and personnel
evaluation.
520 Major Case Management (3) This course
introduces some of the investigative and adminis-
trative techniques used in major crimes. Focus
will be placed on early recognition of crime
dimensions for precise applications and control of
available personnel, equipment, and resources.
522 Whlte-Collar Crime (3) This course
analyzes the usually nonviolent criminal conduct
variously described as white-collar crime, official
corruption, systematic crime, corporate crime or
violations of trust that are characterized by
calculation, deceit, and personal enrichment in
one's job or profession. The influence of organized
crime is also explored.
524 Juvenile Law (3) This course will bring
together the leading cases that have reached the
Supreme Coun, as well as other important federal-
and state-court decisions relating to the juvenile
justice process.
526 Policing in America (3) This course is
designed to examine current poUcing strategies
and poUtical issues that have developed as a result
of those strategies. It will also explore the future
of poUdng in America and present several
interdisciplinary approaches to new theoretical
perspectives.
530 Interviewing and Counseling the Offender
(3) In this course, techniques of counseling
applicable to law enforcement and corrections
officers are explored. Areas of study include the
initial interview, interrogation, handling the
informer, manipulative behavior of offenders,
report writing, and the exit interview. Role playing
and sociodrama are used.
532 Correctional Law (3) This course is
designed to provide practitioners who are involved
in the correctional process with a basic introduc-
aon into the emerging field of law in this area. It
also encourages understanding the rights and
responsibiUties of those convicted of crimes.
535 Assessment of the Offender (3) This course
will develop one's ability to understand, recog-
nize, describe, and interpret psychometric
measures associated with juvenile and adult
offenders. The student will develop an understand-
ing of the use of tests in the criminal justice field.
♦ 555 Topical Seminar in Criminal Justice
(3) This course will provide an intensive examina-
tion of a selected area of study in the field of
criminal justice. Topics will be announced at the
time of offering.
560 Notable Criminal Cases (3) In this course,
selected factual accounts of criminality and
criminal behavior over the past 75 years are
analyzed. Selection of cases is based on notability
and continual dispute.
566 Contemporary Issues in Corrections (3)
This course is designed to analyze contemporary
issues in the area of corrections. Such issues will
include flat-time sentencing, private corrections,
diversion, prison industries, inmate unions, and
the elimination of parole.
570 Women, Elderly, and Crime (3) This course
is intended to introduce graduate students to
the specific problems and conditions associated
with crimes perpetrated by women and the elderly
and on victimization. This course will focus on
the criminology, the law, and the response of the
criminal justice system to the uniqueness of
crimes involving women and the elderly.
582 Contemporary Legal Issues (3) This course
will pose to the student the polychotomous
nature of many issues within the criminal justice
system, with a view to finding a practical
resolution. The pros and cons of the most
controversial and the most contemporary legal
issues will be examined. Students will be required
to perform some independent research and share
the results with classmates.
590 Practicum (1-6) A field experience (intern-
ship) program for presenice students only.
599 Independent Studies in Criminal Justice
(1-3) This course will entail research projects,
reports, and readings in criminal justice. Ap-
proval of the department chairperson is required.
600 Proseminar (3) Each graduate student will
be expected to participate in a proseminar. The
end result of this seminar will be a completed
research paper evaluated on the basis of selection
of topic and quality of research. PREREQ: CRJ
508.
610 Thesis (6) Bound and shelved in the library,
the thesis represents the student's ability to plan,
organize, and direct a research effort designed
to discover, develop, or verify knowledge.
999 Transfer Credits (3-6)
♦ This course may be taken again for credit
English
Earth Science — See Geology and Astronomy
Economics — See Business
Elementary Education — See Childhood Studies and Reading
English
541/531 Main Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2745/436-2822
Dr. Hunsberger, Chairperson
Dr. Sabol, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
Michael W. Brooks, Ph.D., University of Toronto
Joseph Browne, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
John L. Gaunt, Ph.D., University of Maryland
Paul D. Green, Ph.D., Harvard University
John P. Kent, Ph.D., University of Illinois
Dwight L. McCawley, Ph.D., University of Illinois
Lynette McGrath, Ph.D., University of Illinois
Kostas Myrsiades, Ph.D., University of Indiana
C. James Trotman, Ed.D., Columbia University
Robert H. Weiss, Ph.D., Temple University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
William D. Fordyce, Ph.D., Harvard University
Claude Hunsberger, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
John T. Kelly, Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
Elizabeth Larsen, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin — Milwaukee
William G. Prater, Ph.D., Ohio University
C. Ruth Sabol, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
Judith Scheffler, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
John W. Ward, Ph.D., University of Delaware
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Christopher Buckley, M.F.A., University of California-Irvine
T. Obinkaram Echewa, Ph.D., Syracuse University
Alan W France, Ph.D., Texas Christian University
Dennis Godfrey, Ph.D., University of Michigan
Garrett Molholt, Ph.D., f/niversify of Wisconsin
Patricia A.. Pflieger, Ph.D., University of Minnesota
Geetha Ramanathan, Ph.D., University of Illinois
Carol Shloss, Ph.D., Brandeis University
Program of Study
The Department of English offers the Master of Arts in English.
The Master of Arts permits the student to attain a number
of goals. It furthers scholarship and learning in Uterature,
language, and writing, providing the student with experience
in critical reading and writing skills; the M.A. may be a
preface to doctoral study or provide a foundation for teaching
in high schools, community, or junior colleges. The
Department of English also participates in an interdisciplinary
program leading to the Master of Arts in Teaching English
as a Second Language. (See Teaching English as a Second
Language.)
In addition, the Department of English welcomes students
who wish to take courses for professional growth and provides
assistance and advice to students wishing to acquire teaching
certification in English.
Admission Requirements
The applicant must (1) meet the general requirements for admission
to degree snidy at West Chester University (see appropriate pages at the
beginning of the Graduate Catalog); (2) submit a 5-6 page writing
sample direcdy to the Department of English graduate coordinator;
(3) submit results of the General Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record
Exam; (4) satisfy other departmental admission requirements
established in consultation with the graduate coordinator; (5) take
additional graduate and/or undergraduate courses when considered
necessary.
MASTER OF ARTS IN ENGLISH
(33 semester hours)
Required 9 semester hours
ENG 500 and ENG 501 (or equivalent methods and theory courses
as required for different concentration options listed under Option
II) to be taken before the completion of 12 semester hours of graduate
credit.
ENG 620 MA. Essay (about 40 pages) to be completed at the end
of course work under the direction of an advisor selected in
consultation with the graduate coordinator. An oral defense of this essay
also will be required.
Course Selection Options 24 semester hours
In addition to the three required courses specified above, all students
will take eight courses selected in consultation with the graduate
coordinator according to one of the following options:
OPTION I
1 . any medieval course
2. any I6th/17th century British course
3. any Restoradon/18th century British course
4. any 1 9th century British course
5. any 20th century British course
6. any pre-20th century American course
7. any 20th century American course
8. a free elective chosen in an area relevant to the topic of the M.A.
Essay
Option I is especially recommended for students who do not already
have a strong undergraduate record in English.
OPTION II
1) four courses chosen from four of the areas listed above
2) four courses chosen in a concentration area, such as composition
and rhetoric, creative writing, comparative Uterature, medieval.
Renaissance, I8th century, I9di century, 20th century British and/or
American, women's literature, African-American and ethnic htera-
ture, Unguistics, etc. In some concentrations, the methods and theory
courses will be specific to the concentration. Concentrations may
be proposed by students, but they should be chosen early in the
student's program and must be approved by the graduate coordinator.
The MA Essay should be written in the area of the concentration.
One course in the concentration may be a compatible course from
another department. For more information concerning graduate
work in English, including course listings for possible concentrations
and precise specifications for the M.A. Essay, see the Handbook for
Graduate English Studies available from the English graduate
coordinator.
English
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ENGLISH
Symbol: ENG
GENERAL TOPICS AND THEORY
500 Methods and Materials of Research (3)
Basic techniques and procedures in research. The
major types of research and the methods of
locating, evaluating, and interpreting evidence.
Includes the preparation of a research outline and
paper.
501 Literary Theory (3) Study of various
methods of literary theory and analysis; the
appUcation of these methods to specific works of
literature.
502 History of Criticism (3) A historical study
of literary criticism and aesthetic theory firom
Plato and Aristotle to the present.
503 Feminist Literary Criticism (3) A study of
the development of feminist criticism and
different schoob of feminist literary theory.
AppUcation of feminist theory to specific texts.
504 Methods and Materials of Publishing (3)
This course is designed to familiarize graduate
students with the history of the book and to
provide them with the opportunity to gain
practical experience in book production.
507 Literature Seminar (3) Variable topics
aimounced each time the course is offered.
♦ 508 Writing Seminar (3) Experience in non-
fiction prose writing; discussion and develop-
ment of major projects.
♦ 509 Writing Seminar in the Novel I (3)
A course in the writing and preparing of book-
length manuscripts (novel and noveUa), with the
intention of submission for publication. Also
includes coverage of fictional aspects and tech-
niques used in writing memoirs, biography, and
current history.
510 Writing Seminar in the Novel 11 (3)
Continuation of ENG 509.
ENGLISH UTERATURE
517 Beowulf (3) An analysis of the full poem
in Old English. Emphasis on the artistic, linguistic,
and historic values. PREREQ: ENG 584 or
equivalent.
518 Chaucer (3) A study of the Canterbury
Tales and Trailus and Criseyde.
519 16th Century Poetry and Prose (3) A survey
of the major poetry and prose written in England
during the Tudor period from Skelton to
Shakespeare.
520 Spenser and Milton (3) The major works
of Spenser and Milton studied in relation to the
intellectual climate of the Renaissance. Emphasis
on The Faerie Queene and Paradise Lost.
521 Major Renaissance Writers (3) A in-depth
study of major figures in the Renaissance.
Intellectual background and literary influences.
Variable topics.
522 English Drama to 1642 (3) A survey of
English drama (exclusive of Shakespeare) from
its medieval beginnings to the closing of the
theatres in 1642.
523 Shakespeare's Sisters (3) Poetry, prose,
and drama by Renaissance women writers. In-
cludes Elizabeth 1, Mary Wroth, Elizabeth Cary,
Amelia Lanier, Katherinc Philips, Bathsua Maldn,
and others. Topics addressed include women's
education, attacks on and defenses of womankind,
love poetry by men and women, heroic women,
and "a woman's place."
525 Shakespeare's Tragedies and Histories (3)
Histories and tragedies read with analysis of
dramatic and poedc effects.
526 Shakespeare's Comedies and Poems (3)
The comedies analyzed. The poems read in
relation to Shakesf)eare's developing dramatic and
poetic power.
527 17th Century Poctiy and Prose (3) An in-
depth study of the major poets and prose writers
from Donne to Milton.
529 18th Century Poetry and Prose (3) A study
of the Uterature of the era, with emphasis on
the cultural context, aesthetic theory, and the
evolution of poetic techniques.
530 Restoration and 18th Century Drama (3)
Critical history of the British drama from the re-
opening of the theatres to Sheridan. Major
playwrights and study of theatre history.
531 18th Century British Novel (3) A study of
the rise of the novel and its development in the
18th century. Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Smol-
lett, and Sterne.
533 Romantic Poetry and Prose (3) The poetry
and prose of the early 19th century with
emphasis on the five major poets (Wordsworth,
Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats) and three
major essayists (Lamb, HazUtt, and De Quincey).
534 Victorian Poetry (3) A study of Tennyson,
Browning, Arnold, Hopkins, Swinburne, and
Hardy.
535 Culture and Society in the 19th Century
(3) A study of Victorian literature against its social
and intellectual background.
536 19th Century British Novel (3) The British
novel from Scott to Hardy.
537 Modem British Novel (3) A study of the
British novel from 1914 to the present. Among
the novelists to be studied are Conrad, Ford,
Forster, Lawrence, Woolf, Waugh, Green, Mur-
doch, Spark, and Golding.
538 Modem British Poetry (3) A comprehensive
study of the major British poets from 1890 to
the present: Dowson, Housman, Hardy, Owen,
Yeats, Eliot, Thomas, Lawrence, and Auden.
539 Major 20th Century Irish Writers (3) A
comprehensive study of significant Irish writers of
the 20th century: Yeats, Joyce, O'Casey, Synge,
O'Connor, O'Faolain, Beckett, and Shaw.
540 Joyce and Beckett (3) Detailed critical
analysis of Joyce's Dubtiners, A Portrait of the Artist
as a Young Man, Exiles, and Ulysses; Beckett's
drama and novels.
541 20th Century Drama (3) Principal British
and American playwrights from Shaw to Pinter
and Albee.
♦ 544 Seminar in English Literature (3) Topic
announced when offered.
AMERICAN LTTERATURE
♦ 547 American Literary Movements (3) Major
movements in the development of American
literature. InQuence of leading writers on literary
concepts, trends, and critical dicta. Topics
announced when offered.
548 Hawthorne and Melville (3) A snidy of
their works and representative literary criticism,
549 Twain and James (3) A study of their works
and representative literary criticism.
550 Computers and the Humanities (3)
Applications and demonstrarions of the role and
use of computers in the humanities.
551 Hemingway and Faulkner (3) The works
of Hemingway and Faulkner and the literary
relationship of these works.
557 Major 20th Century American Poets (3) A
close study of several major, modem American
poets.
558 20th Century American Writers (3) Major
writers and literary movements from 1900 to
the present. Topics announced when offered.
560 Urbanism and the American Imagination
(3) A study of the impact of urbanism on American
literature and art.
562 Modem African-American Literature (3)
An intensive study in themes and trends in modem
African-American Uterature.
563 African-American Women Writers in
America (3) Writings from the Colonial period
to the present. A survey of the forms of expression
used by these writers and the themes of gender,
race, and class that challenge and redefine the
image of women in an American and African-
American context.
♦ 564 Seminar in American Literature (3)
Variable topics announced when offered.
COMPARATIVE UTERATURE
♦ 565 Comparative Uterature Seminar (3)
Studies in international, Uterary, and/or cultural
relations; the characteristics and relationships of
Uterary themes, types, and genres. Topics
announced when offered.
566 Comparative Literature: The Greek Myths
(3) The role of Greek myths and their treatment
in Western Uterature.
567 Computers in the English Curriculum (3)
AppUcations, demonstrations, and analyses of
programs to facilitate the teaching of writing and
literature and to aid the student in Uterary
research.
568 20th Century Women Poets (3) The study
of a significant number of modem women poets
from Amy LoweU to Diane Wakoski. Discussion of
commentary by women poets about the experi-
ence of writing poetry. Although the emphasis is
on English and American poets, representatives
from other cultures wiU be included.
571 Colonialism and the 20th Century Novel
(3) An examination of the relationship of the co-
lonialist theme and modemist techniques in the
novel.
LANGUAGE
575 Structure of Modem English (3) A detailed
analysis of the modem descriptive approach to
the study of English grammar and how it compares
with the traditional approach.
576 English as a Second Language (3)
ImpUcations of the nature of language in teaching
English to speakers of other languages. Methods
and materials for teaching English as a second
language. PREREQ: LIN 501 or permission of
the instructor.
577 History of the English Language (3) Review
of the major influences on the development of
the EngUsh language. PREREQ: UN 501 or LIN
503.
578 Modem English (3) A study of the
development of the English language from 1450
to the present (exclusive of American English).
579 Studies in American English (3) Historical
processes in the development of American and
British English. Regional and social dialects of
American English. Usage and sociolinguistics.
580 English Language Workshop (1-4)
Workshop to survey recent developments and
newer concepts in English linguistics for teachers.
Variable structure and credit by arrangement with
individual school districts.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
English
584 Old English Language and Literanire (3)
An introductory study of the language through a
reading of selected rehgious and secular poetry
and prose.
583 Middle English Language and Uterature
(3) An introductory study of the language (1150-
1450) through a reading of selected texts
(exclusive of Chaucer).
♦ 589 Language Seminar (3) Studies in English
language and linguistics. Topics announced when
offered. PREREQ: UN 501 or the equivalent
♦ 590 Independent Study (1-3) Research
projects, reports, and specialized readings. PRE-
REQ: Approval of instructor and coordinator of
English graduate studies.
TEACHING SKILLS
591 Modem Techniques for the Teaching of
English (3) Techniques of teaching language arts,
composition, and Uterature in the secondary
school. Practice in planning and designing units
and courses of study. Exploration into the latest
research in teaching English.
592 Uterature for the Elementary School (3)
The content and approach of the literature
program in the elementary school.
593 Literature for the Secondary School (3)
An examination of the Uterary interests of the
secondary school student. A discussion of the
works of major writers who appeal to the
teenage student
594 Directed Studies in Composition and
Rhetoric (3) Offers students systematic guidance
and instruction in a specially formulated project
involving scholarly or empirical research in
composition.
595 Teaching Composition (3) A survey of
developments and research in composition. Focus
on the writing process, grading and evaluation,
case approaches to writing assignments, writing
across the curriculum, and remedial and develop-
mental writing.
596 Composition and Rhetoric (3) Survey of
rhetoric and composition theory. Frequent
practice in writing.
597 Seminar for Master Teachers (6)
599 Workshop in English (1-6) Each workshop
will focus on specific issues and problems in the
teaching of English, and will introduce appropri-
ate instructional materials and techniques.
600 Tutoring Composition (3) Theory and
practice of teaching basic writing in the tutoring
environment.
CREATIVE WRITING
♦ 509 Writing Seminar in the Novel I (3) A
course in the writing and preparing of book-
length manuscripts (novels, novellas, and "non-
fictional" novels) with the intention of submis-
sion for publication. Also includes coverage of
fictional aspects and techniques used in writing
memoirs, biography, and current history.
♦ 510 Writing Seminar in the Novel n (3) A
continuation of ENG 509.
♦ 601 Creative Writing Seminar (3) A special-
ized writing seminar. Topics announced when
offered. Longer prose works, short story, fantasy/
science fiction, narrative verse, lyric/meditative
verse, etc. A portfolio is required at the end of the
course.
♦ 602 Creative Writing: Directed Studies (3)
A course of individual study for students who have
completed two workshops in a single genre.
Concentrated work in a special poetry or prose
topic.
♦ 605 Poetry Workshop I (3) Experience in
writing various types of poetry: traditional forms,
narrative, lyric/meditative, etc. Readings in
traditional and contemporary poetry and poetics.
A final portfolio required.
♦ 606 Poetry Workshop II (3) Extended work
in poetic forms with additional emphasis on
contemporary poetry in translation. A critical
paper on contemporary poetry aiui poetics and a
completed portfoho are required.
♦ 608 Short Story Workshop (3) Techniques
of composing the shon story with emphasis on its
elements of form: point of view, diction,
characterization, and dialogue. Readings in tradi-
tional and contemporary criticism and short
stories. Completed portfolio of revised works is
required.
♦ 609 Short Story Workshop U (3) Extended
work in the shon story form with opportunities for
exploring more experimental forms of short
fiction. Additional readings in short fiction and
criticism. A critical paper on a contemporary shon
stoiy writer is required.
MA. ESSAY
♦ 620 M j\. Essay (3) Required final extended
paper (about 40 pages) written under the direction
of an advisor. Further details available in the
Graduate English Studies Handbook. Oral defense
required.
SPECIAL PROGRAM
PENNSYLVANIA WRTTING PROJECT
Symbol: PWP
The courses described below are intended to be
taken primarily by teaching professionals who are
seeking to enhance their writing instuction
capabilities while earning graduate credit Gener-
ally, these courses CANNOT be applied toward a
master's degree in English. The ONLY exception
to this rule involves degree candidates with a
concentration in composition and rhetoric.
♦ 501 The Writing Process (1) A practical
introduction to the writing process approach to
teaching writing. Permission of instructor re-
quired.
♦ 502 Strategies for Teaching Writing (2-3)
This basic course is designed to Eairuliarize
teachers of writing with successful practices and
related research and theory in the field. Permis-
sion of instructor required.
503 Strategies for Teaching Writing 11 (3)
Practical and research-based skills of prewriting,
writing conferences, revision, editing, and
evaluation. PREREQ: PWP 502 or PWP 510 and
permission of instructor required.
♦ 504 Holistic Assessment of Writing (1)
Theory and practice of rapid and reliable assess-
ment of large numbers of writing samples as used
in schools and colleges. Permission of instructor
required.
♦ 505 Writing in the Content Areas (1)
Participants will explore ways of motivating
students to write about academic areas, design
effective assignments, and use writing process
methods to improve learning in all subjects. Topics
include learning-centered writing, evaluation,
and classroom management of writing. Permission
of instructor required.
♦ 506 Computers and Writing (Begiiming) (1)
Microcomputer appUcations at all stages of the
writing process. Basic awareness, demonstrations,
and hands-on experience will be emphasized.
Permission of instructor required.
♦ 507 Computer and Writing (Intermediate D
(2) An introduction to computer programs
useful at all stages of the writing process and to
ways that teachers can use, develop, and evaluate
computer-assisted instruction (CAI) in writing.
Permission of instructor required.
♦ 508 Computers and Writing (Intermediate
ID (3) A practical and theoretical oveniew of the
field, with demonstrations of computer
courseware and hands-on experience in prewrit-
ing and planning, word processing, revising,
editing, skill-building, evaluation, and classroom
management. Permission of instructor required.
♦ 509 Computers and Writing (Advanced) (4)
Covers pertinent points of composition training.
Stages in the composing process are related to
software packages and computer-assisted teach-
ing techniques. Theoretical and practical questions
will prepare teachers of writing to incorporate
useful computer assistance into their classrooms
and to offer demonstrations to other teachers.
Permission of instructor required.
510 Writing, Reading, and Talking Across the
Curriculum (3) Rationale and strategies for
critical language experiences in all subjects.
Supports PCRP2 state curriculum framework.
Permission of instructor required.
511 Writing Assessment (3) Large-scale and
classroom writing assessment; implications for
writing instruction. Permission of instructor
required.
512 Teacher-Research Seminar (3) Individual
research projects for classroom studies of students
as writers. Permission of instructor required.
♦ 513 PCRP2 Seminar on Writing and Think-
ing Across the Curriculum Critical exploration
of Permsylvania state curriculum framework for
language and learning. PREREQ: PWP 510 and
permission of instructor required.
515 Workshop in Administering Writing
Programs Creating and maintaining successfiil
writing and language arts programs. Permission
of instructor required.
♦ 517 Workshop in Writing Assessment Dif-
ferent assessment models and their relation to
instruction, with information from the Peiuisyl-
vania Writing Assessment Permission of the
instructor required.
♦ 597 Seminar for Master Teachers (6)
Participants develop advanced skills in the
teaching of writing, receive training as in-service
"teacher/consultants," and develop relationships
with other writing teachers who seek to improve
their teaching and writing. Permission of
instructor required.
♦ 599 Workshop in English (1-6) Topic varies.
Each workshop will focus on specific issues and
problems in the teaching of writing and will
introduce appropriate instructional materials and
techniques. Permission of instructor required.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit
Foreign Languages
Foreign Languages
109 Main Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2700
Mr. Gougher, Chairperson
Dr. Patton, Assistant Chairperson and Coordinator of
Graduate Studies
FRENCH
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Robert Greene, M.A., University of Pennsylvania
Rebecca Pauly, D.M.L., Middlebury College
Anne-Marie Moscatelli, Ph.D., Biyn Mawr College
GERMAN
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
Ronald L. Gougher, M.A., Lehigh University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Ralph A. Eisenstadt, M.S., University of Illinois
Stephen G. Gilmour, Ph.D., University of Minnesota
LATIN
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
Erminio Braidotti, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
INSTRUCTOR
John P. Rosso, M.A., University of Pennsylvania
SPANISH
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Erminio Braidotti, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Jorge Escorcia, M.A., Boston University
Stacey Schlau, Ph.D., City University of New York
Jerome M. Williams, Ph.D., Yale University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Celia Esplugas, Ph.D., University of Toledo
Constance Garcia-Barrio, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Andrea Varricchio, Ph.D., Temple University
Programs of Study
The Department of Foreign Languages offers two degree
programs, one leading to the Master of Education in French,
German, Latin, or Spanish, and the other to the Master of
Arts in French or Spanish.
The department also cooperates in the offering of an
interdisciplinary program leading to the Master of Arts in
Teaching English as a Second Language. (See Teaching English
as a Second Language.)
MASTER OF EDUCAnON IN FRENCH,
GERMAN, LATIN, OR SPANISH
(34 semester hours)
The M.Ed, program requires Methods and Materials of Research in
Second Language Education (LAN 500), Techniques of Second
Language Teaching (LAN 503), and 18 semester hours in the area
of concentration. The concentration may be designed to the student's
particular interest and needs, but in French, German, or Spanish,
it must include one course each from Groups A, B, C, and D. In Latin
the 18-hour concentration is developed from Groups A and B, under
advisement. Majors in any of the languages may also elect from
Courses Common to All Languages (see below) for the concentration.
The Department of Foreign Languages has approved the following
undergraduate courses for graduate credit when scheduled with the
approval of the student's advisor and^or department chairperson:
PRE 401-411, inclusive; GER 401-412, inclusive; LAT 401-406 and
410-412, inclusive; RUS 401-403 and 410-412, inclusive; SPA 401-
406, inclusive, and 410, 414, 456, and 457.
At least 12 semester hours of course work in education are required.
(See page 41.)
FRENCH
Group A
FRE510, 511, 512, and 513,
Group B
FRE 501, 514, and 515
Group C
FRE 516 and 520
Group D
FRE 520 and 521
LATIN
Group A
lAr503, 511, 512. and 514
Group B
LAT 515, 521 through 531,
and 535 and 536
GERMAN
Group A
GER 513 and 514
Group B
GER 515
Group C
GER 516, 517, 518, and 520
Group D
♦ GER 519
SPANISH
Group A
SPA 510, 511, 512, 513, and 514
Group B
SPA 520, 521, 522. 523, 524,
and 525
Group C
SPA 530.
Group D
SPA 540.
and 546
532, 533. and 534
542, 543, 544. 545.
MASTER OF ARTS IN FRENCH OR SPANISH
(30 semester hours)
The M.A. programs in French or Spanish provide for either a thesis
or nonthesis option. Both require 21 semester hours as follows: for
Spanish. SPA 511 and six hours from each of Groups B, C, and D
above; for French, 21 semester hours from Groups A, B, C. and D
above. The thesis program includes FRE. or SPA, or GER 610 (six
hours) and an additional elective (three hours) in the area of
concentration. The nonthesis option includes nine hours of electives
in the area of concentration.
The Department of Foreign Languages has approved the following
undergraduate courses for graduate credit when scheduled with the
approval of the student's advisor and/or department chairperson:
FRE 401-411, inclusive; GER 401-412, inclusive; LAT 401-406 and
410-412, inclusive; RUS 401-403 and 410-412, inclusive; SPA 401-
406, inclusive and 410, 414, 456, and 457.
Electives for both options may also be from courses common to all
languages. (See above.) For the M.A. program, LAN 550 is strongly
recommended.
The candidate for the MA. must pass a reading examination in a
second foreign language or must have taken and passed at least one
graduate-level course in a second foreign language.
Comprehensive examinations are required for both the Master of
Arts and the Master of Education.
Foreign Languages
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COURSES COMMON TO ALL
LANGUAGES
Symbol: LAN
300 Methods and Materials of Research in
Second Language Education (3) Techniques of
research in foreign language education, including
sources, design, interpretation, evaluation, and
reporting of data.
302 Second Languages in the Elementary
School (3) Problems in teaching second languages
in the elementary school. Curriculum design,
bilingual education, classroom techniques, articu-
lation, materials, and testing. Preferably, UN 501
or equivalent should precede LAN 502.
303 Techniques of Second Language Teaching
(3) Advanced course in recent theoretical bases,
methods for teaching beginning and advanced
levels, curriculum design and evaluadon.
PREREQ: LIN 501 or equivalent.
304 Use of Media in Language Teaching (3)
Role of media in language instruction including
the tape recorder, language laboratory, television,
and the computer.
303 Introduction to BilinguaVBiculcural Educa-
tion (3) Introduction to history, philosophy,
current status, and future directions of bilingual/
bicultural education. Survey of materials, tests,
techniques, instructional processes, and instruc-
tional patterns. Overview of testing, placement,
and pupil evaluadon.
511 Roman Civilizadon (3) Roman civilizadon
and its influences on Europe.
550 Seminar in Methods and Materials of
Research in Language and Literature (3) The
principal toob of research in the field of foreign
language and literature. Methods of conducting
and reporting research, emphasizing correctness
of form and mechanics of scholarly writing.
360 Directed Studies (3) To provide an
opportunity for students to pursue areas of study
not regularly provided by the department. Focus
of course to be announced when offered.
580 Seminar in Second Language Education
(1-4) Specialized workshop seminar devoted to a
particular area of foreign language education.
585 Institute in Second Language Education
(4-8) In-depth study of a particular area of foreign
language education.
590 Independent Study (1-3)
600 Research Report (1-2)
610 Thesis (6)
See also Linguistics (UN)
FRENCH
Symbol: FRE
501 Commercial French (3) A study of French
economic and business systems, with extensive
practice in business correspondence.
510 French Theater (3) Principal French
dramatists analyzed against the social, political,
literary, and critical backgrounds of their age.
511 Modernism in French Uterature (3) Close
consideration of some prime iimovative texts of
fiction, poetry, film, and polemic as manifestations
of the spirit and aesthetic of modernism.
512 French Narrative (3) A study of prose texts,
their ethos, and their narrative techniques, fitjm
the epics and comes of the Middle Ages to the
experimental works of the late 20th century.
513 French Poetics (3) An intensive survey of
French poetry, its theory and practice, using
models drawn fi^m the whole tradition, fi?om Vil-
lon to Bonnefoy.
314 Contemporary France (3) A study of France
since 1945, with emphasis on current events and
social changes.
515 French Civilization (3) A study of France
since 1789, with emphasis on social, political,
economic, and educational institutions.
516 Writing Literary Criticism: Theory and
Practice (3) Study of various fields of literaiy
theory, including structuralism, semiotics, Marx-
ism, narratology, psychoanalytic criticism, and
deconstruction. Techniques of textual interpreta-
tion.
520 Topics in French Uterature and Language
(3) Course topics courses will vary by semester
and instructor, and tnay include titles such as
genre studies, film study, women writers, fi:an-
cophone writers, the study of literary periods or
movements, and structural and applied linguistics.
521 Translation Techniques (3) A theoretical
and practical study of modes of lexical and
syntactic transposition, firom LI to neutral zone to
L2. Extensive practical exercise in diverse types
of translation.
GERMAN
Symbol: GER
513 Phonetics and Advanced Oral Practice (3)
The sounds, forms, and structure of modem
standard German, using recorded materials and
selected texts.
514 Advanced Grammar and Stylistics (3)
Stylistic qualities of modem German, analyzed in
selected texts. Oral and written drill.
515 German Civilization (3) Social structure
of Germany, evolution of its institutions; German
achievements in the arts.
516 The Novelle (3) The German short story
boia Goethe to the present, including the German
Feuilleton and the post-World War II writers.
517 German Lyric Poetry (3) Major representa-
tive poets of the 19th and 20th centuries.
518 Contemporary German Uterature (3) Post-
World War II Uterature, including poetry and
prose, along with appropriate literary criticism.
4519 Seminar (3) Small-group study of
relevant topics in German literature and philology.
520 Age of Goethe (3) Works of Goethe,
Schiller, and other contemporaries. Critical works
dealing with the life of Goethe, Schiller, and
others.
LATIN
Symbol: LAT
503 Techniques of the Teaching of Latin (3)
Survey and analysis of texts and other materials
for teaching Latin. Recent methods for elementary
and secondary leveb. Curriculum for the
secondary level.
511 Comparative Grammar and Syntax of
Greek and Latin (3) The relation of Greek to Latin
within the Indo-European family of languages.
Survey of the external histories of Greek and Latin.
Greek and Latin phonology and morphology with
references to principles of syntax
512 History of the Latin Language (3)
Development of the Latin language bom the
earUest inscriptions to the ninth century AD.,
with some consideration of the prehistoric
language and people in Rome.
314 Advanced Latin Prose Composition and
Translation (3) Intensive review of Latin syntax,
with translation of English passages into Latin
and vice versa.
515 Seminar in Greek and Roman Civilization
(3) A study of literary texts and archaeological
documents illustrative of the Greek mind and/or
Roman genius.
521 Cicero's Philosophical Essays (3) Studies
in the Somnium Scipionis, Tusculan Disputatioas, De
Natura Deorum and De OEciis with reference to
Cicero's political theory and practice.
322 Virgil: Eclogues and Georgics (3) Studies
in the themes and methods of Virgil's £ciogues and
Georgics.
524 Comedies of Plautus (3) Origins of "comedy
of matters"; study of Plautian comedy and its
influence on later writers of comedy.
525 Latin Metre and Verse (3) The formal
structure and development of Latin verse from
its beginnings to the 20th century. Illustrative
readings in early, classical, medieval, and modem
Latin poetry.
526 Greek and Latin Epic (3) The Greek epic
fi-om Homer to ApoUonius of Rhodes, and the
Latin epic fi-om Naevious to Virgil. Readings
from the classical epics.
527 Roman Historiographers (3) Selections
from Sallust, Caesar, Uvy, Tacitus, and Sueto-
nius. Origin, development, and influence of
Roman historiography.
528 Roman Satire (3) History of Roman satire
and the development of Lucilian satire. A
comparative study of the satires of Horace, Per-
sius, and Juvenal.
529 The Latin Novel (3) Emergence and
development of the Latin novel. Readings in Petro-
nius' Cena Trimalchionis, Sentca's Apocolocynto-
sis, the Pompeian Inscriptions, and Apuleius'
Metamorphoses.
530 Medieval Latin Uterature (3) Latin poetry
and prose from the 14th to the 17th centuries,
with emphasis on the acquisition of a good reading
knowledge of medieval Latin in different periods
and styles.
531 Latin Epigraphy (3) Latin inscriptions from
the earliest period to the eighth century AD. A
study of the development of the Latin language.
535 Seminar in Interpretation of Latin Utera-
ture (3) Study of various modem approaches to
Latin Uterature. Analysis of selected passages or
themes bom selected authors.
536 Uterary Criticism in Antiquity (3) Study
of selected authors or works with reference to both
ancient and modem (e.g., Horace and Quintil-
ian) criticism and interpretation.
SPANISH
Symbol: SPA
510 Advanced Spaiush Phonetics (3)
Theoretical and practical approach to phonology,
phonetics, and phonetic transcriptions. Regional
and dialectical variations.
511 Romance Philology (Spanish) (3) The
development of Old Spanish from Vulgar Latin
and Protoromance, with analysis of Spanish
phonology, morphology, and syntax. Readings in
Old Spanish.
512 Advanced Spanish Grammar and Stylistics
(3) An informal, rapid review of Spanish
grammar, with emphasis on problems fundamental
to the American classroom. Exercises include
idiomatic expression, various levels of style, and
translation.
513 Advanced Oral Spanish (3) An intensive
course for teachers and professionals seeking
improvement in oral Spanish. Emphasis on
vocabulary and idiom acquisition via discussions,
readings, and reports.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Geography and Planning
514 Spanish Civilization (3) Major philosophi-
cal and artistic contributions of the Hispanic
world to Western civilization. Spain's social and
economic institutions, and the character of her
people as reflected in the arts.
520 Cervantes (3) Life and works of Miguel Cer-
vantes Saavedra: Nowlas ejemplares, Ocho come-
dias y ocho entremeses, La Numancia, La Galatea,
all of which lead to the study of the meaning,
philosophy, and influence of Don Quixoie.
521 Juan Ruiz, Arcipreste de Hita (3) The lihro
de Buen Amor as a major work in Spain's poetic
development.
522 Lope de Vega (3) The Spanish comedia
viewed as an expression of the Spanish people.
The popular and national elements of this theater.
Lope de Vega as the chief innovator and leading
figure of the first half of the Golden Age.
523 Gald6s (3) Benito Perez Gald6s: his novels
of social reform, enlightenment, and conversion.
524 Valera (3) Juan Valera's psychological
novek, set in 19th century Andalusia.
525 Unamuno (3) The philosophical ideas of
Unamuno studied in his critical essays, plays, and
novels.
530 "Spanish Comedia" of the Golden Age (3)
Survey of the comedia before Lope de Vega; the
contributions of Lope de Vega; Tirso de Molina and
Ruiz de Alarcon; the Baroque theater of Pedro
Calderon de la Barca.
532 The Picaresque Novel (3) The picaresque
novel as an indigenous creation of Spain; iaz-
arillo de Tonnes, Guzman de Alfarache, Vida del
Buscon; the picaresque novel as a tradition in Spain
and an influence in other literatures.
533 The Generation of 1898 (3) The revitalizing
forces which took hold in the late 19th century,
and a study of the works of Unamuno, Azorin,
Menendez Pidal, Pio Baroja, Valle Inclan,
Benavente, Martinez Sierra, and Ruben Dario.
534 Spanish Lyric Poetry (3) Spanish lyric
poetry, with emphasis on early forms, the
Renaissance Italianate forms, and the blossoming
of lyric poetry in the 19th and 20th centuries.
540 Medieval Spanish Literature (3) The mester
dejuglaria and the Poema del Cid; early related
epics and the mester de clerecia; Spain's early
historical chronicles. Begiimings of the Spanish
theater.
542 Spanish Romanticism (3) The Spanish
Romantics and costumbristas; Duque de Rivas, Es-
pronceda, Gomez de Avellaneda, Becquer, Larra,
and Mesonero Romanos. The dramatic novels of
Pardo Bazan, Palacio Valdcs, Clarin, and Gald6s.
543 Contemporary Spanish Theater (3) The
"Ibsenite" and social dramas of the late 19th
century, represented by the plays of Lopez de Ay-
ala, Jose Echegaray, and Gald6s. The transition
period headed by Martinez Sierra and the brothers
Quintero. Spain's modernistic drama, exemplified
by Frederico Garcia Lorca and Alejandro Ca-
sona.
544 Masterpieces and Movements in Spanish
Literature (3) A seminar on the development of
Spanish thought and anistic expression through
selected masterpieces of literature and an.
545 The Latin American Novel (3) The
development of the novel in Latin America. The
colonial period, the period of independence, the
romantic period; realism, modernism, criol-
lisma, and naturalism.
546 The Black in Spanish American Literature
(3) The characterization of blacks in Spanish-
American literature, and the political and social
context of their portrayal.
556 Seminar I (3)
557 Seminar II (3)
Geography and Planning
207 Ruby Jones Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2746
Dr. Rengert, Chairperson and Coordinator of Graduate Studies
Mr. Bielsld, Coordinator of Urban and Regional Planning in
M.SA.
PROFESSORS
Arlene C. Rengen, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
John C. Tachovsky, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
Wesley W. Thomas, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
F. Robert Bielsld, M.A., University of Illinois,
A. I.e. P., American Planning Association
Charles W Grassel, M.S., University of Pennsylvania
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
George W Fasic, M.S., Columbia University, A.I.C.F.
(Director, Chester County Planning)
James P. Lewandowski, Ph.D., Ohio State University
Joan Welch, Ph.D., Boston University
Programs of Study
The Department of Geography and Planning offers the
Master of Arts in geography and the Master of Science in
Administration, with concentration in urban and regional
planning. The latter is an interdisciplinary degree de-
scribed under Master of Science in Administration. The
Master of Arts in geography is designed to develop skills
and expertise useful in solving society's problems in areas
such as land planning and management, conservation of
resources, and location of commerce and industry. It also
prepares students for entrance into Ph.D. programs in
geography, and in social studies education.
9 semester hours
(up to) 6 semester hours
MASTER OF ARTS IN GEOGRAPHY
(33 semester hours)
1. Required Courses
GEO 503, 505, and 509
2. Thesis
GEO 610
3. Elective Courses 18 semester hours
Selected under advisement from geography, geology, mathematics,
statistics, computer science, environmental health, or other
appropriate disciplines.
4. Oral examination in defense of thesis (required)
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ADMINISTRARON
Concentration in Urban and Regional Planning
(36 semester hours)
1. Administration Core (required) 18 semester hours
ADM 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 506, or 507
2. Urban and Regional Planning Core (required) 6 semester hours
ADM 500 Methods and Materials of Research (3)
GEO 525 Urban and Regional Planning; Theory and Practice (3)
3. Urban and Regional Planning Electives 12 semester hours
(selected under advisement), including
ADM 600, 612
GEO 502, 505, 506, 507, 509, 521, 524, 526, 527, 530. 590, 610.
and 615
PSC 542 and 544
4. Each student in this concentration will develop with the graduate
coordinator a tailored contract of courses meeting the needs of
the student. The individualized contract will address the
background and career goals of the student.
5. Comprehensive examination (written) in concentration is required.
The examination will be based on a selected bibliography of key
works in the concentration. The bibliography will be provided at
the time the student is admitted to the program.
Geology and Astronomy
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GEOGRAPHY
Symbol: GEO
♦ 302 Topical Seminar (3) Special topics in
geography of planning not offered under existing,
regularly offered courses.
503 Seminar in Modem Geography (3) A survey
of modem geographic research, with historical
perspective. Attention is given to research meth-
odology, and to the breadth of subfields and
perspecdves in the discipline.
505 Map Design (3) Methods and techniques
of map design. Presentation of statistical data in
map form. PREREQ: Consent of instructor.
506 Environmental Hazards and Site Planning
(3) This course examines aspects of the physical
environment that must be considered when
planning any site for urban, industrial, or
suburban acdvity.
507 Maps and Aerial Photographs (3) Designed
to improve map and photo interpretation skilk.
Emphasis on increased understanding of U.S.G.S.
quadrangles, and special-purpose statistical
maps.
509 Quantitative Methods (3) Fundamental
statistics, methods, and techniques appUed to
geographic research and decision making, such as
urban and regional planning.
521 Suburbanization and Land Development
(3) Component systems and functional operations
of urban/suburban communities, including
ecological and demographic aspects. Emphasis
on organization, development, change, and
problems of communities.
524 Population Processes (3) Characteristics
and distribution of world populations are studied.
The dynamic processes of population change
(mortality, fertility, and migration) are examined.
525 Urban and Regional Planning (3)
Application of community-planning theories and
methods to designated urban and regional
systems.
526 Metropolitan Systems and Problems (3)
Urbanization processes and problems; urban
systems in the expanding metropolitan and
regional setting; present and proposed efforts to
solve urban problems.
527 Planning Law and Organization (3) An
insight into the role of federal, state, and local
govemments in instituting, executing, and
judicially reviewing laws and regulations pertain-
ing to land uses. Emphasis on the legal organiza-
tion of the planning process, particularly at the
local level. Major land-use court cases are
presented and reviewed.
530 Demographic Analysis (3) A course to
develop skills in basic demographic research,
emphasizing the uses and limitations of data
sources, and the understanding and interpretation
of specific analytic methods for population
analysis.
540 Geography of the United States (3) A
regional study of the United States, emphasizing
its physical geography, setdement, agriculture,
demography, and industrial activity.
544 Geography of Latin America (3) Regional
geography of Latin America: Its physical base,
settlement, agriculture, demography, and manufac-
turing are considered.
545 Geography of Europe (excluding the
U.S.S.R.) (3) Regional study of Europe. Influences
of environmental factors, such as climate, land-
forms, and soils on the economic, social, and
political condition of European nations.
546 Geography of the Soviet Union (3)
European and Asiatic U.S.S.R. and its satellite
nations. Elements of the environmental and
regional divisions in relation to resource base
and economic/political objectives.
♦ 571 Conservation Woriuhop (3) An survey
of applied resource conservation, resource manage-
ment, and environmental problem-solving prac-
tices.
♦ 572 Seminar in Resource Management (3)
Applied research problem solving for resource
management and environmental issues designed
for an individual student or team-study basis.
585 Geography Field Methods (3) An advanced
field course that includes urban and land-use
studies. Use of field methods, mapping, and data
collection for geographical reports.
590 Independent Studies in Geography (3)
Research projects, reports, and readings in geogra-
phy. PREREQ: Approval of discipline graduate
coordinator.
♦ 610 Thesis (3 or 6) A thesis is developed on
a research problem for which the student
develops a theory, proposition or hypothesis, and
investigates available information on the subject.
615 Internship in Urban and Regional Planning
(3 or 6) On-the-job experience in the application
of theory, execution of substantive research, and
provision of service with professional agencies at
selected off-campus locations.
In addition to the above GEO courses, the
following ADM courses are offered especially in
connection with the Master of Science in
Administration.
500 Methods and Materials of Research (3)
Logic of scientific methodology, research design
construction. Stress on hypothesis development
and testing, data collection, measurement prob-
lems, theory application.
♦ 600 Research Report (3)
610 ThesU (3)
612 Internship (3-6) Intensive field placement
in organizations under faculty guidance/ supervi-
sion. Precontracted learning objectives.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit, up
to a maximum of six credits.
Geology and Astronomy
470 Schmucker Science Center
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2727/2788
Dr. Johnson, Chairperson
Dr. Pritchard, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
Sandra F. Pritchard, Ph.D., University of Oregon
George Reed, Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
John Stolar, Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
John E. Ehleiter, D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
Hubert E. Harber, M.A.T., Brown University
Allen H.Johnson, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
Arthur R. Smith, Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
C. Gil Wiswall, Ph.D., University of Montana
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Richard M. Busch, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Elizabeth LeeAnn Srogi, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Programs of Study
The Department of Geology and Astronomy, in cooperation
with the Department of Chemistry, offers a program leading to
the Master of Arts degree in physical science. (See Physical
Science Program.)
For the benefit of in-service teachers and other employed
persons. West Chester schedules most of its graduate classes
during late afternoons and evenings. Most of the students are
part time; that is, they take less than nine credits per semester.
Geology and Astronomy
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GEOLOGY and ASTRONOMY
Symbol: ESS, except as noted
It is assumed that for all geology courses, ESS
101 is a prerequisite, and for all astronomy
courses, ESS 111 is a prerequisite. In addition, any
course may be taken with permission of the
Instructor.
502 Mineralogy (3) Properties, identification,
occurrence, and crystallography of the more
important minerals. Fundamentals of mineral
composition and structure.
503 Principles of Physical Geology (3)
Composition of the earth (minerab and rocks)
and earth processes (weathering, erosion, meta-
morphism, volcanism, and diastrophism).
504 Historical Geology (3) Geologic history of
the earth and the evidence for this history,
including discussion of the formation of the earth,
atmosphere, oceans, and the historical evolution
of land, air, and sea and the life that inhabits these
environments. Examination of fossils and geo-
logic maps. PREREQ: BIO 110, CHE 104, and CRL
104.
505 Petrology (3) Origin, classification, and
identification of rocks. Hand specimen examina-
tion. PREREQ: ESS 502.
506 Quaternary Geology (3) An investigation
of the most recent geologic period, including the
records of climate change, geomorphology,
glacial history, stratigraphy, sea level changes, and
faunal evolution, that have accompanied the
continental glaciations of the last two million
years. Includes spring break field trip.
507 Geology of the Solar System (3) The
geology, origin, and properties of planets, comets,
asteroids, moons, and meteorites; planetary
exploration. PREREQ: One introductory course
in astronomy and one in geology.
508 Field Geology (1-3) Practical experience
in techniques and toob of the field geologbt. PRE-
REQ: An introductory geology course.
510 Intermediate Mineralogy (3) How the
petrographic microscope, x-ray difiraction, and
the electron microscope are used to identify
minerab. PREREQ: ESS 502.
511 General Astronomy (3) A study of the
motions of the sky and bodies in the solar system,
star charts, time, telescopes, the sun, stars,
nebulae, galaxies, and the evolution of the
universe. Two hours lecture, two hours lab.
ESL 512 Historical Geology Lab (0)
513 Principles of Geochemistry (3) Migration
and dbtribution of the chemical elements within
the earth; chembtry of the lithosphere, hydro-
sphere, and biosphere; chemical changes through-
out earth hbtory; the geochemical cycle.
518 Structural Petrology (3) Deformation
mechanbms, rheology, theory of strain: formation
and evolution of tectonic features (cleavage,
folds, mountain belts, etc.). Lab work involves
detailed analysb using light and electron micro-
scopes, and mathematical manipulation both with
and without computers. PREREQ: MAT 161 and
162, CHE 104, and permbsion of instructor.
520 Structural Geology (3) An introduction to
structural analysb: a study of the deforma-
tional features of the earth's crust and the forces
responsible for producing them. PREREQ: 501
and 505, or permission of instructor
523 General Geologic Field Studies of South-
eastern Pennsylvania (3) Occurrence, relation-
ships, and geologic hbtory of the rocks, minerab,
and soib of thb area, studied at representative
locations.
524 Hbtory of Geology (1) Outstanding
individuab and their contributions to geology.
525 Tectonics (3) Kinematics and consequences
of plate motion, origin of orogenic belts, and
identification and analysb of modem counterparts:
accretionary wedge, magmatic core, and thrust
systems. Lab work involves vector analysb of plate
motion and palinspastic reconstructions of thrust
systems. PREREQ: ESS 305 and 320.
526 Economic Geology (3) The geologic origin,
accumulation, and dbtribution of metalliferrous
economic mineral deposits. Abo investigates
exploration methods. PREREQ: ESS 503.
ESL 527 Electron Microscopy I (3) A one-
semester lecture/laboratory course in theory
operation and applications of electron beam
technology in scientific research. Course sched-
uled on student-demand basb.
528 Engineering Geology (3) The appUcation
of geological factors into the plaiming and design
of engineered construction. PREREQ: ESS 503.
ESL 529 Electron Microscopy II (3) A one-
semester lecture/laboratory course in advanced
theories operation and appUcations of electron
microscopy in scientific research. Emphasb on
individual projects. PREREQ: ESL 527. Course
scheduled on student-demand basb.
530 Principles of Oceanography (3) Geology
of the ocean floor, water movements, chemical
characteristics of sea water, and vertical and
horizontal dbtribution of plants and animab. Brief
hbtory of oceanography.
531 Introduction to Paleontology (3)
Identification, paleobiology and importance of
fossib; paleoecology, and evolution. PREREQ: ESS
101, 203, or 503.
536 Environmental Geology (3) The application
of geological information to human problems
encountered in the physical environment, such
as flooding, earthquakes, volcanic activity,
hydrology, and land use. PREREQ: ESS 503.
539 Hydrology (3) The factors that control the
dbtribution, occurrence, and recoverability of
groundwater; techniques for locating and estimat-
ing recoverable water; groundwater pollution and
waste water dbposal. PREREQ: MAT 162, CHE
104, and CRL 104.
540 Introduction to Meteorology (3)
Composition and properties of the atmosphere
and principles that influence weather conditions.
541 Geology and Geography of Plants (3)
Study of paleo and modem spatial characteristics
and dbcributions of vegetation and their relation-
ships to the geologic-, geographic-, climatic-,
and- man-induced features of the environment.
542 Geophysics (3) Methods and techniques of
physics applied to interpreting the internal
structure and composition of the earth. PREREQ:
MAT 162, PHY 180, or PHY 140.
543 Geomorphology I (3) Lectures will present
the constmctional and degradational processes
that have shaped present landforms and are
constantly modifying those landforms. Laborato-
ries will focus on the interpretation of topo-
graphic maps and the use of remote sensing
materiab.
544 Geomorphology II (3) A continuation of
the study of earth surface processes. Laboratories
will focus on the interpretation of topographic
maps and the use of remote sensing materiab.
PREREQ: ESS 543.
545 Regional Geomorphology of North America
(3) Lectures will direct the student through a
systematic analysis of the surface configurations
and landform regions of North America; the
processes at work on these configurations in the
past and at the present; and man's relationships
to these features and processes. Laboratories will
emphasize these features, processes, and relation-
ships through the use of topographic maps and
remote sensing materiab. Field projects will be
included. PREREQ: ESS 543 and 544.
546 Geology of Petroleum (3) The characteris-
tics of geologic origin and occurrence, migration,
and accumulation of petroleum. Includes a study
of reservoir fluids, traps, and dynamics and
investigation of exploration methods. PREREQ:
ESS 503.
550 Sedimentology and Stratigraphy (3) The
nature and origin of stratified deposits; the
temporal-spatial relationships among stratified
deposits, and other geologic and biologic
phenomena; and the reconstruction of paleoenvi-
ronments. PREREQ: ESS 101 and 502.
551 Stellar Astronomy (3) Propenies of stars;
unusual stars, interstellar matter, and stellar
evolution; dbtribution and motions of the home
and other galaxies. PREREQ: Any general
descriptive astronomy course.
553 Nautical Astronomy (Celestial Navigation)
(3) A study of the technical skilb of celestial
navigation, covering topics such as celestial
coordinates, principles of time, and the naviga-
tional triangle, lines of position, and star
identification. Includes lab PREREQ: Any algebra
and trigonometry course.
554 Archeoastronomy (3) A study of the ancient
astronomical skilb, including those of the Baby-
lonians, Egyptians, Greeks, Chinese, Maya, Incas,
Aztecs, and the North American Indians. PRE-
REQ: Any descriptive astronomy course.
555 Intermediate Astronomy (3) An analytical
and qualitative analysb of selected astronomical
topics: orbits, stellar propenies, telescopes,
photometry, solar surface detaib, nebulae, galax-
ies, and stellar evolution. Two hour lecture and
two hour lab, including independent observatory
work. PREREQ: Any descriptive astronomy
course and algebra/trigonometry.
562 Hbtory of Astronomy (3) The development
of astronomical theories from Greek times to
the 20th century. PREREQ: Any descriptive
astronomy course.
575 Introduction to the Planetarium (3)
Principles and use of the planetarium in teaching.
Specific projects are assigned. PREREQ: Any
general astronomy course.
591 Independent Study (1-3) An investigation
by the student. PREREQ: Permbsion of depan-
ment.
594 Geology of the NW National Parks
(4) Thb course includes a field trip to the national
parks in South Dakota, Wyoming, Montana,
Idaho, northern Utah, and Colorado. The purpose
of the course b to look at the geologic features
of the National Parks in these states and to develop
an appreciation of the geology and geologic
hbtory of the region. PREREQ: Permbsion of
instructor.
595 Geology of the SW National Parks
(4) The course includes a field trip to the National
Parks in New Mexico, Arizona, southem Utah,
and Colorado. The purpose of the course b to look
at the geologic features of the National Parks in
these states and to develop an appreciation of the
geology and geologic hbtory of the region. PRE-
REQ: Permission of instructor
♦ 600 Thesb Research I (3) A theory b
developed on a research problem for which the
student produces a thesb. PREREQ: Permission of
advisor.
♦ Thb couise may be taken again for credit
Health
♦ 601 Thesis Research II (3) A theory is
developed on a research problem for which the
student produces a thesis. PREREQ: Permission of
advisor.
♦ 602 Directed Research I (3) A theory is
developed on a research problem for which the
student produces a graduate paper. PREREQ:
Permission of advisor.
♦ 603 Directed Research II (3) A theory is
developed on a research problem for which the
student produces a graduate paper. PREREQ:
Permission of advisor.
630 Institute in Planetarium Education
(1-3) A course that provides the novice and
inexperienced planetarium teacher with fundamen-
tal concepts that can be taught in the planetarium;
intensive study of effective planetarium teaching
methods; and supervised training and practice in
the operation; use and maintenance of the
planetarium. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
(Summer only.)
Any of the following dual-level courses (but not
more than six semester hours of credit) may
be taken for graduate credit toward the degree:
ESS 553 Intermediate Astronomy
ESS 573 Introduction to the Planetarium
(All are three-credit courses. See also Science
Education.)
SCIENCE EDUOVnON
Symbol: SCE
500 Modem Trends in Science Education (3)
Introduction to current research in science
education; a critical review of the literature.
501 Modem Trends in Teaching Earth and
Space Science (3) Recent materials and techniques
in secondary school earth and space science.
510 Workshop in Secondary School Curricula
(3) Study of one of the commonly used science
programs for secondary schools. The selected
program is announced in advance.
595 Elementary School Science Instmction (3)
A course to improve the science content
backgrounds of elementary-school teachers and
administrators.
PHS 502 Modem Trends in Teaching Physical
Science (2) Materials and techniques in second-
ary school physical science.
SCIENCE OFFERINGS DESIGNED FOR EtE-
MENTARY SCHOOL TEACHERS
PHS 571 Physics for the Elementary Teacher
SCE 595 Elementary School Science Instruc-
tion
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Health
207 South Campus
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2931
Dr. Sankaran, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
John D. Lemcke, Ed.D., Temple University
Robert P. Nye, Ed.D., Temple University
Franklin Young, Ph.D., University of Florida
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Jeffrey E. Harris, D.H.Sc, Loma Linda University
Douglas McConatha, Ph.D., University of Utah
Roger W. Mustalish, Ph.D., University of Minnesota
Maura J. Sheehan, Sc.D., University of Pittsburgh
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Lynn Carson, Ph.D., Temple University
Bethann Cinelli, D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
Gopal Sankaran, M.D., Dr. P.H., University of California,
Berkeley
Charles V. Shorten, Ph.D., Clemson University
ADJUNCT INSTRUCTOR
John P. Maher, M.D., State University of New York
Programs of Study
The Department of Health offers degree programs leading to
the Master of Education in health. Master of Science in health,
and concentrations in health services administration and
long-term care within the Master of Science in Administration.
The Master of Education enriches academic preparation for
teaching in elementary and secondary schools. A concentration
in school health is offered.
The Master of Science is designed primarily to meet the
individual needs of the graduate student who wishes to pursue
graduate work as an aid to upgrading a career in government,
industry, research, or a related health profession. Concentra-
tions in environmental health, gerontology, public health,
and school health are offered. The M.S. is recommended for
persons planning for doctoral study.
The health services administration and long-term care
concentrations in the Master of Science in Administration
program meet the needs of those persons interested in entering
the field of health administration and long-term care, and of
those persons presendy in health administration and long-
term care interested in upgrading their careers.
The department also offers a certificate in gerontology.
Communication With the Department
All inquiries and other communications regarding the graduate
program in health should be addressed: Graduate Coordinator,
Department of Health, School of Health Sciences, West Chester
University, West Chester, PA 19383. Students also may call for
information at (215) 436-2931.
MASTER OF SCIENCE PROGRAM
Admission to the M.S. Program
Applicants must meet the basic requirements of the University, given
under Admission, and must present either a baccalaureate degree
attained in their anticipated major area of health or equivalent
preparation in a related field. They must also present the results of the
aptitude section of the Graduate Record Examination and two letters
of recommendation.
Admission to M.S. Degree Candidacy
Within the 15 semester hours of precandidacy, majors in health
must complete departmental and concentration core courses with a
minimum grade point average for these and all other courses during
precandidacy of 3.0.
Requirements for the M.S.
1. Satisfactory completion of the M.S. curriculum shown below with
an overall average of 3.0.
2. Satisfactory performance on the written and/or oral comprehensive
examinations.
3. Oral defense of the thesis.
Registration Policy for Thesis Credits
Thesis credits for the M.S. are earned in HEA 608 and HEA 610.
Satisfactory completion of the departmental comprehensive examina-
tions is required before registration for HEA 608 is permitted. The
thesis proposal (HEA 608) must be formally accepted before the
student may register for thesis credit (HEA 610). The student can
enroU in HEA 608 only once. However, an additional enrollment in
HEA 610 may be granted by the coordinator of graduate studies.
Health
CURRICULUM
(30-36 semester hours)
1 . Degree Core 6 semester hours
HEA 520 Scientific Basis for Health I (3)
HEA 526 Scientific Basis for Health II (3)
2. Concentration Core 9 semester hours
Students must select one of the concentrations below:
A. SCHOOL HEALTH
HEA 620 School Health Programs (3)
HEA 622 Curriculum and Instruction for Health Education
(3)
HEA 632 Advanced Theories of Health Behavior (3)
B. PUBUC HEALTH
HEA 500 Diseases (3)
HEA 53 1 The Community as a Basis for Health (3)
HEA 632 Advanced Theories of Health Behavior (3)
C. ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH
HEA 530 General Environmental Health (3)
HEA 540 Seminar in Environmental Health (3)
HEA 551 Environmental Toxicology (3)
D. GERONTOLOGY
HEA 522 Gerontology (3)
HEA 518 Applied Gerontology (3)
HEA 519 Geriatrics (3)
3. Concentration Electives 9-15 semester hours
Selected under advisement
4. Additional Degree Requirements 6 semester hours
HEA 608 Thesis Seminar (3) and
HEA 610 Thesis (3)
MASTER OF EDUCAOON IN SCHOOL HEALTH
Admission to the M.Ed. Program
In addition to meeting the basic requirements of the University,
given under Admission, applicants must present a baccalaureate
degree attained in the field of health, or equivalent preparation in a
related field and two letters of recommendation.
Admission to M.Ed. Degree Candidacy
Within the 15 semester hours of precandidacy, the student must
complete departmental and concentration core courses with a grade
point average (GPA) of 3.0.
Requirements for the M.Ed.
1. Satisfactory completion of the M.Ed, curriculum shown below,
with an overall GPA of 3.0 in the concentration.
2. Satisfactory performance on the written and/or oral comprehensive
examination.
3. Successful completion of the research project.
Registration Policy for Research Credits
Research credits for the M.Ed, are earned in HEA 601. These credits
must be preceded by successful completion of degree core,
concentration core, and concentration electives taken under advise-
ment. The student can enroll in HEA 601 only once.
CURRICULUM
(39 semester hours)
1. Degree Core
HEA 520 Scientific Basis for Health I (3)
HEA 526 Scientific Basis for Health II (3)
2. Concentration Core
SCHOOL HEALTH
HEA 620 School Health Programs (3)
6 semester hours
9 semester hours
HEA 622 Curriculum and Instruction for Health Education (3)
HEA 632 Ad\'anced Theories of Health Behavior (3)
3. Concentration Electives 2 1 semester hours
Selected under advisement
School Health Electives (12)
Education/Counseling Electives (9)
4. Additional Degree Requirements 3 semester hours
HEA 601 Research/Report Writing in Health Education (3)
CONCENTRATIONS IN HEALTH SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
AND LONG-TERM CARE -MASTER OF SCIENCE IN
ADMINISTRATION
Admission to the M.S. Degree Program in Administration
Applicants must meet the basic requirements of the University, given
under Admission, and must present either a baccalaureate degree
attained in their anticipated major area of health or equivalent
preparation in a related field. They must also present the results of the
aptitude section of the Graduate Record Examination or the Miller
Analogies Test, submit a one-page statement of career objectives,
arrange for two letters of recommendation, and have an interview
with the degree admissions committee.
Admission to M.S. in Administration Degree Candidacy
Within the 15 semester hours of precandidacy, majors in the health
services administration concentration must complete three of the
administration core courses and two of the health services
administration core with a minimum GPA of 3.0.
Requirements for the M.S. in Administration
1. Satisfactory completion of the M.S. curriculum shown below with
an overall average of 3.0.
2. Satisfactory performance on the written and/or oral comprehensive
examinations in HEA 520, HEA 526, HEA 630, and HEA 631.
3. Complete each of the six administrative core courses with a grade
of at least "B".
CURRICULUM
(36-39 semester hours)
1. Administration Core 18 semester hours
ADM 501 Administration Theory and Environment (3)
ADM 502 Computers for Managers (3)
ADM 503 Accounting for Administration (3)
ADM 504 Communication for Administrators (3)
ADM 505 Organizing Human Resources (3)
ADM 506 Budgeting and Fiscal Management (3) or
ADM 507 Liability for Managers (3)
2. Health Department Core 6 semester hours
HEA 520 Scientific Basis for Health I (3)
HEA 526 Scientific Basis for Health II (3)
3. Health Concentration Core 6-15 semester hours
Students must select one of the concentrations below:
A. HEALTH SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
HEA 630 Health Care Administration (3)
HEA 631 Health Services Law (3)
B. LONG-TERM CARE
HEA 519 Geriatrics (3)
HEA 522 Gerontology (3)
HEA 611 Field Placement (3)
HEA 630 Health Care Administration (3)
HEA 631 Health Services Law (3)
4. Concentration Electives 6 semester hours
Selected under advisement for Health Services Administration
concentration.
Health
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HEAUH
Symbol: HEA
500 Diseases (3) Provides a contemporary view
of disease and prevention, and a more precise
understanding of disease processes. Body systems
are reviewed and the etiology, pathophysiology,
symptoms, diagnostic techniques, and treatment
methods used in selected diseases are studied.
Ubiesses most frequently found in our society are
explored.
503 Human Nutrition (3) Selected topics in
human nutrition will be extensively examined,
such as fiber and health, vitamins and minerals in
health and disease, methods of weight control,
anorexia nervosa, and bulimia. Emphasis is placed
on methods of evaluating nutrition-related
literature and claims, and interpretation of data
and scientific studies relevant to nutrition.
511 Stress Management Techniques and Pro-
gram Development (3) The first half of the course
is devoted to examining basic stress concepts,
die psychophysiology of stress, common stres-
sors and their effect, and the relationship between
stress and disease. The second half consists of a
comprehensive review of stress management
techniques that deal with cognitive restructuring,
relaxation, and relationship-building. Consider-
able emphasis is placed on personal application
and group interaction in the classes.
517 The Aging Consumer (3) An analysis and
discussion of the unique consumer needs of the
elderly, particularly as they relate to personal
healdi. Topics will include health insurance, costs
of health care and deUvery, and maintenance of
healthful day-to-day living, among others.
Strategies for solving these consumer health
problems will be presented.
518 Applied Gerontology (3) Design and
development of healdi programs to provide
services for the aging population in order to assist
them to Uve as independent members of their
communities. PREREQ; HEA 517, 519, 522, or
permission of instructor.
519 Geriatrics (3) A detailed discussion of
physical and mental disabiUties and diseases that
often accompany the aging process. Methods of
treatment for these disorders will also be
presented.
520 Scientific Basis for Health I (3) An overview
of the epidemiological model of disease causa-
tion. Various epidemiological study designs and
their appUcations will be presented.
521 Sociological Basis for Health (3) Past and
recent scientific developments in selected sociolog-
ical health problems. Analysis of research findings
in the areas of social and mental health, the place
of these findings in the basic content in health
education, and their practical application through
group behavior.
522 Gerontology (3) Information on past and
present trends concerning services to the elderly.
Discussions on contemporary gerontological
problems and factors affecting the treatment of
die elderly. This broad-based, introductory course
is for those interested in the aging population.
523 Consumer Education (3) Consumer-
related problems of the individual and society.
Consumerism, cost, and delivery of health
services, and the effect on individual and societal
health. Consumerism and the law.
524 Problems in Industrial Health (3) A study
of the anticipation, recognition, evaluation, and
control of health hazards in the work
environment.
525 Elementary School Health Education (3)
Trends in elementary school health: curricular
approaches and emphasis, teaching strategies,
motivational techniques, resources, materials,
issues, problems, and evaluations. PREREQ:
Background in elementary education.
526 Scientific Basis for Health 11 (3) An
overview of scientific methods, research designs,
sampling, and survey techniques pertinent to
the study of health issues will be presented. Choice
and use of epidemiological and statistical
software to analyze health data sets will be
emphasized.
527 Sexual Issues in Modem Society I (3) Meet
with professionals in various settings to discuss
current sexual concerns, potential problems and
how to incorporate and handle these within the
school curriculum. Sexual topics to include
harassment, abuse, ethics, and religion. Course
assumes basic knowledge of human sexuahty.
528 Sexual Issues in Modem Society II (3)
Emphasis is on experiential learning through such
activities as visiting sites and speaking with
health professionals. Included will be the Birth-
ing Center, Women's CUnic, Planned Parenthood,
and the Rape Crisis Center. Course assumes basic
knowledge of human sexuahty.
530 General Environmental Health (3) Methods
of promoting health by controlling environmen-
tal factors relating to air, water, wastes, housing,
radiation, and industrial hygiene.
531 The Community as a Basis for Health
(3) An analysis of the community with its diverse
population and its response to critical and
current health problems. Emphasis will be placed
on the need for balance between individual and
community needs, rights, and responsibilities.
532 Hospital Environment (3) A comprehensive
assessment of the environmental health aspects
of hospitals, including microbiologic consider-
ations, environmental hygiene, safety, general
sanitation, and administration.
533 Water Quality and Health (3) An examina-
tion of the physical, chemical, and biological
characteristics of natural waters and their signifi-
cance for human health; methods of water
treatment and distribution will also be considered.
534 Watershed Dynamics (3) A detailed
examination of watersheds, with emphasis on
spatial and temporal variabihty of water pollution
parameters. Methods of assessing pollution of
water resources will be presented.
535 Health Workshop (1-3) In-depth study of
selected topics current to the interests and needs of
professionals serving in various health and
health-related areas. Topics for each workshop
will be annoimced prior to the first day of each
semester.
536 Hazardous Waste Management (3) An
assessment of the sources, characteristics, and
human health effects of hazardous wastes, with
emphasis on the design and implementation of
control practices.
537 Water Pollution Control (3) The principles
and practice of pollution control of municipal
and industrial wastewaters. Emphasis on wastewa-
ter characterization, monitoring, and treatment
faciUty operations.
540 Seminar in Environmental Health (3)
Directed readings and discussions on contempo-
rary issues in environmental health.
551 Environmental Toxicology (3) A multi-
faceted investigation of the health problems caused
by various toxins and hazards found in the
general environment and the workplace. The
human body's reactions to environmental toxins;
how suspected environmental toxins are experi-
mentally investigated and the specific health effects
of critical environmental toxins will be empha-
sized. PREREQ: HEA 530, permission of die
instructor.
553 Applied Occupational Safety (3) Practices
to reduce safety risks in the work environment
through recognition, evaluation, and control of
safety hazards.
601 Research/Report Writing in Health Educa-
tion (3) The M.Ed, candidate selects a school
health issue or a critical topic for review of the
Uterature and produces a scholarly manuscript for
publication in a professional journal. PREREQ:
Permission of the instructor.
608 Thesis Seminar (3) A course for the M.S.
candidate, who selects a topic, reviews the
Uterature, develops procedures, and prepares a
proposal acceptable to the thesis committee.
609 Independent Study and Special Projects
(1-3) Research projects, seminar papers, reports of
special conferences, and reading in health. PRE-
REQ: Administrative approval.
610 Thesis (3) Undertaken upon completion of
HEA 608.
61 1 Field Placement (3) A project for students
in health concentrations. All core course work
should be completed before beginning the project.
620 School Health Programs (3) Study of
school health programs to include goals, issues,
and problems in school-age children.
622 Principles of Curriculum and Instruction
for Health Education (3) Alternatives for viewing
and reviewing instructional programs. Existing
rationales. Conception of curriculum. Developing
effective curriculum.
623 Addictive Diseases (3) Designed to assist
the student and in-senice teacher in developing
knowledge and insight into the addictive diseases
(alcohol, drugs, tobacco, and gambling). Use of
resource personnel.
630 Health Care Administration (3)
Administrative and management techniques
acquired in the administrative core are appUed to
the problems involved in health administration/
management. Topics will include federal, state, and
local health agencies; healdi care centers;
organization principles; personnel factors; pubhc
relations; and fiscal management.
631 Health Services Law (3) An analysis of the
basic legal concepts and major legal issues that
are important to and direcdy affect the health
services administrator. Topics include legal
frameworks of health organizations and health
practitioners, administrative poUcy, contracts,
consent, patient's rights, legal death, insurance,
liabihty, and research.
632 Advanced Theories of Health Behavior
(3) An advanced course on current theories in
health behavior and the appUcation of diese
theories to management methods in the health
care field. Topics include trends in health
behavior, health concerns, anal>-sis of the decision-
making process, and factors affecting health
behavior.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSES FOR
GRADUATE CREDIT
The Health Department has approved the
following undergraduate courses for gradu-
ate credit when scheduled with the ap-
proval of the student's advisor and depart-
ment chairperson.
410 Mental Health (3) Designed to aid persons
in improving their understanding of themselves
and others. Emphasis on ways to recognize mental
health problems.
History
459 Industrial Health Engineering (3) Students
will leam the various environmental health
control strategies and the theoretical bases for
these strategies. Students will also improve their
quantiutive skills by solving problems concerning
the control of environmental health and safety
hazards. Cost effectiveness, as well as technical
effectiveness, will be discussed.
460 Industrial Hygiene Techniques (3)
Evaluation techniques for monitoring the indus-
trial environment will be learned in a laboratory
setting and in the field. These techniques will
include monitoring of air quality, air flow, noise,
heat stress, and radiation. Evaluation of personal
protective equipment, pulmonary function testing,
and audiometric testing will also be investigated.
PREREQ: HEA 330, 452, or permission of
instructor.
History
506 Main Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2201
Dr. Heston, Chairperson
Dr. Davidson, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
H.James Burgwyn, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Anne O. Dzamba, Ph.D., University of Delaware
Claude R Foster, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Thomas J. Heston, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
Patricia C.Johnson, Ph.D., University of Rochester
Donn C. Riley, Ph.D., St. Louis University
Irene G. Shur, Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
Norben C. Soldon, Ph.D., University of Delaware
Jane B. Swan, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
John J. Turner, Jr., Ph.D., Columbia University
Richard J. Webster, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Robert J. Young, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Raymond A. Doyle, M.S., West Chester University
W. Bennett Peters, Ph.D., University of California at Santa
Barbara
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Maria Boes, Ph.D., City University of New York
Lawrence R. Davidson, Ph.D., University of Alberta
Charles Hardy, III, Ph.D., Temple University
Programs of Study
The Department of History offers two degrees: the Master of
Arts in history and, in cooperation with the School of
Education, the Master of Education in social science with a
concentration m history.
The Master of Arts degree in history provides a sound
foundation for more effective teaching on the secondary level,
for study leading to the doctorate, and for persons employed
in industry and government. Study for the degree also
enriches students' general cultural background and helps them
to evaluate current events in light of the past.
The M.A. in history may be earned by completing either a
thesis or nonthesis program. The candidate in the thesis
program must pass a reading-proficiency test in an appropriate
foreign language. The candidate, with the department chair-
person's or graduate coordinator's permission, may substitute a
demonstrated competency in statistics or a similar field.
Students in the Master of Arts program in history (thesis or
nonthesis option) are advised by the Department of History.
The Master of Education in history is designed to provide in-
service teachers with additional professional education
courses and an opportunity to enlarge their understanding of
the historical past. It is also designed for the holders of the
bachelor's degree who wish to earn state teacher certification
while working toward a master's. Students in this program
are advised by the Department of History.
In both programs, admission to full-degree candidacy requires
a grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 in history and a 2.75
overall.
Applicants who do not meet the above criteria may be admitted
on a provisional basis. Students so admitted should apply
for full-degree candidacy upon completion of 12 to 18 hours
of applicable course work with at least a 3.0 GPA.
In both programs, candidates must pass written comprehensive
examinations at or near the conclusion of their course work.
The comprehensives are administered once each semester.
Those candidates wishing to take the comprehensives in a
given semester should contact the graduate coordinator during
the first three weeks of the semester.
MASTER OF ARTS IN HISTORY
(30 semester hours)
THESIS OPTION
American History (6)
European History (6)
Non- Western World History (6)
Seminar (in American, European, or Non-Western) (3)
HIS 500 Methods and Materials of Research in History (3)
(May be waived with permission of chairperson or graduate
coordinator)
HIS 691 Thesis (3-6)
History Elective (1-3)
NONTHESIS OPTION
American History (6)
European History (6)
Non-Westem World History (6)
Seminar (in American, European, or Non-Westem) (3)
HIS 500 Methods and Materials of Research in History (3)
(May be waived with permission of chairperson or graduate
coordinator)
History Electives (6-9)
MASTER OF EDUCAHON IN SOCIAL SCIENCE
Concentration: History
(36 semester hours)
1. Professional education requirements
(See page 41.) 12 semester hours
2. History courses (under advisement) 15-18 semester hours
3. HIS 500 Methods and Materials of Research
in History 3 semester hours
4. HIS 650, 651, or 652 3 semester hours
5. Electives (professional education or
academic) 1-3 semester hours
The Department of History has approved the following undergraduate
courses for graduate credit when scheduled \vith the approval of
the student's advisor and/or the department's chairperson: HIS 406,
411, 412, 415, 420, 421, 422, 423, 425, 426, 427, 435, 447. 451,
455, 462, and 474.
History
COURSE DESCRffTIONS HISTORY
See also Social Science (SSC)
Symbol: HIS
500 Methods and Materials of Research in
History (3) Basic techniques and procedures in
research; major types of research and methods for
locating, evaluating, and interpreting evidence.
The student develops a tentative outline, bibliog-
raphy, and summary of an investigadve proce-
dure. Required of all degree-program students.
501 Studiesin the History and Culture of South
Asia (3) The Indian sub-continent's dominant
poUtical, cultural, and economic institutions.
Features which contribute to an understanding of
modem India and Pakistan.
505 Studies in the History and Culture of East
Asia (3) The traditional basis for modem
Chinese, Japanese, and Korean societies. The
interaction between European and Asian cultures
and resulting changes in East Asia.
509 Contemporary History of the Middle East
(3) Recent history of major Middle Eastern
societies; Iran and the oil situation; Israel and the
Palestinian question; conflicting cultures.
510 History of Pennsylvania (3) The founding
and development of Pennsylvania from its
colonial begiimings to the present, with emphasis
on the relation of the past to the present.
511 Studies in the History and Culture of
Emerging Africa (3) Emergence of modem African
nationalism against the background of traditional
African society and the legacy of European
colonialism.
512 Independent Black Africa (3) The post-
war experience of Sub-Saharan Africa, viewed in
the light of the end of European colonial
administration and the growth of an independent
African society.
515 The Cultural and Intellectual History of
Latin America (3) Pre-Columbian art and thought,
scholasticism, mercantilism, the Great Debate,
Baroque architecture. Enlightenment, conserva-
tism, liberalism. Romanticism, Modernism,
Positivism, Jose Enrique Rodo, Aprismo, Mexican
muralists, novel of social protest, existentialism,
and music. Lineaments of the Latin-American
mind.
516 Modem Mexico (3) Mexico during the
19th and 20th centuries; stress upon the dramatic
transformation of Mexico from backwardness to
modernity in the short period of a century and a
half.
530 Problems in Medieval Civilization (3)
Rise and fall of the Byzantine Empire, conquests
of the Arabs and Turks, the crusades for the
recovery of the Holy Land; the religious orders
and the universal aspirations of the Papacy.
531 The Renaissance (3) Political, social, and
cultural transitions in Italy and Northern Europe,
1350-1550.
532 The Reformation (3) Major and minor
Protestant leaders and their movements; effects
on the evolving nation-states; the Church of
Rome's response; Wars of RcUgion and Treaty of
Westphalia; the Scientific Revolution.
533 Dynastic Europe: 1648-1789 (3) The
absolute dynastic monarchy as best exemplified
by France, Prussia and Russia; the middle class
challenge as typified by the English experience;
the Enlightenment and the New Science; capital-
ism; colonialism; and wars of empire.
534 The French Revolution and the Napole-
onic Era: 1789-1815 (3) Causes of the French
Revolution, failure of absolutism, Reign of Terror,
the Directory; rise of Napoleon Bonaparte and
his contribution to the Revolution; the Empire —
its rise and collapse; Congress of Vienna.
535 Nationalism and Democracy: 1815-1914
(3) Aftermath and effect of the French Revolution-
ary era; events brought on by the growth of
nationalism and democracy, development of the
industrial revolution. Roots of the First World
War.
536 Europe Since 1914 (3) Twentieth century
Europe, with emphasis on causes of World War I:
Europe between World War I and World War
II; problems of contemporary Europe.
540 The Evolution of Modem Russia (3) A
cultural approach to the historical development
of Russia from the foundation of Kiev to the
Revolution of 1917. Emphasis is on Russia's
political and aesthetic uniqueness.
541 Tudor and Stuart England (3) Social,
cultural, reUgious, pohtical, and economic devel-
opments during the Tudor and Stuart reigns;
building a strong Tudor monarchy; the English
Reformation; Stuart Absolutism; Puritan Revolu-
tion. Civil War, and the Commonwealth; the
beginning of Empire; the Restoration, Glorious
Revolution, and growth of English constitution-
alism.
545 Holocaust (3) The study of steps leading
to the Holocaust (1933-1945), the Holocaust itself,
and the aftermath. The rise of Nazism is included.
550 Colonial America: 1607-1763 (3)
Development of the 13 colonies of Anglo-
America from their settlement to mid- 18th
century. Emphasis on a conceptual analysis of
specific events and problems.
551 Revolutionary America: 1763-1789
(3) American development from the mid-lSth
century to the framing of the Constitution, with
emphasis on the causes of the American
Revolution and the evolution of American institu-
tions and ideas throughout the period.
553 The Rise of the New Nation: 1789-1850
(3) A historiographical approach involving
interpretations of the foundations and develop-
ment of the Federalist Party, emergence of Jeffer-
sonian Democracy, evolution of Jacksonian
Democracy, and events of the Middle Period
leading to the decade of controversy.
554 Civil War and Reconstruction: 1850-1877
(3) The War and its aftermath as the great
watershed of United States national history.
Emphasis on the conflicting interpretations of the
causes, nature, and effects of the Civil War.
555 Emergence of Modem America: 1876-
1923 (3) Rise of industry, bbor, immigration, and
new cultural panems; emergence of new political
aligimients, rise of imperialism, development of
liberalism and reform; America's struggle for
neutraUty and her participation in World War I.
556 America Since 1919 (3) The impact of
urbanization and industralization on society,
poUtics, and economics; the problems of wars —
declared and undeclared — and the various
policies for peace.
557 Problems in American Constitutional
Development (3) Selected problems in the
development of American constitutional govern-
ment. The progressive adaptation of the law to a
changing social and economic order. Conflicts
such as nationalism versus states' rights, and
vested rights versus police power.
558 Recent American Diplomatic History
(3) American foreign policy in Europw, Asia, Latin
America, and the Middle East from 1945 to the
present. Objectives sought by the United States
and the political, military, economic, and social
policies pursued; origins of the Cold War.
559 American Urban History (3) Research
methods and approaches for studying the history
of cities in America. Emphasis on quantitative
analysis, including studies of urban population,
social mobiUty, and voting patterns.
560 American Labor Since 1865 (3) American
laborers and labor organizations in the past 100
years; industrialization, immigration, and labor;
women, children, and minorities in labor
organizations; political parties, radical groups, and
violence as factors in labor history; economic
conditioi^s and labor. Big Labor.
561 The Indian in America's Past (3) The
dispossession of the American Indian: land
seizures, wars and treaties, cultural contact;
customs, mores, economic, and religious life of the
Indian; assimilation and preservation of Indian
culture.
563 Biography (3) Considers the role of the
individual and the writing of biography as a
problem in historical thinking and research.
601 Directed Readings in American History
(3) A critical examination of significant works on
selected topics in the field. PREREQ: Permission
of graduate coordinator.
602 Directed Readings in European History
(3) A critical examination of significant works on
selected topics in the field. PREREQ: Permission
of graduate coordinator.
603 Directed Readings in World and Regional
History (3) A critical examination of significant
works on selected topics in the field. PREREQ:
Permission of graduate coordinator.
650 Seminar in American History (3) Selected
problems in American history. Subject an-
nounced in advance of each semester. PREREQ:
HIS 500.
651 Seminar in European History (3) Selected
problems in European history. Subject an-
nounced in advance of each semester. PREREQ:
HIS 500.
652 Seminar in History of the Non-Westem
World (3) Selected problems in non-Westem
world history. Subject announced in advance of
each semester. PREREQ: HIS 500.
660 Field Studies in History (3-6) A fiiUy
supervised learning experience, usually a tour,
designed to expose students to the culture,
artifacts, and research facihties of a given country
or area.
690 Independent Studies in History (1-3)
Research projects, reports, and readings in
history. PREREQ: Approval of department chair-
person.
691 Thesis (3-6)
SOCIAL SCIENCE
Symbol: SSC
502 Methods and Materials for Teaching Social
Studies (3-6) Curtent practices and procedures;
organization and planning; the use of classroom,
Ubrary, and curriculum materials; testing, measure-
ments, and evaluation; bibliographical sources
for both teachers and students.
580 Ethnic Cultures Institute (3) An interdisci-
plinary offering, the institute considers the
conoributions of ethnic groups to the culture of
the United States. Designed primarily for teachers,
community action personnel, and students who
wish to increase knowledge and skills for
developing meaningful intergroup relationships
and improving classroom instruction. Educators
and community leaders take part.
Instructional Media
Instructional Media
Room 302E Recitation Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2233
Dr. Spiecker, Chairperson
Mr. Redmond, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
Joseph M. Spiecker, Ed.D., Nova University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
David L. Redmond, M.S., Syracuse University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Robert Momeyer, M.Ed., Lehigh University
Russell E. Reis, M.Ed., West Chester University
Nancy J. Rumfield, M.S., West Chester University
Admission Requirements
All candidates must meet the general requirements for
admission to a degree program at West Chester University,
listed under Admission.
Admission to Degree Candidacy
Before completing 15 semester hours, students must meet the
following requirements for degree candidacy
1. A 3.0 average in EDM course work.
2. A 2.75 in overall graduate studies.
3. Successful performance on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate
Record Exam.
4. Satisfactory performance on a qualifying examination in instruc-
tional media after complenon of 12 semester hours.
Degree Requirements
1. Successfvil completion of all course work.
2. A 3.0 average in courses in educational media.
3. A 2.75 in overall graduate work
4. Satisfactory performance on the comprehensive examination.
MASTER OF SQENCE
This program is designed for the many fields outside education,
where highly skilled personnel are needed in the growing areas of
training and instructional media.
CURRICULUM
a) Required courses 27-30 semester hours
EDM 502 Selection and Effective UtUizanon of Instructional
Media (3)
EDM 503 Developing Mediated Individualized Program (3)
EDM 505 Theory of Morion Picture Production (3)
EDM 523 Design of Production of Visual Materials (3)
EDM 525 Basic Photography (3)
EDM 533 Basic TV Production (3)
EDM 560 Organization and Administration of Media
Programs (3)
EDM 563 Field Study of Media Programs (3)
EDM 591 Seminar in Research in Communications (3-6)
b) Concentration area 9 semester hours
(six credits in one of the following, totalling
nine credits in area of concentration)
Photography
EDM 513 Production of Multimedia Programs (3)
EDM 525 Basic Photography (3)
EDM 526 Intermediate Photography (3)
EDM 528 Advanced Still Photography (3)
Cinematography
EDM 505 Theory of Motion Picture Production (3)
EDM 529 Production of 8-mm Motion Pictures (3)
EDM 530 Cinematography I (3)
EDM 531 Cinematography II (3)
Television
EDM 533 Basic TV Production I (3)
EDM 534 Instructional Television Production II (3)
EDM 535 Instructional Television Production III (3)
Research in Communication
EDF 500 Methods and Materials of Research (3)
EDM 591 Seminar in Research in Communication (3-6)
EDM 595 Independent Studies in Instructional Media (1-3)
RES 520 Research Design (3)
RES 650 Research Repon (3)
MASTER OF EDUCAnON
(33 semester hours)
This degree is offered to candidates who possess an Instructional Level
I or Instructional Level II certificate. It prepares them for positions
as instructional media coordinators in elementary and secondary
schools, and for instructional and administrative positions in colleges.
CURRICULUM
a) Required courses outside department 6 semester hours
EDF 500 Methods and Materials of Research in Education (3)
EDF 510 Educational Foundations (3)
b) Required EDM courses 15 semester hours
EDM 502 Selection and Effective Utilization of Instructional
Media (3)
EDM 503 Developing Mediated Individualized Programs (3)
EDM 523 Design and Production of Visual Materials (3)
EDM 560 Organization and Administration of Media
Programs (3)
EDM 590 Internship in Instructional Media (3-6)
c) Electives 12 semester hours
(Chosen under advisement)
EDM 501 Orientation to Instructional Media (3-6)
EDM 508 Instructional Materials in the Elementary School
Curriculum (3)
EDM 513 Production of Multimedia Programs (3)
EDM 524 Advanced Production of Visual Materials (3)
EDM 525 Basic Photography (3)
EDM 526 Intermediate Photography (3)
EDM 528 Advanced Still Photography (3)
EDM 529 Production of 8-mm Motion Pictures (3)
EDM 530 Cinematography I (3)
EDM 531 Cinematography II (3)
EDM 533 Basic Television Production I (3)
EDM 534 Instructional Television Production II (3)
EDM 535 Instructional Television Production III (3)
EDM 563 Field Study in Media Programs (3)
EDM 565 Seminar in Mass Media (3)
EDM 591 Seminar in Research in Communications (3-6)
CERTinCAnON PROGRAM
Instructional Technology Specialist
Courses required for certification in the Instructional Technology
Specialist Certification Program include EDM 502, 503, 523, 560, and
590. Courses may also be required in photography, film, or TV,
depending on the student's entry level into the certification program.
To receive the certificate, students must successfully complete 24
credits and a proficiency exam.
Leadership for Women
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA
Symbol: EDM
501 Orientation to Instructional Media
(3-6) Survey of modem instructional media with
opportunities for laboratory activities.
502 Selection and Effective Utilization of
Instructional Media (3) Evaluates diverse types
of instructional media and explores means of
integrating and using media in educational and
training programs.
503 Developing Mediated, Individualized
Programs (3) A workshop stressing the devel-
opment of individualized, mediated instructional
packages using the systems approach.
505 Theory of Motion Picture Production (3)
History and development of the motion picture,
with emphasis on educational motion pictures.
Cinematographic techniques; the impact of 35-mra
and 16-mm; comparing film to television
production. An evaluation of diverse types of films
as they apply to learning.
508 Instructional Materials in the Elementary
School Curriculum (3) Practice in techniques
of using and evaluating communications media
in the classroom. Correlating audiovisual materials
and techniques with the elementary program.
513 Production of Multimedia Programs (3)
Lectures, discussions, demonstrations, field trips,
and lab sessions. Each student will prepare an
independent learning package or module for an
assigned topic and target population. PREREQ:
EDM 525.
523 Design and Production of Visual Materials
(3) Students explore the areas of design as they
relate to the production of visual instructional
materials to be used as an integral part of the
curriculum. The phases of perception, com-
munication, and learning theories are covered in
relation to the integration and use of visual
instructional media in education and training
programs.
524 Advanced Production of Visual Materials
(3) Design and production of projectuals using
technamation, color inhibition, photocopy, and
advanced diazo techniques. Investigation of
commercial production of transparencies. PRE-
REQ: EDM 523.
525 Basic Photography (3) A basic laboratory
course in taking and processing still pictures.
526 Intermediate Photography (3) A workshop
course for those who have had a basic photogra-
phy course or previous photographic experience.
This course will stress an aesthetic-creative
approach to black-and-white and color photogra-
phy with small format cameras, and will involve
advanced techniques of exposure. Ughting,
composition, macrophotography, and film and
print processing. PREREQ: EDM 525.
528 Advanced Still Photography (3) Lecture
and laboratory experiences in the use of large-
format cameras. PREREQ: EDM 525.
529 Production of 8-mm Motion Pictures
(3) Prepares teachers to produce and guide
students in the production of 8-mra films.
530 Cinematography I (3) Theory of motion
picture production; comparing film to TV
production.
531 Cinematography II (3) Editing and sound
recording on 16-mm films. PREREQ: EDM 530.
533 Basic TV Production I (3) Development of
educational television and the instructional use
of commercial, educational, and closed<ircuit
television.
534 Instructional Television Production II (3)
Plaiming, writing, producing, and evaluating
instructional television productions. PREREQ:
EDM 533.
535 Instructional Television Production III (3)
Production of telecasts in selected subject areas
with emphasis on videotape recording. PREREQ:
EDM 534.
552 Computer AppUcations in Education (3)
Development of specialized instructional and
management applications of hardware and soft-
ware, including the use of desktop publishing.
560 Organization and Administration of Media
Programs (3) The function of the school's
educational media program, selection and evalua-
tion of materials and equipment, unit costs,
problems of developing and maintaining an
efficient operation. PREREQ: 12 graduate credits
in educational media.
563 Field Study of Media Programs (3) A
scheduled group or individualized tour, foreign or
domestic, in which students investigate notable
installations or projects in educational media.
565 Seminar in Mass Media (3) Explores
current problems in the use of instructional media.
PREREQ: 12 graduate credits in educational
media.
590 Internship in Instructional Media
(3-6) Practicum in supervising and implementing
instructional services. PREREQ: 18 credits in
educational media.
591 Seminar in Research in Communications
(3-6) Basic elements of communication theory,
applied to audiovisual education. Research in
audiovisual communication is analyzed.
595 Independent Studies in Instructional
Media (1-3)
598 Workshop in Instructional Media (3-6)
Leadership for Women
207 Ruby Jones Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2746 or (215) 436-2464
Dr. Rengert, Program Concentration Advisor
Dr. Milne, Director, Master of Science in Administration
Dr. Schlau, Director of Women's Studies
WOMEN'S STUDIES GROUP
PROFESSORS
Diane O. Casagrande, Ph.D. (Communication Studies)
Mary E. Crawford, Ph.D. (Psychology)
Anne Dzamba, Ph.D. (History)
Patricia C. Johnson, Ph.D. (History)
Mary Keetz, Ph.D. (Education)
Lynette F. McGrath, Ph.D. (English)
Tahany Naggar, Ph.D. (Economics)
Carol Radich, Ph.D. (Education)
Arlene Rengert, Ph.D. (Geography)
Jane Swan, Ph.D. (History)
C. James Trotman, Ed.D. (English)
Richard J. Webster, Ph.D. (History)
ASSOCL^VTE PROFESSORS
Emma Lee Brown, M.S.L.S. (Library)
Elizabeth Larsen, Ph.D. (English)
Stacey Schlau, Ph.D. (Foreign Languages)
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Mary Anne Bums-Dufify, M.S.L.S. (Library)
Robin Garrett, M.S.N. (Nursing)
Elizabeth A. Giangiulio, M.Ed. (Career Development)
Deborah Mahlstedt, Ph.D. (Psychology)
Mary McCuUough, Ph.D. (Communication Studies)
Geetha Ramanathan, Ph.D. (English)
Leadership for Women is a concentration within the Master
of Science in Administration program. It addresses organiza-
tional power, which sometimes is inequitable for men and
women of equal training and talent. It recognizes that women
who seek to advance to leadership positions often become
change agents within the organization, and sometimes within
their famiUes and community as well.
This concentration consists of four required and two elective
courses. The required courses involve reading and study of
feminist perspectives on initiating, responding to, and
managing change. They examine theories and practices that
clarify values. They contain models and strategies for resolving
the confbcts and logistical dilemmas vital to a successful
Linguistics
administrative career that differs from conventional sex role
ascription of status and power.
Students in other M.S.A. concentrations also may take these
required courses.
PSY 465/565 Psychology of Women (3)
WOS 530 Women in Leadership: Critical Issues (3)
WOS 531 Management of Leadership; Laboratory Course (3)
WOS 533 The Woman Executive: Research Seminar (3)
The student, with the approval of the advisor, chooses two
electives appropriate to specific career interests. Examples
include:
ADM 612 Internship (3-6)
ECO 503 Economic Role of Women (3)
ENG 508 Writing Seminar (3)
GEO 530 Demographic Analysis (3)
PSC 515 Women in Politics (3)
PSC 552 Civil Liberties and Civil Rights (3)
♦ WOS 539 Research Project (3)
Comprehensive examination in concentration is required.
Students in the degree program also take six required courses in the
Administration Core:
ADM 501 Administrative Theory and Environment (3)
ADM 502 Computers for Managers (3)
ADM 503 Accounting/Budgeting (3)
ADM 504 Communication for Administrators (3)
ADM 505 Organizing Human Resources (3), and either
ADM 506 Budgetary Process (3), or
ADM 507 Liability for Managers (3)
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
WOMEN'S STUDIES
Symbol: WOS
530 Women in Leadership: Critical Issues (3)
Survey of the Uterature that defines and discusses
critical issues for the woman leader. Some issues
center around lifestyle choices and conflicts
Goneliness, family pressure) and others around
organizational barriers and alternative means to
overcome them.
531 Management of Leadership: Laboratory
Course (3) The study and practice of alternative
leadership modes. The course uses workshop
techniques to teach speech, small-group dynamics,
and other communication skills, and problem-
solving strategies.
533 The Woman Executive: Research Seminar
(3) A seminar that requires each student to
complete an original project on the goals,
problems, choices, or successes of women in
middle- or upper-level management positions.
The use of case studies, surveys, oral history, and
other research techniques will be explored. An
appropriate internship may be substituted for this
course.
♦ WOS Research Project (3) A project to be
developed independently by the student working
with a specific instructor.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
linguistics
550 Main Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2898
(Interdisciplinary Area)
Dr. Godfrey, Coordinator
LINGUISTICS GROUP
Diane O. Casagrande, Professor (Communication Studies)
W. Stephen Croddy, Professor (Philosophy)
Dermis L. Godfrey, Assistant Professor (English)
John T. Kelly, Associate Professor (English)
Cheri L. Micheau, Assistant Professor (English)
Garrett Molholt, Assistant Professor (English)
Paul StoUer, Professor (Anthropology-Sociology)
Although West Chester presently offers no degree in
linguistics, students interested in developing a concentration
in this area may elect courses from the following list. For
additional information, consult the coordinator.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
LINGUISTICS
Symbol: UN
501 Introduction to linguistics (3) Basic con-
cepts of language description, classification, change,
reconstruction, dialectology, and sociolinguiscics.
503 Phonology and Morphology (3) Phonetics,
phonemics, morphophonemics, and the morpho-
logical composition of words.
504 Syntax (3) A comparative study of the
various modem approaches to the study of
grammar PREREQ: LIN 501 or ENG 575.
505 Transformational Grammar (3) Basic con-
cepts of transformational theory and their apph-
cation in teaching. PREREQ: UN 501 or ENG 575.
506 Meaning in Language (also PHI 506) (3)
See PHI 506.
512 Descriptive Linguistics (3) Analysis of
the phonemic, morphological, and syntactic
features of typologically divergent languages.
Procedures for eliciting linguistically relevant data
about a language from a native speaker. PREREQ:
LIN 503.
515 Language, Thought, and Behavior (also
SPC 515) (3) See SPC 515.
523 Philosophy of Unguage (also PHI 523)
(3) See PHI 523.
540 Sodolinguistics (also SOC 540) (3) The
study of language in its social context: the
ethnography of communication; language and
society, social classes, ethnic groups, politics, sex,
and education. PREREQ: UN 501 or permission
of instructor.
555 Psycholinguistics (3) A study of the
relationships between language and thought.
Models of language, communication theory, and
learning theory. Emphasis on natural language
development and bilingualism.
580 Language and Culture (abo ANT 580)
(3) Language as an aspect of culture; linguistic-
perceptual-cognitivc categories; social and psycho-
logical aspects of language. PREREQ: UN 501 or
permission of instructor.
590 Independent Study (1-3)
Mathematics and Computer Science
Management — See Business
Marketing — See Business
Mathematics and Computer Science
13-15 University Ave.
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2440
Dr. Weaver, Chairperson
Dr. Milito, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
(215) 436-2690
PROFESSORS
Richard G. Branton, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Richard Epstein, Ph.D., Temple University
James D. Fabrey, Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Albert E. Filano, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Frank Grosshans, Ph.D., University of Chicago
Sebastian S. Koh, Ph.D., University of California
James E. L'heureiix, Ph.D., Louisiana State University
Eli M. Mandelbaum, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Michael Montemuro, Ed.D., Temple University
Waclaw Szymanski, D.Sc, Polish Academy of Sciences
John W. Weaver, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Gary Deatsman, Ed.D., Arizona State University
Shiv K. Gupta, Ph.D., Case Wfestern Reserve University
John J. Kerrigan, D.Ed., Temple University
Robert Kline, Ph.D., Washington University
Elaine R. Milito, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Ronnie L. Morgan, Ph.D., University of Missouri
Lin Tan, Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles
Paul Wolfson, Ph.D., University of Chicago
Richard Wyatt, Ph.D., University of California
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Clark Dean Horton, Ph.D., Indiana University
Jozsef Horvath, Ph.D., Yale University
Francoise E. Schremmer, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Programs of Study
The Department of Mathematics and Computer Science offers
the Master of Arts degree with options in pure mathematics,
mathematics education, and applied computer science.
The first option is for students interested in furthering their
mathematical background. It provides the foundation for
continued work in mathematics leading to the Ph.D. in pure
mathematics.
The second option is primarily directed to teachers of
mathematics who wish to strengthen their background in
mathematics and mathematics education; in addition, it
provides the foundation for the Doctor of Arts or the Ph.D. in
mathematics education.
The last option is primarily for those with backgrounds in
mathematics or science, preparing them for computer
technology and its applications. Students with other back-
grounds may tailor tiieir programs to satisfy their particular
needs and professional goals.
The department also offers the Master of Science in computer
science. The primary purpose of the program is to provide
students with a wide variety of courses in computer science.
Opportunities also exist for students to engage in research.
Students without a background in computer science may be
admitted on probationary status.
The department also cooperates with the School of Education
in offering the Master of Education degree in mathematics.
Admission to the M.A. Program
In addition to meeting the basic admission requirements of the
University, applicants must schedule an interview with the depart-
ment chairperson prior to enrollment. Applicants must have a
minimum of 30 semester hours of mathematics, including a full
treatment of calculus, at least one advanced undergraduate course
in modem algebra, and one in advanced calculus. Deficiencies in these
areas may be removed by successfully completing MAT 512 (Modem
Algebra) and/or MAT 541 (Advanced Calculus). The department,
at its discretion, may require the Graduate Record Examination
(GRE).
Admission to the M.S. Program
In addition to meeting the basic admission requirements of the
University, applicants must have completed course work in computer
science and mathematics, including CSC 505-508, CSC 561, two
semesters of calculus, and one semester of discrete math and statistics.
Deficiencies in these areas may be removed by taking appropriate
courses approved by the program advisor. The GRE is required.
Admission to the M.Ed. Program
In addition to meeting the basic admission requirements of the
University, applicants must schedule an interview wdth the graduate
coordinator prior to enrollment. Applicants must present a
minimum of 24 semester hours of mathematics, including a full
treatment of calculus and at least one advanced undergraduate course
in modem algebra or advanced calculus. Deficiencies in these areas
may be removed by successfully completing MAT 512 (Modem
Algebra) or MAT 541 (Advanced Calculus).
Requirements for the MA.., M.S., and M.Ed. Degrees
In addition to completing the course requirements shown below,
candidates for any of these degrees must pass a comprehensive oral
or written examination.
MASTER OF ARTS IN MATHEMATICS
(30 semester hours)
1 . Core Courses 9 semester hours
Candidates in all options are required to take nine semester hours,
including MAT 515 and 545, and either MAT 575 or an approved
course in statistics or applied mathematics.
2. Required Courses 12 semester hours
A. Pure Mathematics Option: MAT 516, 535, 546, and 575 (or
576 if 575 is selected for Core).
B. Mathematics Education Option: MTE 504, 507, and 508, and
one of the following: MTE 505, and 551 or 552.
C. Applied Computer Science Option: as specified by student's
graduate committee chairperson, depending on student's
background and experience.
Mathematics and Computer Science
3. Electivcs 9 semester hours
Chosen under advisement from the course offerings below that
bear the prefix MAT or STA, except MAT 503, 512, and 541.
Students may modify this program with the approval of the
department chairperson.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
(30 semester hours)
1. Core Courses 12 semester hours
CSC 601, 602, 603, and 604
2. Required Courses 12 semester hours
Chosen under advisement from the following: CSC 521, 531,
541, 543, 571. 581, 610, and 620.
3. Electives
6 semester hours
Chosen with the approval of the student's advisor from course
offerings bearing the prefix CSC, MAT, or STA, or involving the
application of computer science to another discipline, such as
psychology, economics, physics, etc.
MASTER OF EDUCAHON IN MATHEMATICS
(34 semester hours)
The candidate must satisfy the Professional Education Requirements
as outlined on page 41.
In the area of concentration (20-22 semester hours), MAT 515 and
545, MTE 507, and either MTE 508 or 509 are required. Electives
(8-10 semester hours) are chosen under advisement from the course
offerings below bearing the prefix MAT or STA.
Students may modify the area of concentration with the approval of
the graduate coordinator.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Symbol: CSC
501 Introduction to Computers (3) This course
deals with defining computers and their capabili-
ties, and exploring their history, societal implica-
tions of their usage, and application. A brief
introduction to a programming language is
provided, along with hands-on experience using
wordprocessing, database, and spreadsheet
programs (for nonmajors).
502 Computers for Managers (3) Management
techniques for the evaluation, acquisition, and
management of computer personnel and technol-
ogy (for nonmajors). Required M.BA. course.
505 Introduction to Computer Science
(3) Introduction to the art and science of
computing and its applications. Topics covered
are elementary data structures, structured program-
ming techniques, algorithm development, error
analysis, and file manipulation. A final, substan-
tive, programming project is required of each
student. A structured programming language is
used. PREREQ: Two years of high school algebra.
506 Applied Software (3) Techniques of
program design, documentation, and implementa-
tion. Advanced features of the structured language
of CSC 505 are studied and used. Emphasis is
on data storage, data representation, and file
structures. PREREQ: CSC 505.
507 Data Structures (3) Data structures are
presented using the structured language of CSC
505. Topics include stacks, queues, linked lists,
trees, sorting, and searching. PREREQ: CSC 506,
calculus. Offered in fall and spring.
508 Computer Organization (3) Study of the
architecture of a computer system and its
language. Topics include array processing, stack
handling, subroutines, parameter passing, inter-
rupts, I/O processing, arithmetic operations, bit
manipulation, and memory organization. PRE-
REQ: CSC 506 and Calculus I. Offered in spring,
fall, and summer.
510 Computer Programming and Numerical
Methods (3) Algorithmic methods are used to
program the computer to solve numerical
problems from science and engineering. PRE-
REQ: Some high-level programming and one year
of calculus.
515 Introduction to Computer Programming
(3) The art and science of computing are
introduced with emphasis on structured program-
ming. Topics include looping, branching, arrays,
and program development (for nonmajors). PRE-
REQ: One year of high school algebra.
321 Data Base Management Systems (3)
Detailed study of the characteristics of generalized
data management systems, including a survey of
some of the systems in widespread use. Emphasis
is placed on how to improve the interface
between managers and the information they need
to make decisions through easy-to-use, general-
ized, reporting systems. PREREQ: CSC 507.
Offered in fall.
531 Operating Systems I (3) Operating systems
and their characteristics are studied. Maintenance
of a complex operating system with emphasis
on the important trade-offs made in tuning the
system. Detaib of memory and file management,
system accounting, and other user-related
services are emphasized. PREREQ: CSC 507, 508,
561, discrete math, statistics or equivalent.
Offered in fall.
532 Operating Systems II (3) A modularly
constructed UNIX operating system, which uses
the object-oriented programming techniques of
message passing, is studied. Topics covered are
process control and management, memory
management, file management, systems account-
ing, and systems security. PREREQ: CSC 531.
535 On-line Computing (3) Characteristics of
data communication equipment. Design, imple-
mentation, and modification of information
systems in an on-line environment are empha-
sized. File management systems and data
structures appropriate to real-time computing are
stressed, with particular emphasis on back-up
and recovery techniques. PREREQ: CSC 507, 508,
discrete math or equivalent. Offered in spring.
541 Compiler I (3) Translation, loading, and
execution of a higher-level language. Syntax
analysis of simple expressions and statements.
Organization of a compiler, including compile-
time and run-time symbol ubles, error diagnostics,
and object code optimization. Design and
implementation of a simple compiler. PREREQ:
CSC 507, 508, discrete math or equivalent. Offered
in spring.
542 Compiler II (3) An in-depth study of
syntax-directed analysis, error recovery, and code
optimization. Compiler language feature. PRE-
REQ: CSC 541.
543 Formal Languages (3) A study of the
various types of automata and their associated
languages. Designed to give the student an
understanding and appreciation of the production
system for languages and their relatioiuhip to
automata. PREREQ: CSC 507, 508, discrete math
or equivalent. Offered in the fall of even-
numbered years.
550 Computers in Education (3) An introduc-
tory computer literacy course. Students will
become familiar with microcomputers in a "hands-
on" setting. After learning to program in BASIC,
students will create computer-based activities
for use in their owti professional settings.
552 Computer Applications in Education (3)
Development of specialized instructional and
management applications of hardware and soft-
ware, including the use of desktop publishing.
561 Simulation (3) Computer simulation using
logical, numerical, and Monte Carlo modelling
to represent systems. Use of special languages to
simulate actual systems. PREREQ: CSC 507,
calculus, and statistics. Offered in spring, summer,
and fall.
571 Computer Graphics (3) Construction and
manipulation of protot>pes for graphical display
purposes. PREREQ: CSC 507 (or equivalent),
and calculus and linear algebra. Offered in spring.
581 Artificial Intelligence (3) Thorough analy-
sis and study of the LISP language in its
application to nonnumeric problems and symbol
manipulations. Application to gaming, scene
analysis and pattern recognition, linguistic analysis
and semantic representation, image analysis and
solution spaces, problem solving, and attention
control. Each student is required to take one
substantial problem and solve it using the LISP
language and the techniques of artificial intelU-
gence. PREREQ: CSC 507, discrete math or
equivalent. Offered in the fall of odd-numbered
years.
585 Expert Systems (3) Using the techniques
of artificial intelligence and formal logic, methods
are developed to establish knowledge bases and
to extract inferences. Topics include backward and
forward chaining, search methods, frames, and
slots. PREREQ: CSC 507, and 508, and discrete
math.
♦ 595 Topics in Computer Science (3) Topics
announced at time of offering. PREREQ: Consent
of instructor. Offered as needed.
601 Analysis of Computer Algorithms (4) A
treatment of time and space complexity of
algorithms, including NP-hard and NP-complete
problems. A sun-cy of important and useful
algorithms for sorting, searching, pattern match-
ing, and graph manipulation are covered. PRE-
REQ: SLx credits of required courses.
602 Software Engineering (4) Programming
teams design and implement a realistic, fairly
complex, software s>'Stem. Design techniques,
4 This course may be taken again for credit.
Mathematics and Computer Science
analysis, programming style, testing, and documen-
tation will be stressed. PREREQ: Six credits of
required courses.
603 Journal Seminar I (2) Student, in conjunc-
tion with professor, selects topics to be studied
in depth via literature search, reading of pertinent
articles, and speaking in the seminar. PREREQ:
Nine credits of required courses.
604 Journal Seminar II (2) A continuation of
Journal Seminar I. Each student is required to give
several seminars. PREREQ: Nine credits of
required courses.
610 Thesis (3-6) An expository thesis based on
intensive study of a subject of contemporary
interest. PREREQ: Approval and supervision by
an appropriate faculty member.
620 Research Thesis (3-6) A research thesis
presenting new and significant contributions to
the field. Preparation as an undergraduate major
in computer science is helpful. PREREQ: Ap-
proval and supervision by an appropriate faculty
member.
MATHEMAnCS
Symbol: MAT
503 History of Mathematics (3) Development
of mathematics from prehistoric time to present.
Emphasis on changes in the mainstreams of
mathematical thought through the ages.
506 Fundamentals of Mathematics for Physics
(3) A critical examination of mathematics from
the viewpoint of its physical applications.
512 Modem Algebra (3) For students with
background deficiencies in algebra. Abstract
mathematical systems studied include groups,
rings, and fields. Offered in summer.
513 Linear Algebra (3) Vectors, vector spaces,
determinants, linear transformations, matrices,
and bilinear and quadratic forms. PREREQ: MAT
512 or equivalent.
514 Theory of Numbers (3) Elementary number
theory and selected topics in analytic number
theory.
515 Algebra I (3) Elements of abstract algebra,
groups, commutative ring theory, modules, and
associative algebras over commutative rings. PRE-
REQ: MAT 512 or equivalent. Offered in fall of
odd-numbered years.
516 Algebra II (3) A continuation of MAT 515.
Vector spaces, representation theory, and Galois
theory. PREREQ: MAT 515. Offered in spring of
even-numbered years.
517 Topics in Algebra (3) Advanced algebraic
theories. Homological algebra, algebraic geometry,
and algebraic number theory. PREREQ: MAT
516.
521 Discrete Mathematics and Graph Theory
(3) Techniques of problem solving, including the
use of binomial coefi&cients, generating functions,
recurrence relations, the principle of inclusion-
exclusion, and Polya's Theorem.
532 Modem Geometry (3) Foundations of
geometry. Axiomatics, and the structure of a
geometric system. Euclidean geometry from the
standpoint of the Euclid and Hilben postulates.
Certain topics in projective and hyperbolic
geometry.
533 Projective Geometry (3) An algebraic
approach to projective geometry. Invariant theory,
projective spaces, conies and quadratic forms,
and subgeometries of real projective geometry.
535 Topology (3) Filters, nets, separation
axioms, compacmess, connectedness, and uniform
spaces.
536 Algebraic Topology (3) Algebraic topologi-
cal invariants. Homotopy theory, simplicial.
singular and Cech homology, and cohomology
theories. PREREQ: MAT 516 and 535.
541 Advanced Calculus (3) For students with
background deficiencies in analysis. Ordinary and
uniform limits; sequences of functions; and the
Riemann integral. Offered in summer.
543 Topics in Differential Equations (3)
Advanced topics. Existence and uniqueness
theorems, stability theory, singular points, and
regular singular points. Sturm separation theorem
and the "method of Liapunov."
545 .Real Analysis I (3) A rigorous study of real-
valued functions of real variables. PREREQ: MAT
541 or equivalent. Offered in the fall of even-
numbered years.
546 Real Analysis II (3) Continuation of MAT
545. PREREQ: MAT 545. Offered in the spring of
odd-numbered years.
570 Mathematical Models in the Life, Physical,
and Social Sciences (3) Techniques and ration-
ales of model building. AppUcations to the life,
physical, and social sciences.
572 Proseminar (3) Seminar in generating and
solving problems in mathematics.
575 Complex Analysis I (3) A rigorous study
of complex-valued functions of complex variables.
576 Complex Analysis II (3) Continuation of
MAT 575. PREREQ: MAT 575.
581 Methods of Applied Mathematics (3)
Vector analysis, complex analysis, Fourier analysis,
and Sturm-Liouville Theory.
583 Operations Research and Applied Mathe-
matics (3) Topics in applied mathematics. Linear
and dynamic programming, game theory, ex-
treme value problems, inventory, allocation, and
queuing and search problems.
595 Topics in Mathematics (3) Topics an-
nounced at time of offering. PREREQ: Consent
of instructor. Offered as needed.
599 Independent Study (1-3) Offered as needed.
610 Thesis (3-6) Offered as needed.
MATHEMAnCS EDUCATION
Symbol: MTE
501 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics I
(3) Selected topics that reflect the spirit and the
content of the modem elementary school
mathematics programs. Logic, sets, fimctions,
number systems, integers, number theory, rational
numbers, and problem solving, including estima-
tions and appproximations, proportional think-
ing, and percentages.
502 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics 11
(3) A continuation of MTE 501. The real
number system, probability, statistics, geometry,
measurement (including the metric system), and
problem solving. PREREQ: MTE 501.
504 Research in Mathematics Education (3)
Techniques of research in mathematics education.
Analysis of types of research; selection of a
problem; and formulation of a plan of investigation
and report, including statistical analysis.
505 Research Techniques in Mathematics
Education (3) Statistical principles in experimen-
tal design. General linear model correlation,
regression, statistical inference, analysis of vari-
ance, and factorial designs. Critiques of current
Uterature.
507 Current Trends in Teaching Mathematics
(3) Philosophy, techniques, subject matter, and
effectiveness of current secondary school mathe-
matics courses examined against the changing
character of American society and technology.
Offered in summer of odd-numbered years.
508 Topics in Mathematics Education (3)
Topics announced in advance. Typical topics
include teaching mathematics to the slow leamer,
methods of research in mathematical education,
mathematics laboratories, and individualized
instruction. Offered in summer of even-numbered
years.
510 Algebra for the Elementary Teacher (3)
An introduction to modem algebra. A comparative
study of mathematics systems. PREREQ: MTE
501 or equivalent Offered in tall of even-
numbered years.
530 Geometry for the Elementary Teacher
(3) Basic concepts in geometry. Euclidean
geometry and postulative systems. PREREQ: MTE
501 or equivalent. Offered in fall of odd-
numbered years.
550 Topics in Mathematics for Elementary
School Teachers (3) In-depth coverage of topics
in mathematics introduced in grades K-8. Topics
include number theory, probability, statistics,
inequalities, and introduction to the computer.
Emphasis among these and inclusion of additional
topics depend on student preparation and need.
PREREQ: MTE 501 or equivalent.
551 Mathematics for the Disadvantaged (3)
Examination of current programs in mathematics
for the disadvantaged; discussion of the pertinent
research literature; and development of materials
and techniques for teaching the slow leamer and
low achiever.
553 Teaching Elementary School Mathematics
I (3) In-depth treatment of strategics, methods,
and materials for teaching the following concepts
in an elementary classroom: place value; addi-
tion, subtraction, multiplication, and division of
whole numbers; measurement; elementary num-
ber theory, geometry Sections; and integers.
PREREQ: MTE 501 or equivalent. Offered in
spring of even-numbered years and in summer.
554 Teaching Elementary School Mathematics
II (3) History and development of the modem
elementary school mathematics programs. Theo-
ries and findings of recent and contemporary
learning theorists are investigated. Modem organi-
zational strategies surveyed, including team
teaching, individualized instruction, open space,
etc. Contemporary instraction strategies, such as
individualized learning systems, mathematical
laboratories, and individually prescribed instruc-
tion, are snidied. PREREQ: MTE 553. Offered in
spring of odd-numbered years.
558 Teaching Mathematics in the Junior High
School (3) Methods and materials for teaching the
concepts of middle school and junior high school
mathematics. Objectives are developed and
serve as the basis for all course work. Current
textbooks, achievement tests, and audio-visual
materiak are reviewed.
560 Teaching Algebra in the Secondary School
(3) Methods and materials for teaching the
concepts of first- and second-year algebra. Empha-
sis on relevant appUcations to real-life situations.
Objectives, along with criterion-referenced test
items, are developed for pre-algebra, as well as for
the two algebra courses. Current textbooks,
achievement tests, and audio-visual materials on
algebraic topics are reviewed.
561 Calculus for Teachers (3) Analytic geometry
of both the straight line and conies, and elements
of the calculus of functions of a single real
variable are reviewed. Topics include limits,
continuity, the derivative and integral and their
applications, curve sketching, and polar coordi-
nates. Emphasis on methods of teaching these
topics to secondary school students.
562 Computer Applications for Elementary
School Mathematics (3) The materiab-oriented ap-
proach to teaching elementary school mathemat-
Music Education
ics, including cuisenaire rods, the geoboard,
attribute games, tangrams, and multibase blocks.
Emphasis on learners' panicipation in activities
directly related to mathematics of the elementary
school. Use of materials extends to all grade and
ability levels.
567 Teaching Geometry in the Secondary
School (3) Methods and materials for teaching
the concepts of geometry in the secondary school.
Emphasis on the development of relevant
applications of the concepts of geomeny in real-
life situations.
568 Seminar for Secondary School Mathematics
Teachers (3) Selected topics of current interest
in secondary school mathematics for the in-
service teacher.
569 Seminar for Elementary School Mathemat-
ics Teachers (3) Selected topics of current
interest in elementary school mathematics for the
in-service teacher.
599 Independent Study (1-3)
610 Thesis (3-6)
STATISTICS
Symbol: STA
521 Statistics 1 (3) For nonmathematics majors.
Emphasis on applications to education, psychol-
ogy, and the sciences. Distributions, measures of
central tendency and variability, correlation,
regression and hypothesis testing, and other topics.
523 Mathematical Statistics I (3) A rigorous
treatment of probability spaces and an introduc-
tion to the estimation of parameters.
524 Mathematical Statistics 11 (3) Continuation
of STA 523. Correlation, sampling, tests of
significance, analysis of variance, and other topics.
PREREQ: STA 523.
525 Probability (3) An advanced approach to
the elements of probabiUty. Discrete and continu-
ous random variables, probability distributions,
and sampling distributions.
599 Independent Study (1-3) Offered as needed.
SERVICE COURSES IN MATHEMAnCS
AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
COMPUTER SCIENCE (CSC)
501 Introduction to Computers
515 Introduction to Computer Programming
550 Computers in Education
MATHEMATICS EDUCATION (MTE)
501 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics I
502 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics II
510 Algebra for the Elementary Teacher
530 Geometry for the Elementary Teacher
550 Topics in Mathematics for Elementary
School Teachers
553 Teaching Elementary School Mathematics 1
554 Teaching Elementary School Mathematics II
558 Teaching Mathematics in the Junior High
School
560 Teaching Algebra in the Secondary School
561 Calculus for Teachers
562 Computer Applications for Elementary
School Mathematics
567 Teaching Geometry in the Secondary School
568 Seminar for Secondary School Mathematics
Teachers
569 Seminar for Elementary School Mathematics
Teachers
STAnSTICS (STA)
521 Statistics I
Music M^a,,^ iii,^.^^^^.^
Dr. EdwarrI A Rirrnnr, Interim Dean
Dr. Charles Price, Graduate Coordinator
Programs of Study
The School of Music offers programs leading to the Master
of Arts degree in music history and literature, and the Master
of Music degree with concentrations in music education,
performance, accompanying, music theory or composition,
and piano pedagogy. Course selections to meet degree
requirements are made by candidates in consultation with their
advisors and with consideration of the candidates' goals,
abilities, needs, and interests.
Admission Requirements
In addition to meeting basic University requirements, listed under
Admission, applicants for degree programs are considered on the basis
of academic record, interviews, and auditions.
Prior to enrollment all applicants must (1) possess appropriate
undergraduate degrees and may be required to remedy not more than
12 credits of undergraduate deficiency if the undergraduate degree
is not in the area of the intended graduate degree; (2) schedule
interviews with the graduate coordinator and appropriate department
chairperson in the School of Music; (3) take the GRE Revised Music
Test before or at the soonest date possible to their first semester
of classes. The test is administered by the Educational Testing Service,
P.O. Box 6000, Princeton, NJ 08541-6000; telephone (609) 771-
7670. Apphcation forms must be filed with the Educational Testing
Service at least 15 days prior to the date of the examination. The GRE
Revised Music Test is given at over 800 tests centers across the
country (including West Chester University) in February and October
of every year. A tape and booklet tided "Practicing to Take the GRE
Revised Music Test" is available for purchase fi-om the Educational
Testing Service.
The areas of concentration, directed electives, and free electives are
described fully in a student handbook compiled by, and available
firom, the graduate coordinator of the School of Music.
(Note: Auditions are required for degree programs in music
performance.)
Each degree candidate is individually responsible for satisfying degree
candidacy and graduation requirements stated elsewhere in this catalog
and for meeting deadline dates for the May, August, or December
graduation, as appropriate.
Music Education
Dr. Belmain, Chairperson
PROFESSOR
Carol Belmain, D.M.A., Temple University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
J. Bryan Burton, D.M.E., University of Southern Mississippi
Colleen Ludeker, Ed.D., West Virginia University, Dalcroze
License, Manhattan School of Music
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Karen Markey, M.Ed., West Chester University, Orff
Certification, Levels I, 11, 111 (DePauI University)
Jane T. Pippart, M.Mu.Ed., Holy Names College, Kodaly
Emphasis. Certificate, Liszt Academy (Budapest, Hungary)
C. Floyd Richmond, M.M., Delta State University
MASTER OF MUSIC IN MUSIC EDUCATION
(30-34 semester hours)
Students may choose either the thesis program of 30 semester hours
or the nonthesis program of 34 semester hours (with research,
performance, or Orff-Schulwerk options). All programs require
completion of nine credits in three core courses: MUE 500, 503, and
510. AU students in M.M. programs in music education must also
complete a comprehensive exit examination. Additional course
requirements are:
Thesis program: Six credits in music education; three credits in
Music Education
music history, three credits in music theory, three credits in
concentration electives; and six credits in research CMUE 691 and
699).
Nonthesis program: Six credits in music education; three credits in
appUed music; three credits in music theory, three credits in music
history three credits in free electives; three credits in concentration
electives; four credits in research (MUE 691 and 692), or recital
option (MUE 698 and VOVAIM/PIA 696). Candidates desiring to
pursue the recital option in voice must audition before the voice jury
and receive permission to pursue that option before earning 15
graduate hours or after completing VOX 543, whichever comes first.
Orff-Schulwerk Concentration: 15 credits in Orff-Schulwerk (MUE
530-35); three credits of music history, and seven credits of free
electives.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MUSIC EDUCATION
Symbol: MUE (unless otherwise shown)
500 Methods and Materials of Research (3)
Basic techniques and procedures. Major types of
research. Methods for locating, evaluating, and
interpreting evidence. Preparation of a research
outline.
503 Philosophical Foundations of Music
Education (3) Historical and philosophical foun-
dations of music education. Application of
principles of education to music. Major emphasis
on development of a philosophy of the discipline.
510 Current Trends in Music Education (3)
Present practices and emerging developments in
music education.
511 Vitalizing Music in the Elementary School
(3) Study of song series, instruments, and
materials in current use in the elementary
classroom.
512 Teaching Music Listening at the Elemen-
tary Level (3) For the elementary classroom and
music teacher. Teaching elements of music and
musical concepts, and developing aesthetic
sensitivity through listening.
513 Music Education in the Elementary School
(3) For the music educator. Problems, proce-
dures, and materials in the elementary school
classroom. PREREQ: Elementary music methods
and teaching experience.
514 Music Education in the Secondary School
(3) The music curriculum in the secondary
school. Emphasis on conceptual learning, struc-
tured curriculum, independent study, aesthetic
experience, and current materials. PREREQ:
Secondary school music methods and teaching
experience.
516 Administration and Supervision of School
Music (3) Administrative problems, curricular
content and scheduling, in-service training of
teachers, and specialized supervisory techniques
for the music curriculum. PREREQ: Teaching
experience.
517 Psychology of Music (3) In-depth study of
learning theories as related to music education
and the nature of music.
520 Classroom Materials for Music Programs
(3) Evaluation of the newest materials for music
education.
522 Music in the Middle School (3) Review
and critical analysis of music education in the
middle school; philosophies, curriculum, prac-
tices, and personnel.
525 Elementary Kodaly Techniques (3) Basic
Kodaly techniques. Adaptation of teaching
procedures for elementary school: rhythm, mel-
ody, movement, and improvisation.
526 Intermediate Kodaly Techniques (3)
Continuation of MUE 525. PREREQ: MUE 525.
527 Projects to Individualize Music Classes (3)
Evaluating learners and prescribing meaningful
modes of instruction for individuals and small
groups.
528 Music in Special Education (3)
Characteristics of special pupils; adaptation of
teaching techniques; materials curricultun.
529 Dalcroze Eurhythmies (3) A pedagogical
approach to the study of enacting musical
meanings in physical space. Refining the sensing,
analyzing, and improvising of musical concepts
by understanding how music is produced.
530 Orff-Schulwerk-Level I (1-4) Designed to
develop fundamental Orff processes through the
acquisition of basic musical skills, soprano
recorder techniques, and movement concepts.
Level 1 is limited to pentatonic activities (credit
placement determined through advisement).
531 Orff-Schulwerk- Level II (4) Designed to
develop a theoretical comprehension of the
evolution of elemental music through the Baroque
period. Liturgical and diatonic modes are used
as vehicles in developing harmonic concepts. PRE-
REQ: MUE 530 or Level I Orff Certification from
an AOSA accredited program. Admission to
program by audition.
532 Orff-Schulwerk-Level III (4) Designed to
develop comprehension of 20th century st)des,
and theoretical and performance practices of
Western and non-Western music, while using both
ethnic and popular means. PREREQ: MUE 531.
533 Orff-Schulwerk Recorder Ensemble (1) A
culmination of recorder instruction, through
performance, analysis, and discussion, into a
survey of repertoire suitable for recorder conson
and consort with subordinate instruments. PRE-
REQ: MUE 531. Open, as an elective, to students
demonstrating playing proficiency on soprano
and alto recorder. Admission by audition.
534 Orff-Schulwerk Movement (1) An in-
depth study to develop visual and spacial
awareness, coordination and body control, imagi-
nation, improvisation, and kinesthetic under-
standing of musical elements as they interact
within the Schulwerk process. PREREQ: MUE
531. Open, as an elective, to students demonstrat-
ing proficiency in creative movement, improvisa-
tion, and ethnic dance. Admission by audition.
535 Orff-Schulwerk Inscrumentarium Practi-
cum (1) A survey of works by Carl Orff and Gunild
Keetman, as well as selected materials arranged
for the instrumentarium which require advanced
performance skills. PREREQ: MUE 531. Open,
as an elective, to students demonstrating playing
proficiencies using basic techniques on un-
pitched and pitched instruments, as well as
improvisational skills. Admission by audition.
536-539 Workshops (1-3) Participation-ori-
ented workshops designed to meet specific needs
in music and music education and to develop
skills for practical application in school and
professional settings. (The prefixes that apply only
to these workshops are MWE, Music Education;
MWH, Handbells; MWK, Kodaly; MWO, Orff.)
550 Related Arts Pedagogy in Music Education
(3) Historical background of the related-arts
movement. Principles of related-arts teaching
related to musical elements, forms, and styles, with
appropriate teaching techniques at specified
grade levels. Materials for school music programs:
basal music series, other texts and literature, and
resources in related arts. Demonstration lessons
and unit planning.
679 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3) Significant
topics presented by faculty members or visiting
lecturers. Designed to meet specific needs of the
seminar group.
681-83 Independent Study in Music (1-3)
Individual research under the guidance of a faculty
member. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
691 Research Seminar in Music (2) A research
proposal with supporting procedures is devel-
oped. Guidance in individual research topics, with
tutorial assistance in form and style of research
writing.
692 Research Report (2)
698 Performance Research (1)
699 Thesis (4)
Music History and Literature
Music History and Literature
Dr. Schmidt, Chairperson
PROFESSORS
Sterling E. Murray, Ph.D., University of Michigan
Uselotte M. Schmidt, Ed.D., Columbia University
Department of Music History and Literature and (2) be tested in the
reading knowledge of a foreign language, preferably French or
German. Students found lacking in a reading skill in a foreign
language must eliminate this deficiency before admission to degree
candidacy.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
Charles G. Price, Ph.D., Stanford University
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
Scott L. Balthazar, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Thomas Winters, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Admission Requirements
Music History and Uteramre applicants must (1) schedule an
interview with the graduate coordinator and the chairperson of the
MASTER OF ARTS IN MUSIC HISTORY AND UTERATURE
(30 semester hours)
Fifteen credits in five courses offered by the Department of Music
History and Literature (three must be chosen from MHL 640-645); six
credits in research and bibliography (MHL 670 and MHL 699); nine
credits in electives (music and related disciplines); defense of thesis
serves as comprehensive exit examination.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MUSIC HISTORY AND LTTERATURE
Symbol: MHL
510 Collegium Musicum (1) A chamber
ensemble specializing in the use of authentic
instruments and performance techniques in the
music of the Medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque
eras. Open by audition.
620 World Music (3) An introduction to the
study of tribal, folk, popular, and oriental music
and ethnomusicological methodology. Open to
music majors and nonmusic majors without
prerequisites.
622 History of Jazz (3) A survey of the history
of jazz, including representative performers and
their music.
640 Medieval Music (3) Development of
plainsong and secular monody, and beginnings
and early history of polyphony to the 14th century.
Consideration of contemporary trends in the
visual arts, history, and literature.
641 Renaissance Music (3) Sacred and secular
music in the Age of Dufay, changing forms and
styles through the music of the Franco-Flemish
groups; the frottola and related forms; and Pal-
estrina and his contemporaries. Brief consideration
of contemporary trends in the visual arts, history,
and literature.
642 Baroque Music (3) Styles and forms of the
European repenoire; contributions of the major
composers; and the role of music and musicians in
the society of the period.
643 Late 18th Century Music (3) Changing
styles and forms in the sons of J.S. Bach; the Vi-
ennese preclassicists; the Mannheim School;
opera; Joseph and Michael Haydn, Mozart, and
their contemporaries; and the early works of
Beethoven.
644 19th Century Music (3) Historical develop-
ments during the Romantic Period (ca. 1800-
1900). Analysis of changes and trends, and
comparative aspects of new fonns.
643 20th Century Music (3) Chronological
survey of 20th century music. Development of
styles. Technical aspects of changes occurring in
melody, rhythm, orchestration, texture, tonality,
and form.
651 Music in the United States (3) Analysis of
music and musical trends in America from the
Pilgrims to the present.
654 History of Opera (3) The composers and
their major contributions to the various schools of
opera. PREREQ: Six credits of music history.
655 History of Orchestral Music (3) How the
symphony orchestra developed from the Baroque
Period to the present in its function, literature,
instrumentation, and performance practices.
656 History of Musical Instruments (3) The
development of musical instruments from
antiquity to the 20th century. A world view of
instruments will include function and perfor-
mance practices.
657 History of Chamber Music (3) The history,
forms, and changing styles and media of chamber
music from the 16th century to the present.
Principal composers are studied.
658 Performance Practices (3) A consideration
of the speical problems encountered in the
stylistic realization and performance of music
bora the Medieval through the Romantic eras.
Particular attention will be focused on original
sources, period instruments, and performance
problems. PREREQ: MHL 221 and 222 or permis-
sion of the instructor.
660 Bach and His Works (3) The life of J. S.
Bach. A study of his works for organ, keyboard,
and other instruments, plus cantatas and larger
choral works.
661 Beethoven and His Works (3) The life and
times of Ludwig van Beethoven. Consideration
of orchestral, chamber, and vocal music, empha-
sizing chronological stylistic development. Con-
sideration of Beethoven's influence on the later
19th century.
662 Mozart and His Works (3) A study of the
life and music of Wolfgang A. Mozart with special
reference to the period in which he Uved.
670 Research in Music History (3) Biblio-
graphical materials and research methods. Ability
to read at least one foreign language required.
679 Seminar in Music History I (1-3) Significant
topics presented by faculty members or visiting
lecturers. Designed to meet specific needs of the
seminar group.
680 Seminar in Music History II (1-3)
Significant topics presented by faculty members
or visiting lecturers. Designed to meet specific
needs of the seminar group.
681-83 Independent Study in Music History
(1-3) Individual research under the guidance of a
faculty member. PREREQ: Permission of instruc-
tor.
699 Thesis in Music History (3)
Keyboard Music
Instrumental Music
Prof. Southall, Acting Chairperson
PROFESSORS
Edward A. Barrow, Ph.D., West Virginia University
Kenneth L. Laudermilch, D.MA., Catholic University of
America
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Sylvia Moss Ahramjian, M.M., Indiana University
Terry E. Guidetti, M.Mus., Northwestern University
Ted Hegvik, M.M., University of Michigan
Eugene Klein, M.M.E., Indiana University
H. Lee Southall, M.A., Trenton State College
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Carol Isaacson-Briselli, M.M., Temple University
Glenn Lyons, M.Mus., Peabody Conservatory of Music, Johns
Hopkins University
Owen Metcalf, D.M., Indiana University
Emily Newbold, D.M.A., Combs College
Jane Richter, D.M.A., Combs College
INSTRUCTORS
Joseph A. Goebel, Jr., B.S., Millersville University
Peter Paulsen, B.Mus., West Chester University
John Villella, M.Mus., West Chester University
harry McKenna
Admission Requirements
In addition to the general requirements for admission to degree
programs in music, instrumental performance applicants must (1)
schedule an interview with the graduate coordinator and the
department chairperson; (2) submit a repertoire list; and (3)
demonstrate performance ability at an advanced level by performing
for an audition committee.
MASTER OF MUSIC IN INSTRUMENTAL PERFORMANCE
(30 semester hours)
Instrumental Concentration: Nine credits in individual lessons at
the advanced level CXXX 541-43) and Recital (AIM 697); AEC 511;
5-6 concentration credits (selected from AIC 512, and ALC 511,
531, and 541 or 551); three credits in music history; three credits
in music theory; 5-6 credits of free electives; and completion of a
comprehensive exit examination.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
INSTRUMENX\L MUSIC
INDIVIDUAL LESSONS: Prefixes: BAR, BAS,
BSN. CIT, FLU, FRH, GTR, HRP. OBO, PER, SAX,
TBA, TPT, TRB, VCL, VIA, VLN
501-02 Lessons at the Minor (beginning)
Lcvel(l)
511-14 Lessons at the Major Level (1)
541-43 Lessons at the Advanced Level (3)
For performance majors only.
AEB 511 Marching Band (1)
AEB 521 Concert Band (1)
AEB 531 Symphonic Band (1)
AEB 541 Wind Ensemble (1)
AEO 531 Chamber Orchestra (1)
AEO 541 Symphony Orchestra (1)
AES 511 Redtal-lnstrumental Ensemble (2)
Program selection, recruitment of players,
rehearsal, and performance of music for small
instrumental ensembles.
AIC 512 Advanced Instrumental Conducting
(2) PREREQ: Undergraduate conducting.
AIM 511 Marching Band Techniques and
Materials (3) A survey of the function of the total
marching band and of each component in the
band.
AIM 679-80 Special Subjects Seminar-
Instrumental (1-3) Instrumental music topics
presented by faculty and/or visiting lecturers.
AIM 681-83 Independent Study in Music (1-3)
AIM 696 Redtal-Instrument (2) For music
education majors in heu of research report. PRE-
REQ: Jury exam.
AIM 697 Redtal-Instrument (2) For perfor-
mance majors. PREREQ: Jury exam.
INSTRUMENTAL LITERATURE COURSES: A
survey of solo, ensemble, and teaching literature
through performance and the use of scores and
recordings.
ALC 511 Brass Uteranire (3)
ALC 531 String literature (3)
ALC 541 Woodwind Literature (3)
ALC 551 Instrumenul Literature (3)
MASTER CLASSES: Performance techniques and
stylistic interpretation of instrumental solo
works. PREREQ: Performance ability at the major
level.
AMC511 Master Class-Brass (1-3)
AMC 521 Master Class-Percussion (1-3)
AMC 531 Master Class-Strings (1-3)
AMC 541 Master Class-Woodwdnd (1-3)
MWB 536-39 Marching Band Workshop (1-3)
A comprehensive marching band conference for
the total marching band program. Foremost
authorities offer instruction in their fields of
specialization.
Keyboard Music
Prof. Pandel, Chairperson
PROFESSORS
Robert E. Permington, D.Mus., Northwestern University
Roben Schick, A.Mus.D., Eastman School of Music
Richard K Veleta, D.Mus., Northwestern University
Jacques C. Voois, D.MA., Peabody Conservatory of Music,
Johns Hopkins University
ASSOCL^TE PROFESSORS
Shirley T. Aliferis, M.Mus., Indiana University
Robert M. Bedford, D.Mus., Catholic University of America
Robert C. Lucas, Ed.D., Columbia University
Praxiteles Pandel, M.S., Thejuilliard School
Admission Requirements
The Department of Keyboard Music offers three programs leading
to the Master of Music. Students may concentrate in performance
(piano, harpsichord, or organ), accompanying, or piano pedagogy.
Performance applicants must (1) schedule an interview with the
graduate coordinator and the chairperson of the keyboard depart-
ment; (2) submit a repertoire list; and (3) demonstrate performance
ability at an advanced level by performing for an audition
committee.
Accompanying applicants must (1) schedule an interview with the
graduate coordinator and the chairperson of the keyboard department;
(2) submit transcripts showing completion of a bachelor's degree
in music, including six semester hours of a foreign language (French,
Keyboard Music
German, or Italian preferred); and (3) demonstrate accompanying
ability at an advanced level by performing for an audition committee.
Piano pedagogy applicants must (1) schedule an interview with
the graduate coordinator and the keyboard department chairperson,
and (2) schedule an entrance examination, which will consist of
scales, arpeggios, solo repertoire from various stylistic periods, and
sight reading. Applicants whose undergraduate degrees are not in
music may be accepted into this program if they demonstrate
equivalent background in piano.
MASTER OF MUSIC IN KEYBOARD PERFORMANCE
(30-35 semester hours)
All programs require completion of three semester hours each in
music history and in music theory, as well as one of the concentrations
described below. In addition, all students must complete a
comprehensive exit examination.
Piano/Harpsichord Concentration: Nine credits in individual lessons
at the advanced level (PIA/HAR 541-43); six credits in keyboard
Uterature (PIA 601-04, 611); 2-3 credits of concentration electives;
four credits of free electives; recital (PIA 697), and completion of a
comprehensive exit examination.
(30 semester hours)
Accompanying Concentration: Four credits in individual lessons at
the advanced level (PIA 570-71); eight credits of Ensemble (PIA
574-75); eight credits in cognate courses (PIA 572-73, 576-77); and
three credits in free electives (VOC 511-14, VOC 515-16 preferred).
(30 semester hours)
Organ Concentration: Nine credits in individual lessons at the
advanced level (ORG 541-43); six credits in organ literature (ORG
551-52); ORG 561-62; four credits of free electives; recital (PIA 697),
and completion of a comprehensive exit examination.
(30 semester hours)
Piano Pedagogy Concentration: Four credits in individual lessons
(PIA 578-79); 16 credits in piano pedagogy (PIA 580-83); six credits
in keyboard literature (PIA 601-04, 611); and three credits of
supportive work in methodology, psychology, or philosophy of
education (selected from the Departments of Music Education;
Childhood Studies and Reading; Psychology; or Counselor,
Secondary, and Professional Education), and completion of a
comprehensive exit examination.
(35 semester hours)
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
KEYBOARD MUSIC
Symbol: PIA, ORG, KEN, MAK, HAR, MWP
501-2 Individual Lessons at the Minor Level
in Piano, Organ, Harpsichord (1) Individual, half-
hour lessons once weekly. An elective course
for all graduate students.
511-14 Individual Lessons at the Major Level
in Piano, Organ, and Harpsichord (1) Individual
half-hour lessons. Continued study in the develop-
ment of repertoire and performing skills. Students
may be given permission to register for two
course numbers in the same semester, earning the
second credit by doing additional outside work
and performing in a recital. PREREQ: Completion
of the performance major requirements at the
undergraduate level or admission by audition.
525 Piano Technique (3) An exploration of the
many approaches to acquiring and teaching
piano technique, the correlation between tech-
nique and musical style, how to practice and
analyze physiological movements.
541-43 Individual Lessons at the Advanced
Level in Piano, Organ, and Harpsichord (3)
Individual, half-hour lessons once weekly.
Advanced studies leading to a full-length recital
at the master's level. PREREQ: Completion of the
performance major requirements for the Bachelor
of Music degree or admission by audition.
MWP 536-539 Piano Workshop (1-3)
MWS 536-539 Contemporary AppUcatioiu of
Keyboard Synthesizers (3) A hands-on workshop
involving programming techniques for synthesiz-
ers and the study of MIDI networks. Performance
and composition will be emphasized.
KEN 546 Keyboard Ensemble (2) Performance
of duet and two-piano literature.
ORG 551 Organ Literature I (3) A survey of
Uterature for the organ from the 13th century to
the Baroque Period. The influence of the organ
on the literature. Recordings and performance by
organ majors.
ORG 552 Organ Literature II (3) A survey of
literature for the organ from J.S. Bach to the pres-
ent. The influence of the organ on the literature
Recordings and performance by organ majors.
MAC 558 Master Class (Organ) (1-2)
MAK 558 Master Class (Keyboard) (1-2)
Weekly performance sessions for advanced
students.
ORG 561 Accompanying (Organ) (3)
Performance of vocal and instrumental accompa-
nying Uterature for organ from all periods.
Performance and reading sessions.
ORG 562 Service Playing (Organ) (3) A survey
of problems in service playing for the organist.
Hymn accompaniment, improvisation, conducting
from the organ, and Uterature for the service.
Observation of service playing when possible.
570-71 Individual Lessons at the Advanced
Level for Accompanists (2) Individual, half-hour
lessons once a week to train pianists in playing
accompaniments. PREREQ: Admission to the
M.M. concentration in accompanying.
572-73 Accompanying I, Vocal; II, Instrumental
(3) Survey of accompanying Uterature: (1) art
songs, recitatives, cantata, opera, and oratorio
arias; and 01) strings, winds, and brass. Perfor-
mance and reading in class.
PIA 574-75 Ensemble I, II (4) Accompanying
in teaching studios for large groups (choruses), for
various ensembles (including trios and quanets),
and for faculty, B.M., MM., general, and senior
student recitals.
576 Harpsichord and Continue Realization (1)
An introduction to harpsichord playing and the
principles of continue realization.
577 Transposition and Score Reading (2)
Training in score reading and transposition at
the keyboard.
578 Individual, half-hour lessons for students
of piano pedagogy (2) PREREQ: Admission to
the pedagogy concentration.
579 Individual, half-hour lessons for students
of piano pedagogy (2) Includes presentation of
a hiU or half recital of concen works or
pedagogical pieces, or a lecture-recital.
580 Group Piano Pedagogy I (4) Procedures
and materials for group piano instruction from
preschool through beginning levels. Emphasis on
developing musical Uteracy and creativity
through peer learning and group interactions.
Includes pracricum in group piano instruction.
581 Group Piano Pedagogy II (4) Procedures
and materials for group instruction from the
intermediate through advanced levels. Emphasis
on developing comprehensive musicianship
through an interwoven study of literature, musical
analysis, technique, improvisation, ear training,
harmony, transposition, and sight reading. PRE-
REQ: PL\ 580.
582 Piano Pedagogy I (4) An in-depth study of
repertoire and materials available to the studio
piano teacher for the beginning and intermediate
leveb. Discussions of related concerns, such as
memorization, practice techniques, developing
technique through literature, principles of
fingering, and sight reading. Includes practicura
in individual instruction.
583 Selected Topics in Piano Pedagogy (4)
Further exploration of the goals and objectives
of piano study through presentation of selected
topics and continued practicum in individual
instruction.
601 Baroque Keyboard Literature (3) The
Renaissance through development of variation
form and dance suite. Emphasis on performance
practices, realizing ornament signs and figured
basses; transferral to the modem piano; in-depth
study of works of Handel, J.S. Bach, and D. Scar-
latti. Some student performance required.
602 Classical Piano Literature (3) Literature
for the early piano (1750-1830). Origin and
development of the sonau and performance
practices of homophonic style. Music of the sons
of Bach, Haydn, Mozan. and Beethoven. Sound
and structure of the early piano. Some student
performance required.
603 Romantic Piano Literature (3) Analysis of
piano styles of Schubert, Chopin, Mendelssohn,
Schumann, Liszt. Brahms, Faure, Mussorgsky,
Tchaikovsky, and Grieg. Performance practices.
The virtuoso etude and problems of technical
execution. Some student performance required.
PREREQ: PIA 426 (Keyboard Literature U) or
equivalent.
604 20th Century Piano Literature (3)
Seminal works and styles of this century. Albe-
niz, Rachmaninoff, Debussy, Ravel. Prokofiev,
Hindemith, Schoenberg, Bartok, and American
Music Theory and Composition
composers. Some student performance required.
PREREQ: MTC 213 aheory of Music IV) or
equivalent.
608 The Music of Chopin (3) A comprehensive
study of the contributions of Frederic Chopin
to keyboard Uterature.
611 The Piano Concerto (3) A chronological
presentation of the development of the piano
concerto; performances, problems, and practices
will be emphasized. Covers from J.S. Bach to
present.
679-680 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3)
Significant topics presented by faculty members
or visiting lecturers. Designed to meet specific
needs of the seminar group.
681-683 Independent Study in Music (1-3)
696 Recital (1) A shared (half) recital open to
candidates for the Master of Music degree (music
education concentration). In lieu of research
report. Program notes required. PREREQ: Ap-
proval by committee examination.
697 Recital (2) A full public recital, demonstrat-
ing an understanding of various performance
styles and an ability to perform literature from
several periods. Required of candidates for the
Master of Music in applied music. PREREQ:
Approval by committee examination.
Music Theory and Composition
Dr. Nelson, Chairperson
PROFESSORS
James E. McVoy, Ph.D., Eastman School of Music
Lany A. Nelson, Ph.D., Michigan State University
James D. Sullivan, Ph.D., Eastman School of Music
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
John Mackay, Ph.D., University of California, San Diego
Robert Maggio, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Admission Requirements
Theory and/or composition applicants must: (1) schedule an interview
with the graduate coordinator and a faculty committee appointed
by the chairperson of the Department of Music Theory and
Composition; and (2) demonstrate suflScient pianistic ability, sight
singing, and aural perception to meet the demands of the program. In
addition, composition applicants must submit original works showing
technical facility in composition.
MASTER OF MUSIC IN THEORY
(30 semester hours)
Three credits in music history; 15 credits in music theory (selected
from MTC 512, 517, 541, 544, 546, and 563); six credits in
concentration electives; three credits of free electives; three credits
of thesis (MTC 697). The thesis defense serves as a comprehensive
exit examination.
MASTER OF MUSIC IN COMPOSITION
(30 semester hours)
Three credits in music history, MTC 512, 513, and 514 (nine credits);
12 credits in music theory, selected from MTC 515, 516, 517, 541,
542, 544, 545, 546, 550, 552, 554, 563, and 564; three credits of free
electives; and three credits of thesis (MTC 699). The thesis defense
serves as the comprehensive exit examination.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MUSIC THEORY AND COMPOSITION
Symbol: MTC (unless otherwise indicated)
512-14 Advanced Composition I, II, and III
(3) Free composition in larger forms for
ensembles, solo voice and chorus, chamber
groups, and orchestra. PREREQ: MTC 213 (The-
ory of Music IV) or equivalent.
515 Serialism and Atonality (3) Compositional
procedures and theoretical concepts in atonal
and serial work of Schoenberg, Berg, Webem, Bar-
tok, Stravinsky, and more recent composers.
PREREQ: MTC 213 aheory of Music IV) or
equivalent.
516 Jazz Practices (2-3) Jazz history, writing,
and performance. Survey of basic jazz Uterature;
fundamental techniques in arranging and impro-
vising. PREREQ: MTC 212 (Theory of Music III)
or equivalent.
517 Electronic Music (3) Materials and tech-
niques of electronic music and their use in
composition. Laboratory experience in the
composition of electronic music. PREREQ: Permis-
sion of the instructor.
MWJ 536-39 Jazz Studies Workshop (1-3) A
workshop for the study and performance of jazz.
Arranging and ensemble performance opportuni-
ties. A separate brochure describes summer
workshops.
540 Advanced Band Arranging (3) Emphasis
on arranging for school bands. Consideration
given to bands with inexperienced performers and
limited instrumentation. PREREQ: Teaching
experience and a knowledge of orchestration.
541 Advanced Orchestration (3) Original com-
position of arrangement for orchestra. PREREQ:
A knowledge of the instruments of the orchestra
and experience in their use.
542 Advanced Musical Form (3) A detailed
study of musical form, with emphasis on modifi-
cations of sonata form, vocal and instrumental
forms of Baroque music, and forms that are
unique.
544 Advanced Counterpoint I (3) Contrapuntal
techniques of the 18th century. Chorale prelude
and invention.
545 Advanced Counterpoint II (3) Continuation
of MTC 544. Includes the canon, invertible
counterpoint, and fugue. PREREQ: MTC 544 or
permission of the instructor.
546 Techniques of Early 20th Century Music
(3) A study of compositional techniques in
representative vocal and instrumental works of
the first two decades of this century.
550 Acoustics of Music (3) The study of sound;
its production, transmission, and reception.
Musical instruments, the acoustics of rooms, and
the physical basis of scales.
552-53 Pedagogy of Music Theory I-II (3)
Techniques and materials for teaching music
theory. MTC 552 is not a prerequisite to MTC 553.
554 Modal Counterpoint I (3) Use of modes,
musica, ficta, and cadences in 16th-century music.
Experience in imitation in two parts, using all
note values; double counterpoint; and pronuncia-
tion and setting of Latin texts.
555 Modal Counterpoint II (3) Continuation
of MTC 554. Writing in three and more voices.
PREREQ: MTC 554.
561 Jazz Harmony and Arranging (3)
562 Advanced Jazz Harmony and Arranging
(3) A study of improvisation and arranging,
Uterature, and other aspects of an important phase
of popular styles.
563 Seminar in Music Theory (2) Intensive
work in selected areas of music theory. Guidance
in individual projects leading to significant
current developments in theory. PREREQ: Permis-
sion of the chairperson of the Department of
Theory and Composition.
564 Performance Practices in Contemporary
Music (3) This course will provide the following
opportunities: (1) the participants will study
technical problems of understanding new notation
(e.g., graphic scores, proportional scores, multi-
phonics, microtones, metric modulation, asymmet-
rical rhythm groupings, prose scores, etc.), and
wiU develop a reasonable facility in performing
scores that include these techniques; (2) an
ensemble, for which composition students may
compose; and (3) the establishment of an
ensemble, which may publicly perform new music.
591 Advanced Chromatic Harmony (3)
592 Advanced Ear Training (2)
679 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3) Significant
topics presented by faculty members or visiting
lecturers. Designed to meet specific needs of the
seminar group.
681-83 Independent Study in Music (1-3)
Individual research under the guidance of a faculty
member. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
691-92 Research Seminar in Music (1-2) A
research proposal with supporting procedures is
developed. Guidance in individual research topics
with tutorial assistance in form and style of
research writing.
697 Theory Thesis (3) For graduate majors in
theory only.
698 Research Report (1)
699 Musical Composition Thesis (3) For
graduate majors in composition only.
Vocal and Choral Music
Vocal and Choral Music
Prof. Alt, Chairperson
PROFESSORS
Raymond Friday, Ph.D., New York University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Lois V. Alt, M.Mus., University of Michigan
W. Larry Dorminy, D.Mus., Indiana University
Joy Vandever, M.Ed., West Chester University
G. Alan Wagner, M.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Kathryn Chilcote, D.M.A., University of Oregon
David Sprenkle, D.M.A., University of Maryland
Jane Wyss, D.M-A., University of Texas at Austin
Admission Requirements
Voice applicants must: (1) demonstrate advanced perfonnance ability,
(2) auition with a program including selections drawn from Italian
art song, German Lied. French melodic, opera, and oratorio; (3)
demonstrate diction competency in Italian, German, and French; (4)
submit a repertoire list; and (5) schedule an interview with the
graduate coordinator and the department chairperson. Students
lacking nine credits of undergraduate foreign language must remove
this deficiency before candidacy.
MASTER OF MUSIC IN VOCAL PERFORMANCE
(30 semester hours)
The program requires completion of three credits in music history
and three credits in music theory, as well as the concentration
described below.
Voice Concentration: Nine credits in individual lessons at the
advanced level (VOI 541-43) and a recital (VOI 697); VOC 524
(three credits); 4-6 credits (selected from VOC 511-16, 526, 529, 546,
591, and 612, and MHL 654), 4-6 credits of free electives; and
completion of a comprehensive exit examination.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
VOCAL-CHORAL
Symbol: CHO
511 Masterworks Chorus (1) A large, all-class,
mixed chorus presenting oratorios, masses, and
advanced level choral literature. By audition.
611 Chamber Choir (2) A conson of 15-25
singers specializing in the performance of sacred
and secular vocal music of the Renaissance and
early Baroque periods. By audition.
612 Concert Choir (1) A mixed chorus of 35-45
singers performing sacred and secular choral
literature of all periods and styles. By audition.
Symbol: VOC
511 Master Class — Baroque (1) Discussion
and perfonnance of songs from the Baroque
period.
512 Master Class — German Lied (1)
Discussion and performance of the German art
song.
513 Master Class — French Melodie (1) Dis-
cussion and performance of the late French an
song.
514 Master Class - 20th Century Art Song
(1) Discussion and performance of art songs faom
the 20th century.
515 English-Italian Diction (3) English, Italian,
and Latin diction in a laboratory course to
esublish correct pronunciation in singing. The
phonetics of these languages are used in selected
song repenoire.
516 French-German Diction (3) French and
German diction in a laboratory course to establish
correct pronunciation in singing. The phonedcs
of these languages are used in selected song
repertoire.
524 Musico-Dramatic Production (3)
Techniques of producing musical plays. Prepara-
tion for roles, coaching, and conducting rehears-
als. May lead to a public performance of the
material studied.
526 Choral Literature (3) Representative
examples of choral music from the various musical
periods. Primarily the larger works for chorus
are used.
529 Vocal Literature (3) Classic song hterature,
lieder, melodie, and contemporary art songs are
discussed.
536-39 Vocal-Choral Workshops (1-3)
Participation-oriented workshops designed to
meet specific needs in vocal-choral music.
546 Vocal Ensemble (2) Self-study in the
performance and preparation of small ensembles.
Project must have the approval of the department
chairperson.
591 Vocal Pedagogy (3) Principles and tech-
niques of teaching voice.
612 Advanced Choral Conducting (2) Study
and application of choral conducting techniques.
PREREQ: VOC 312 or permission of instructor.
679-80 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3)
Significant topics presented by faculty or visiting
lecturers.
681 Independent Snidy (1)
682 Independent Snidy (2)
683 Independent Study (3)
691 Research Seminar in Music (2)
692 Research Seminar in Music (1)
Symbol: VOI
501-02 Individual Lessons at the Minor Level
(1) An elective course for graduate students.
511-14 Individual Lessons at the Major Level
(1) A course for voice majors in the Master of
Music in music education program. PREREQ:
Completion of the undergraduate voice major
requirements or by audition.
541-43 Individual Lessons at the Advanced
Level (3) Advanced vocal studies culminating in
a full masters recital. PREREQ: Completion of the
performance requirements for the Bachelor of
Music in voice program or admission by audition.
696 Recital (1) A shared (half) public recital
for candidates in the Master of Music Education
program in Ueu of a research repon. Candidate
must write approved program notes. PREREQ:
Approval by the examination committee.
697 Recital (2) A full pubUc recital demonstrat-
ing an understanding of various performance
styles and the ability to perform. Required of
candidates for the Master of Music in Voice degree.
PREREQ: Approval by the examination commit-
tee.
Symbol; VOW
521 The Broadway Musical (3) This course
surveys the American musical theatre, past and
present. It is activity oriented as it surveys all
elements of producing the American musical in
school or other amateur settings.
522 The Musical Revue (3) This course explores
the concept of choral music in motion and will
teach the necessary techniques and skills for
mounting a successful choral ensemble show.
Participants will leave the course with a full revue
entirely staged and developed.
Nursing
Nursing
105 Nursing Building
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2219
Dr. Susan Slaninka, Chairperson, Coordinator of Graduate
Studies
PROFESSOR
Susan C. Slaninka, Ed.D., Temple University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Barbara F. Haus, Ed.D., Lehigh University
Eileen G. Perciful, D.N.Sc, Widener University
Admission Requirements
The minimum admission standards for the Department of Nursing
are a BSN degree from an NLN-accredited program, an undergraduate
GPA of at least 2.5, a course in statistics, a course in physical
assessment, GRE verbal and quantitative score or MAT score, current
licensure as a registered nurse (Pennsylvania Hcensure required prior
to the clinical practicum), at least rwo years of recent full-time
experience as a nurse providing direct clinical care, and three letters
of recommendation from individuals familiar with the appUcant's
academic and/or professional qualihcations.
MASTER OF SOENCE IN NURSING
(36 semester hours)
Concentration: Community Health Nursing
The Master of Science in Nursing program will prepare professional
nurses for leadership roles in community health nursing through in-
depth consideration of community-based health care deUvery systems,
preparation in a functional role, and the use of critical inquiry and
scholarship to improve the practice of nursing.
The program curriculum, developed in coordination with nurse
educators, clinicians, and professional societies, offers a choice of
instructional focus. The student will select either an education or
administration functional component within the Community Health
concentration. All students pursuing the MSN degree are required
to earn six credits in nursing research to complete the program.
The program was developed in accordance with the professional
standards of the National League for Nursing and the Pennsylvania
Board of Nursing. The department will continue striving to maintain
the highest academic standards at all professional levels and to
achieve professional approval and accreditation.
Functional Component: Nursing Education
The focus in Nursing Education will enhance the skiUs of the
professional nurse in curriculum development and teaching compe-
tencies in nursing. Relevant electives (three credits) are selected
under advisement.
Functional Component: Nursing Administration
The Nursing Administration focus will fadhtate preparation of
graduate nurses as clinical specialists, especially in the fields of
gerontology and chronic illness. This focus is designed in anticipation
of a more severely ill case mix in acute-care settings, as weU as
accelerated use of HMO's, home health agencies, and other types of
community-based care. Relevant electives (six credits) are selected
under advisement.
Requirements for the Master of Science in Nursing
(36 semester hours)
I. Core Component 18 semester hours
BIO 584 Epidemiology (3) OR HEA 520 Scientific Basis for
HealA (3)
NSG 501 Nursing Theories and Issues (3)
NSG 502 Perspectives of Community Health Nursing (4)
NSG 503 Principles and Practice of Community Health
Nursing (6)
NSG 504 Advanced Concepts of Community Health Nursing (2)
II. Functional Component 9 semester hours
Each student will choose either nursing administration or nursing
education as a functional focus.
A. Nursing Administration
NSG 509 Nursing Administradon in Community Health
Settings (3)
Relevant electives selected under advisement (6)
OR
B. Nursing Education
NSG 507 Curriculum Development in Nursing Education (3)
NSG 508 Teaching Competencies in Nursing: Principles and
Methods (3)
Relevant electives selected under advisement (3)
ni. Research Component 6 semester hours
NSG 505 Nursing Research I (3)
NSG 506 Nursing Research II (3)
IV. Elective 3 semester hours
Relevant electives selected under advisement
Nursing Laboratory
The Nursing Laboratory is available as a resource to help the nursing
student in the learning process. There are several sections of the
laboratory. One area houses a variety of equipment to allow the
student to view A-V material such as fihnstrips, sUdes, and
videocassettes related to psycho-motor skills involved in nursing.
This equipment can be used individually or in small groups. The
second section contains equipment to allow the student to practice
these skills. The third and fourth rooms serve as seminar or study
rooms. Computers and printers are also available for student use.
Every student is required to utilize the learning laboratory at specified
times. In addition, it is anticipated that students will spend time
utilizing this resource for independent learning based on their
individual needs. The laboratory is staffed by a full-time nursing
laboratory coordinator, Darlene Barr, who is a registered nurse. The
hours when the lab is open will be posted.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
NURSING
Symbol: NSG
501 Nursing Theories and Issues (3)
Exploration of a variety of theories and current
issues that affect nursing practice, education, and
administration.
502 Perspectives of Community Health Nursing
(4) Introduction to basic concepts of public
health and community health nursing, viewed
primarily in the context of Neuman's model.
Includes both classroom presentations and clinical
practicum in an agency of interest to the student,
focusing primarily on community health care.
PREREQ or concurrently: NSG SOL
503 Principles and Practice of Community
Health Nursing (6) Students will continue to
refine the application of principles of community
health during a second in the series of courses
combining theory with practice. Continued
emphasis on the poUdcal, governmental, and fiscal
management aspects of community health
nursing. PREREQ: NSG 502.
504 Advanced Concepts of Community Health
Nursing (2) Culmination of the series of courses
in community health nursing, bringing to a peak
the classroom and clinical practicum experiences
Philosophy
previously obtained. No clinical practicum is
associated with this course, which will be taken
either prior to or together with the functional
practicum. PREREQ: NSG 503.
505 Nursing Research I (3)
506 Nursing Research II (3) Critical analysis
of research design and outcomes, using existing
nursing research studies from the professional
literature and existing computerized simulated
research to develop skill in research modalities.
507 Curriculum Development in Nursing
Education (3) This course is designed to examine
the theory and practice of curriculum develop-
ment as a group process, synthesizing basic
principles of curriculum in nursing education.
508 Teaching Competencies in Nursing —
Principles and Methods (3) Examination of the
teaching-learning process and skills in profes-
sional nursing, with emphasis on baccalaureate
or in-service education. Includes both classroom
and clinical practicum teaching experience, as
well as seminars with other students enrolled.
Focus is community health nursing throughout.
PREREQ: NSG 507.
509 Nursing Administration in Community
Health Settings (3) Examination of management
skills for nurse-administrators in a service
setting in community health. Includes both
classroom and clinical practicum administrative
experience, as well as seminars with other students
enrolled. Focus is community health nursing
throughout.
Philosophy
103 Main Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2841
Dr. Claghom, Chairperson and Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
George 5. Claghom, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
W Stephen Croddy, Ph.D., Brown University
Thomas W. Piatt, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Stanley Riukas, Ph.D., New York University
Paul A. Streveler, Ph.D., L^nj versify of Wisconsin
Frederick R Struckmeyer, Ph.D., Boston University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Frank J. Ho£6nan, Ph.D., University of London
Ruth Porritt, Ph.D., Purdue University
Program of Study
The Department of Philosophy offers a program leading to
the Master of Arts in philosophy. This degree will serve as a
foundation for studies leading to a Ph.D. in philosophy or
prepare students for positions in industry, government, or
college teaching.
Admission Requirements
In addition to meeting general requirements for admission to a degree
program at West Chester, applicants must present a minimum of 12
semester hours of undergraduate philosophy, including courses in
history of ancient philosophy, history of modem philosophy, ethics,
and logic.
Foreign Language Requirement
Candidates for the M.A. must demonstrate a reading proficiency in
French, German, or Spanish.
Final Examination Requirement
A comprehensive, written final examination is required. This will
cover four fields; (1) metaphysics; (2) any two from logic, ethics,
aesthetics, philosophy of language, philosophy of science, or
American philosophy, and (3) any agreed-upon philosopher, such
as Plato, Aquinas, Kant, or Wittgenstein.
MASTER OF ARTS IN PHILOSOPHY
(30 semester hours)
AH candidates are required to take PHI 599 and PHI 640. Beyond
these requirements, the student has the choice of a thesis or non-
thesis program.
The thesis program requires 18 semester hours in philosophy; six
semester hours of electives, chosen from philosophy or related
courses; and the thesis (PHI 610), which accounts for six semester
hours.
The nonthesis program specifies 24 semester hours in the philosophy
concentration and six semester hours of electives (philosophy or
related).
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PHILOSOPHY
Symbol: PHI
506 Meaning in Language (also UN 506)
(3) A discussion of topics having to do with
meaning in everyday oral communication.
512 Ethical Theories (3) Examination of various
ethical theories with practical appUcations to
such problems as authority, punishment, rights,
marriage, and race.
513 Aesthetic Theories (3) History of aesthetics,
as seen in classic interpretations. Psychological
and sociological origins of art; the role of art works
in the enrichment of life.
514 Philosophy of Religion (3) Dominant trends
in reUgious philosophy of the Western world.
Religious language, reason, and faith, science, the
nature of man, the existence of God, and
mysticism.
515 Existentialism (3) Background and themes
of current existentialism, as reflected in Kierke-
gaard, Jaspers, Marcel, Heidegger, and Sartre.
Evaluation of existentialism and its impact on
contemporary literature, drama, art, and society.
520 Philosophy of Mind (3) The human mind,
according to representative views. Presupposi-
tions and implicatioris, both scientific and
philosophic, traced and analyzed. The mind-body
problem, perception, memory, and the impUca-
tions of depth psychology.
522 Philosophy of Science (3) The course
begins with case studies in science and derives
general principles from them. Scientific law,
analogy, models, variant theories, confirmation,
and interpretation.
523 Philosophy of Language (ako UN 523)
(3) Problems of language and oral communication,
with emphasis on problems of reference.
530 American Philosophy (3) American views
of man, society, and the universe, from colonial
times to the 20th century.
♦ 531 Oriental Philosophy (3) Central figures
and classic teachings of Eastern philosophy and
religion: Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucian-
ism, Taoism, and Shintoism; naturalistic and
humanistic elements of decisive influence on the
culture of the Orient.
536 SymboUc Logic (3) Basic principles and
methods of symbolic logic. Practice in determining
validity of sentential and quantificational argu-
ments. The algebra of classes.
♦ 590 Independent Studies in Philosophy (3)
♦ 599 Philosophic Concepts and Systems (3)
Basic concepts of the philosophic enterprise: form,
matter, the categories, cause, and purpose.
Relation of premises to method and conclusions.
Rival theories are compared for justification and
adequacy.
610 Thesis (6)
♦ 640 Seminar (3) Study and c\'aluation of the
major works of one philosopher, such as Plato,
Aquinas, Kant, or Wittgerutein.
The following undergraduate course may also
be taken for graduate credit, when properly
approved: PHI 483, Philosophy of History.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit
Physical Education
Physical Education
Health and Physical Education Center
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2260
Dr. Lank, Chairperson
Dr. Todd, Graduate Coordinator
PROFESSORS
Monita M. Lank, Ph.D., University of Iowa
Richard B. Yoder, M.A., Villanova University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Mildred L. Greenwood, M.Ed., Temple University
Carla Shinners, Ed.D., Brigham Young University
Paul K. Smith, Ph.D., Southern Illinois University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Joseph J. Godek III, M.S., West Chester University
Karen M. Koehler, Ed.D., University of North
Carolina — Greensboro
Monica P. Lepore, Ed.D., New York University
M. Kent Todd, Ph.D., University of North Carolina —
Greensboro
Program of Study
The Department of Physical Education offers programs leading
to a Master of Science degree in physical education, and a
Master of Science degree with a concentration in sport and
athletic administration within the Master of Science in
Administration. The Master of Science degree in physical
education (research project track) enriches academic prepara-
tion for teaching in the pubUc schools or obtaining
employment in the various professions related to physical
education. The Master of Science degree in physical education
(thesis track) is designed primarily to meet the individual
needs of graduate students who want to pursue graduate work
beyond the master's degree or a career in research. It may
also prepare personnel for staff positions in education,
government, and industry.
The sport and athletic administration concentration in the
Master of Science in Administration program is designed to
provide academic preparation for those persons interested in
entering the field of sport and athletic administration, and
to assist in upgrading the credentials of those persons presentiy
in the fields of sport and athletic administration.
Certification programs in driver education and safe hving,
and coaching are also offered by the Department of Physical
Education.
The Department of Physical Education also ofiFers graduate
assistantships.
The Professor Russell Sturzebecker Scholarship
The Graduate Division in the School of Health Sciences in the
Department of Physical Education administers the Professor Russell
Sturzebecker Scholarship. Through the generosity of Mr. John F.
Unruh, a $100 award is made each semester to a "worthy and needy"
graduate student in health and physical education. The award is
donated by Mr. Unruh in honor of Professor Sturzebecker.
The recipient must be working fiill time in the field of health and
physical education and must be a part-time student at West Chester
University working towards a master's degree in his or her
professional field.
Graduate students who meet the above criteria are invited to submit
a letter of apphcation for the scholarship along with a resume of
their professional and academic status. These documents should be
submitted to the chairperson of the Department of Physical Education
on or before December 15 for the first semester award and on or
before March 15 for the second semester.
The Graduate Scholarship
The Graduate Division of the Department of Physical Education
administers a graduate scholarship. The amount of money awarded
may vary somewhat from year to year depending on the funds
available, but it is anticipated that the award will be approximately
$300 each year.
Selection criteria include scholarship, citizenship and character,
leadership, need, and abiUty in, and/or contribution to, specific areas
of health or physical education.
Apphcation forms are available from the Office of the Department
of Physical Education, Room 106, South Campus.
Communication With the Department
All inquiries and other communications regarding the graduate
program in physical education should be addressed to the coordinator
of graduate studies and sent to the department address above.
Comprehensive Examination
The comprehensive examination for graduate students in physical
education is administered twice a year, in March and October. Each
examination consists of an elective course portion, given for two
hours on a Tuesday, and the required course portion, given for two
hours on the following Thursday.
Students who want to take the examination should have been
admitted to degree candidacy and completed all required course work
or be currendy enrolled and have completed the majority of their
elective requirements. A letter of intent to take the comprehensive
examination should be filed with the coordinator of graduate studies.
Letters of intent should be filed by February 15 for the March
examination or September 15 for the October examination, respec-
tively.
Upon receipt of the letter of intent and with the approval of the
coordinator, students will be sent a letter explaining the details of
time and place of the examination.
MASTER OF SaENCE PROGRAM
Admission to the M.S. Program
AppUcants must meet the basic requirements of the University, given
under Admission, and must present either a baccalaureate degree
earned in their anticipated major area of health or health and physical
education, or equivalent preparation in a related field.
Admission to M.S. Degree Candidacy
During the 15 semester hours of precandidacy, majors in physical
education must complete any three of the departmental core courses
with a minimum grade point average for these and all other courses
of 3.0.
Requirements for the M.S. Degree
1. Satisfactory completion of the M.S. curriculum shown below with
an average of 3.0.
2. Satisfactory performance on written and/or oral comprehensive
examination.
3. Successful completion of thesis or research report.
Physical Education
4. Oral defense of the thesis (for thesis track only). Workshop credits
do not count toward the degree.
CURRICULUM
1. Degree Core 21 semester hours
PED 572 Advanced Motor Learning (3)
PED 580 Psychological and Sociological Foundations of Physical
Education and Sport (3)
PED 585 Biomechanics (3)
HPE 600 Research Methods in Health, Physical Education, and
Recreation (3)
PED 601 Statistical Design for Research and Evaluation in
Physical Education (3)
PED 602 Philosophical Foundations for Physical Education,
and Sport (3)
PED 681 Advanced Exercise Physiology (3)
2. Additional Degree Requirements -
Thesis Track
PED 608 Thesis Seminar (3)
PED 610 Thesis (3)
Electives selected under advisement (6)
Additional Degree Requirements-
Research Report Track
PED 606 Research Repon Seminar I (2)
PED 607 Research Report Seminar II (2)
Electives selected under advisement (9)
The thesis proposal must be formally approved during Thesis Seminar
(PED 608) before the student may register for Thesis (PED 610).
CONCENTRAnON IN SPORT AND ATHLETIC
ADMINISTRATION -MASTER OF SCIENCE IN
ADMINISTRATION
Admission to the M.S. Program
Applicants must meet the basic requirements of the University, given
under Admission, and must present either a baccalaureate degree
in their anticipated major area of health and physical education or
equivalent preparation in a related field. They must also present the
results of the aptitude section of the Graduate Record Examination
or the Miller Analogies Test.
Admission to M.S. Degree Candidacy
During the 15 semester hours of precandidacy, majors in the sport
and athletic concentration must complete three of the administrative
core courses and two of the sport and athletic administration core
courses with a minimum grade point average for these courses of 3.0.
12 semester hours
13 semester hours
Requirements for the M.S. Degree
1. Satisfactory completion of the M.S. in administration curriculum
shown below with an overall average of 3.0.
2. Satisfactory performance on the written and/or oral comprehensive
examination.
3. Successful completion of research project.
CURRICULUM
1. Administrative Core 18 semester hours
ADM 501 Administrative Theory and Environment (3)
ADM 502 Computers for Managers (3)
ADM 503 Accounting for Administrators (3)
ADM 504 Communication for Administrators (3)
ADM 505 Organizing Human Resources (3)
ADM 506 Budgeting and Fiscal Management (3)
2. Sport and Athletic Administrative Core 15 semester hours
PED 580 Psychological and Sociological Foundations of
Physical Education and Spon (3)
HPE 600 Research Methods in Health, Physical Education, and
Recreation (3)
PED 601 Statistical Design for Research and Evaluation in
Physical Education (3)
PED 602 Philosophical Foundations of Physical Education (3)
PED 604 Administration and Supervisory Practices for Health,
Physical Education, Recreation, and Athletics (3) or
PED 613 Athletic Management (3)
3. Additional Requirements 4 semester hours
PED 606 Research Project Seminar I (2)
PED 607 Research Project Seminar II (2)
The research project consists of a two-semester sequence (PED 606
and 607) which must be preceded by successful completion of HPE
606 (Research Methods in Health, Physical Education, and
Recreation).
CERTinCATION PROGRAM IN DRIVER EDUCATION AND
SAFE LIVING
(Highway Safety and General Safety Education)
Richard B. Yoder, Coordinator
A teacher's certificate may be extended to include education for safe
Uving (highway safety and general safety education) by completing
12 semester hours of course work in the Depanment of Physical
Education. Six of these hours must be met by History and
Philosophy of Safety Education and Principles of Accident Prevention
(PED 660) and Seminar in the Four-Phase Program of Driver
Education (PED 561). The remaining two courses are chosen, under
advisement by the coordinator, from PED 560, 661, and 662.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Symbol: PED unless otherwise indicated
500 Contemporary Problems in Physical Edu-
cation, Recreation, and Athletics (3) Problems
in teaching health, physical education, and
recreation; in-service aspects; factors and variables
that influence solutions of these problems.
550 Elementary Physical Education Workshop
(3) Orientation for the teaching of elementary
physical education. Principles and practices;
appropriate activities for various grade levels.
551 Elementary Physical Education Recreation
Music Workshop (2) Leading and teaching
rhythmic activities and singing in elementary
physical education and recreation. Fundamental
level. Instruction programmed music textbook
piano and guitar chords. Creating and teaching
recreational and singing games.
552 Learning on the Move (3) Movement
education and perceptual motor theory. Activities
for helping children achieve their maximum
development.
560 Seminar in Motorcycle Safety Education
(3) Curricular design, administration, and
operational techniques of motorcycle safety
programs. Laboratory experiences.
561 Seminar in the Four-Phase Program of
Driver Education (3) In-service experience for
driver education teachers in classroom. Behind the
wheel (BTW), multicar method, and simulation.
570 Leadership in Outdoor Adventure Educa-
tion (3) Designed to provide instruction which
would help persons interested in understanding
and adapting "Outward Bound" philosophy,
educational methodology, process, and activities
for use in outdoor education and physical
education programs.
572 Advanced Motor Learning (3) An investiga-
tion of the theories, research, and practical
appUcations of the processes and conditions
involved in the teaching and learning of physical
skills.
577 Summer Dance Workshop (1) Experience
in dance as a performing an: lighting, set design,
and costume. Original compositions are staged.
The worltshop combines various dance tech-
niques.
580 Psychological and Sociological Founda-
tions of Physical Education and Sport (3) Study
of the cultural evolution of sport and physical
education; the interrelationship between sport and
culture; the social dynamics, institutionahiation,
and sociological elements of activity, a basis of
sport psychology.
581 Adapted Physical Education (3)
Techniques for a program of adapted physical
education in the public school. Application of
activities to benefit the child with a temporary or
permanent disabihty.
Physical Science
582 Modem Principles of Athletic Training
(3) A course for the physical educator and/or
coach. Injuries that occur in class, practice, and
game situations; preventive taping and wrapping;
immediate first-aid procedures; relations with
the medical profession.
385 Biomechanics (3) A review of, or introduc-
tion to, the basic principles of biomechanics and
the application of those principles to research
and teaching.
586 The Olympic Games — Their Influences
on the Ancient and Contemporary Worlds (3)
Ancient and modem games and their historical
and cultural significance. Sociological and political
implications of the modem games.
HPE 600 Research Methods in Health, Physical
Education, and Recreation (3) Techniques of
research appUed to the field of health, physical
educadon, and recreation.
601 Statistical Design for Research and
Evaluation in Physical Education (3) The practi-
cal and theoretical application of the basic
concepts of elementary statistics as they relate to
evaluative procedures, research, and teaching
in physical education.
602 Philosophical Foundations for Physical
Education and Sport (3) Analysis and synthesis
of the nature, meaning, and value of health and
physical education from a historical perspective.
Development of a personal philosophy of the field.
603 Professional Literature Seminar (3)
Provides students with the skills necessary to
review and critically analyze the professional
literature and current findings in physical
education; useful for the student planning to
conduct research.
604 Administration and Supervisory Practices
for Health, Physical Education, Recreation, and
Athletics (3) Nature of the positions of directors
or supervisors of physical education, recreation,
and athletics. Job specifications; operational
principles and procedures.
605 Curriculum in Physical Education
(3) Trends in health and ph>'sical education
curricula at the elementary, secondary, and college
levels. Surveys, reports, and analyses of curricu-
lum practices.
606 Research Project Seminar I (2) A course
for master's candidates who select the report
option. Students select a problem for the research
report, review Uterature, develop procedures,
and collect data. They are expected to complete
the first three chapters of their research reports
during Seminar 1.
607 Research Project Seminar II (2) Master's
candidates register for this course after completing
Seminar I. In this course, students complete
chapters four and five of the research report. PRE-
REQ: PED 606.
608 Thesis Seminar (3) A course for the student
who selects the thesis option. The candidate
selects a topic, reviews the literature, develops pro-
cedures, and prepares a proposal acceptable to
the thesis committee. They then register for PED
610.
609 Independent Study and Special Projects
(1-3) Students select independent study projects
and develop proposals. These projects may be
in support of students' research or related to their
vocations. The proposals must be accepted and
approved by the coordinator of graduate studies in
the semester prior to registration for independent
study.
610 Thesis (3) Students must register for the
thesis after completion of PED 608. One additional
enrollment in PED 610 may be allowed with the
approval of the graduate coordinator.
611-612 Intern Study (3) (3) For the MSA.
student in athletic administration who needs or
desires practical experience in administering
athletic programs. CThe student may elect 3-6
credits of internship experience.)
613 Athletic Management (3) Provides an over-
view of the management responsibilides of the spon
administrator, including the planning of staiEng,
directing, and controlling the sport enterprise.
Emphasis will be placed on persomiel, financial,
facility management, and public reladons.
650 The Child and Physical Education
(3) Contributions of physical education to a child's
physical, social, emotional, and intellectual
growth and to developmental needs and interests.
The influences of various activities on growth
and development.
660 History and Philosophy of Safety Educa-
tion and Principles of Accident Prevention (3)
The safety movement in the United States and
other countries. The place of safety education in
modem hving; philosophies of safety-education
leaders; accident causation and prevention (their
research imphcadons). Background for administer-
ing school, civil defense, and emeigency safety
programs.
661 Contemporary Practices and Program
Evaluation in Safety Education (3) Current
practices, evaluation of programs, and research of
current literature in safety education. Techniques
for selecting, constructing, and using instruments
for evaluating safety-education programs.
Problem-solving projects.
662 Problems in Traffic and Driver Educadon
(3) Contemporary curriculum and current
practices in driver and traffic education, enforce-
ment of traffic laws and regulations, and
engineering problems. Problem-solving projects.
663 Psychology in Safety Education and
Accident Prevention (3) Effects of unconscious
determinism, habits, attitudes, individual adjust-
ment, motivation, and personality on accident
causation. Research impUcations explored.
680 Scientific Principles of Coaching (3) Recent
trends in theories and techniques of teaching
sports. Mechanical principles of efficient move-
ment. Research related to competitive perfor-
mance. Specialists serve as guest panelists.
681 Advanced Exercise Physiology (3) Clinical
and hboratory use of exercise in e\-aluating,
maintaining, and modifying human physiological
processes: growth development, metabolism and
weight control; and cardiovascular and respiratory
functions in health and disease; and neuromus-
cular integration and performance. Stress physiol-
ogy and training and conditioning.
682 Biodynamics of Human Performance (3)
Physiology of the active, vital organism. Scientific
findings conceming human performance, espe-
cially under stress, and accompanying physiolog-
ical adjustments.
683 Comparative Physical Education (3)
Comparative study of programs outside the United
States. Current philosophies, principles, and
practices.
684 Sport and Society (3) Using a historical
context, a model of the role of sport in a variety
of societal environments will be constructed.
Emphasis will be placed on the view of sport as
a form of human expression that reflects the
current \'alue stmcture of a particular society.
685 Women's Exercise and Sports (3) The
physiological, psychological, and sociological
effects of exercise and spon on women.
686 Organization and Management of Adult
Fitness Programs: Clinic/Seminar (3) An in-
depth analysis and practical experience in
organizing and managing adult fitness programs.
690 Exercise and the Older Adult A course
designed to prepare professionals to assess fitness
levek of persons over the age of 50 and
scientifically design exercise and fitness programs
to meet the specffic needs of the older participant.
SERVICE COURSES
The following courses are open to students in all
curricula, with no prerequisite in health or
physical education required:
PED 550, 551, 552, 560, 561, 570, 577, 580.
581, 585, 605, 650, 660, 661, 662, 663, 680, and
682.
Physical Science
(Interdepartmental)
Dr. Pritchard (Geology and Astronomy) and Dr. Magnuson
(Chemistry), Program Coordinators
Program of Study
An interdepanmental master's degree program is offered by
the departments of Chemistry, and Geology and Astronomy.
The program may be adopted to meet the needs of those who
teach, plan to pursue graduate studies in other institutions, or
prepare for careers in the physical sciences.
Leading to the Master of Arts degree, the program makes it
possible for students to plan a sequence of studies meeting
their individual needs. This may be accomplished either
through selections from each of the disciplines or by
concentrating in one of them.
Admission Requirements
Students entering the program are normally expected to have a
bachelor's degree in science or science education and, if teaching in
the public schools, a valid teaching certificate.
Political Science
MASTER OF ARTS IN PHYSICAL SCIENCE
(34 semester hours)
Students majoring in this program must take 34 semester hours of
course work and successfully complete a comprehensive examination.
Those taking their courses in the Department of Geology and
Astronomy will be expected to complete a six-hour thesis as part of
the required 34 semester hours.
This program is developed, under advisement, from course selections
in chemistry, physics, mathematics, geology, astronomy, and science
education. Normally, course work is restricted to these areas.
However, exceptions may be made under special circumstances.
Consult with the appropriate department graduate coordinator.
Near the end of the program, the student must pass a comprehensive
examination that will demonstrate subject matter knowledge, as
well as an abihty to observe, analyze, integrate, synthesize, and
understand the broad physical concepts related to the course of study.
Consult with the appropriate department.
For descriptions of course ofTerings, see the sections covering the
departments of Chemistry, Geology and Astronomy, and Mathematics
and Computer Science.
Political Science
207 Ruby Jones Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2343
Dr. Weislogel, Chairperson
Mr. Burton, Public Administration; Advisor
Dr. Milne, Director, M.S. in Administration; Coordinator of
Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
Robert J. Marbach, Ph.D., Temple University
James S. Milne, Ph.D., Temple University
John C. Shea, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
William F. Bums, M.A., Case Western Reserve University
A. Wayne Burton, M.A., University of Pennsylvania
David S. Eldredge, A.M.T., Harvard University
Lawrence V. lacono, M.Ed., West Chester University
Bhim Sandhu, Ph.D., University of Missouri
James G. Smith, Ph.D., Indiana University
Louis F. Weislogel, Ed.D., Nova University
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
Yury Polsky, Ph.D., University of Michigan
Programs of Study
The Department of Political Science offers programs leading
to the Master of Arts in political science, and the Master of
Science in Administration with a concentration in public
administration. The latter is an interdisciplinary degree
described in the section on the Master of Science in Adminis-
tration. The Master of Arts in political science is designed for
persons active in education, government, pohtics, commerce,
or industry, as well as for those who vAsh to enrich their
18 semester hours
18 semester hours
cultural background. NOTE: Admissions to the M.A. program
are suspended until further notice.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ADMINISTRATION
Concentration in Public Administration
(36 semester hours)
Required: Administration Core
ADM 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, and 506 or 507
Option 1: Public Administration Core*
Focus on state and local government
ADM 500 Methods and Materials of Research (3)
ADM 600 Research Report (3)
GEO 525 Urban and Regional Planning (3)
GEO 527 Planning Law and Organization (3)
PSC 544 American Public Policy (3)
PSC 549 Politics of Bureaucracy and Administrative Behavior (3)
or
Option 2: Individually Contracted Public
Administration Core* 18 semester hours
Specialized focus, taken under advisement, to meet the student's
career goals and needs
ADM 500 Methods and Materials of Research (3)
ADM 600 Research Report (3)
PSC 544 American Public Policy (3)
PSC 549 Politics of Bureaucracy and Administrative Behavior (3)
Elective (3)
Elective (3)
The objective of option 2 is to allow students to select courses from
University graduate programs to tailor a program suitable to their
career goals or specialized needs.
Both concentration options allow for an internship experience CADM
612 Internship) of 3-6 semester hours, depending on prior student
preparation. Students with little or no organizational work experience
may be required to successfully complete ADM 612 as an additional
3-6 hours in the concentration.
A comprehensive examination in the concentration is required.
The examination will be based on core and concentration course
work.
POUTICAL SCIENCE
Symbol: PSC/PAD
515 Women in Politics (3) The role of women
in politics is surveyed. Considerations include
the relationship between the sexes as it has an
impact on politics.
525 The American Presidency (3) Analysis of
the presidency, stressing its evolution into a
modem institution and the contemporary behav-
ioral aspects of the office. Personality, power,
and campaign strategy in conjunction with
•Students with undergraduate majors tn political
science may be permitted, under advisement,
to substitute appropriate courses.
presidential relations with the executive branch.
Congress, courts, and the media.
531 Modem Political Theory (3) Critical
analysis of enduring political problems as seen
primarily in the writings of theorists from Machi-
avelli to the present; basic concepts of political
science; theories concerning the proper role of the
state in society.
532 International Relations (3) Factors motivat-
ing the actions of nations; machinery evolved by
nation states for effecting their various policies.
Methods of diplomacy, international law, and
international organization.
533 Congressional Politics (3) The politics of,
and the legislative process in. Congress. Internal
influences on the Congressional performance,
such as rules, norms, and behavior, and external
influences including the executive branch and
interest groups.
534 American Political Parties (3) Patterns,
functions, and history of the American political
party system at national, sute, and local levels.
Theoretical and empirical studies of political
interest groups, public opinion, and voting
behavior.
540 American Constitutional Law (3) Evolution
of constitutional law through study of the leading
decisions of the Supreme Coun and their
significance for the American govemmental
system.
Ps>'chology
541 Ladn American Culture and Politics (3)
Comparative analysis of contemporary Latin-
American systems. Stress of political culture,
decision making, ideologies, and political pro-
cesses.
542 Dynamics of Public Opinion and Political
Behavior (3) The political role and style of
masses and elites; uses and abuses of polls,
political socialization, voting behavior, campaign-
ing, and media. Understanding individual opin-
ion formation (micro) and mass publics (macro).
544 American Public Policy (3) Survey of
literature; examination of approaches; discussion
of concepts and issues in the field of American
politics and policy processes.
548 The Communist Powers (3) Comparative
study of various Communist systems, particularly
the U.S.S.R. and China. Elite-mass relationships;
role of Mandsm-Leninism; party, economic, and
political structures. Secondary attendon to
Eastern Europe, Cuba, and nonruling parties.
549 Politics of Bureaucracy and Administrative
Behavior (3) In-depth examination of the fourth
branch of government. Impact of administrative
apparatus (bureaucracy) on public policy formu-
lation and implementation in the United States.
551 The PoUtics of Non-Western Areas (3)
Problems of nation building, poUtical participa-
tion, and elite-mass relationships in the less
developed nations. Latin American, Asian, or
African nadons may be stressed as a case study.
552 Qvil Liberties and CivU Rights (3) Analysis
of constitutional rights and governmental atti-
tudes with respect to civil Ubernes. Emphasis on
case-study method and role playing.
560 The PoUtics of Revolution (3) Synthesis of
research, concepts, and theories of revolution.
Stress on the meaning, causes, phases, and
ideologies of revolution. Contemporary move-
ments emphasized.
PAD 561 State and Local Government (3)
Examination of the organization, functions, and
politics of state and local government, including
analysis of politics in states, counties, cities, and
towns in urban, suburban, and rural areas. Inter-
governmental relations in education, transporta-
tion, and welfare policy are examined.
PAD 563 Urban Government (3) Structures
and processes of central city and suburban
government are considered. Examines patterns
and trends in government organization and
administration, as well as related sources of
conflict in urban decision making, e.g., the
urbanization process, race and class antagonism,
and city-suburban perspectives.
PAD 573 American Intergovernmental Rela-
tions (3) Designed to familiarize students with the
complex network of conflict, cooperation, and
interdependence among national, state, and local
government units. Topic areas include an
analysis of continuing evolution of American
federalism, an examination of this relationship
from state and city government perspectives, and
a description of specific intergovernmental fiscal
programs and policies.
590 Independent Studies in Political Science
(1-3) Research projects, reports, and readings in
political science. PREREQ: Approval of depart-
ment chairperson.
ADMINISTRAnON
SymboltADM
500 Methods and Materials of Reseaich (3)
Logic of scientific methodology research design
construction. Stress on hypothesis development
and testing, data collection, measurement prob-
lems, and theory application.
600 Research Report (3)
610 ThesU (3)
612 Internship (3-6) Intensive field placement
in organization under faculty guidance and
supervision. Precontracted learning objectives.
Psychology
114 Rosedale Ave.
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2945
Dr. Pollak, Chairperson
Dr. Duncan, Assistant Chairperson
Dr. Kumar, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
Mary E. Crawford, Ph.D., University of Delaware
Phillip Duncan, Ph.D., University of Florida
V. Krishna Kumar, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison
Roberts. Means, Ph.D., University of Alabama
Samuel F. Moore, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
Walena C. Morse, Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
Edward I. Pollak, Ph.D., University of Connecticut
Jack Porter, Ed.D., Temple University
Louis H. Porter, Ph.D., Howard University
Harold R. Sands, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Edward D. Smith, Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
Thomas Treadwell, Ed.D., Temple University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
Robert R. Shinehouse, M.A., Temple University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Arvid Bloom, Ph.D., Colorado State University
Darlene DeSantis, Ph.D., University of Connecticut
Deborah Mahlstedt, Ph.D., Temple University
Deanne L. Zotter, Ph.D., Kent State University
Programs of Study
Two degree programs are offered by the Department of
Psycholog)'. One leads to the Master of Arts in psychology;
the second to the Master of Science in Administration with a
concentration in psychology. Within the MA. in psychology,
concentrations are offered in clinical psychology, industrial/
organizational psychology, general psychology, and group
psychotherapy/processes.
Admission Requirements
The minimum admission standards for the Department of Psychology
are an undergraduate GPA of 3.0; a psycholog)' GPA for three or
more courses of 3.25; GRE or MAT scores in the 40th percentile or
above; advanced psychology portions of the GRE (undergraduate
psychology majors only), and three letters of reference. An interview
with the Department Admissions Committee may also be required.
Typically, admissions are made on a once-a-year basis with April 15
serving as the application deadline. Students accepted into a
concentration may, with the approval of the Graduate Committee,
transfer to another concentration. A few applicants who do not fuUy
meet the outlined admission requirements may be admitted on a
provisional basis depending on their maturity, relevant work
experiences, and academic promise.
MASTER OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY
(33-51 semester hours)
Several degree options are offered. The Master of Arts degree is offered
with a concentration in clinical psychology for students who wish
to work in a mental health setting or to continue their education at the
doctoral level. A concentration in general ps>xholog>' is offered for
students interested in research, teaching, or in continuing their
graduate studies. The concentration in group psychotherapy/
processes prepares students for professional service in community
mental health/hospital, education, and organizational sj'stems.
Specialized training is provided in group psychotherapy, psycho-
drama, and sociomeny. This program fulfills the eligibility
requirements for certification as a psychodramatist, specified by The
American Board of Examiners in Ps>-chodrama, Sociometry, and
Group Psychotherapy. The Department of Psycholog>' has been
provisionally approved by the American Society of Group Psychother-
apy, Psychodrama, and Sociomeny as an accredited training program
and center in psychodrama. The concentration in industrial/
organizational psychology is designed for students interested in
Psychology
employment in business or industry or for those who wish to continue
their education at the doctoral level in a related area.
In addition, the Department of Psychology has a cooperative
agreement with the school psychology and educational psychology
programs at Pennsylvania State University. Students in the West
Chester University ps>'chology master's degree programs who
qualify' are given early admission consideration to these programs,
and receive credit toward the Ed.D. or the Ph.D. for course work
completed at West Chester University. For details, see the
department's graduate handbook.
Students may have to take one or more courses during the summer
to complete their program. All students who expect to obtain an
M.A. in psychology are required to pass a comprehensive examina-
tion. However, the comprehensive examination will be waived for
those students who elect to write a thesis.
More details about the program are available in the department's
graduate handbook.
Concentration: Clinical Psychology
(40-42 semester hours)
The clinical concentration involves taking 30 semester hours of
required course work: PSY 502, 506, 512, 517, 524, 527, 544, 549,
559, and 595. Students are also required to take the six semester hours
of electives selected from PSY 464, 509, 513, 530, 543, 550, 562,
565, 600, and 610. In addition, a 4-6 semester-hour clinical practi-
cum (PSY 615) is required. Students should make every effort to take
the following core courses first: PSY 502, 506, 512, 517, and 524.
Concentration: General Psychology
(33-36 semester hours)
The following 15 semester hours of course work are required: PSY
502, 506, 512, 517, and 524. All students in this concentration are
required to complete a research repon (PSY 600) and write a thesis
(PSY 610). All students must also complete 15 semester hours of
electives. Subject to approval, six of the elective credits may be taken
from the graduate offerings of other departments. The departmental
courses allowed as electives are PSY 445, 464, 475, 509, 527, 530,
550, 562, and 565 (Note: No more than six semester hours of 400-
level courses are allowed as electives.)
Concentration: Group Psychotherapy/Processes
(45-5 1 semester hours)
The group psychotherapy/processes concentration involves 33
semester hours of required course work (EDC 567, PSY 543, 547,
502, 512, 513, 514, 517, 550, 559, and 595). The smdent must also
complete two of the following courses: PSY 527, 544, 549, or 562.
In addition, a three-semester-hour clinical practicum (PSY 615), for
which the preceding courses serve as prerequisites, is required.
Another requirement is completion of either a thesis (PSY 610) or
research report (PSY 600).
Concentration: Industrial/Organizational Psychology
(36-39 semester hours)
The industrial/organizational concentration includes 2 1 semester hours
of required course work (PSY 502, 506, 524, 560, 562, 563, and 566).
A three-credit internship (PSY 630) and a 3-6 credit research
experience (PSY 600 and/or PSY 610) are also required. In addition,
students must take 3-5 credit elective courses which, in combination
with their internship and research experience, will enable them to
explore a particular aspect of the field in greater depth. The elective
courses maybe taken outside of the Department of Psychology. Courses
restricted to clinical psychology majors cannot be taken as electives.
With careful selection of electives, internship, and research focus,
students will be able to develop specialization in performance analysis
and training, personnel evaluation and placement, or aspects of
group and organizational processes in industriaVorganizational
psychology.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ADMINISTRAHON
Concentration: Psychology
(36 semester hours)
The Department of Psychology participates in an interdisciplinary
degree program leading to a Master of Science in Administration with
a concentration in psychology. Two options are offered in the
psychology concentration. The first option emphasizes personnel
administration. The second allows the student to design an individu-
alized psychology concentration. (See the section describing
Administration.)
Concentration: Training and Development
(36 semester hours)
Training and Development is a concentration within the Master of
Science in Administration program. The thrust of this concentration
is to prepare training and development supervisors who, in turn,
will develop and coordinate "in house" programs/staff development
services for line managers. (See the section describing Administra-
tion.)
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS*
PSYCHOLOGY
Symbol: PSY
501 Introductory Statistics for the Behavioral
Sciences (3) Central tendency, variability,
standard scores, correlation, probability, sampling,
tests of hypotheses, "t" test, chi square, distribution-
free statistics, and introduction to analysis of
variance. PSY 501 is particularly recommended
for those who are weak in, or have not previously
been exposed to, behavioral sciences statistics.
502 Advanced Statistics for Beha\ioral Sciences
(3) This course covers inferential statistical
techniques with emphasis on application to
research in psychology and related areas. PRE-
REQ: PSY 501 or equivalent.
•All courses in the Department of Psychology
are restricted to those students who have been
admitted to a degree program by the Department
of Psychology, or to those who have received
special permission to register for a course from
the Department of Psychology graduate coordina-
tor.
506 Theories of Learning (3) Survey and critical
review of existing theories of learning and the
relevant research data.
509 Advanced Social Psychology (3)
Emphasizes contemporary approaches to the study
of social behavior including cognitive, social,
and experimental and quasi-experimental research
methodology.
512 Psychology of Personality (3) The interac-
tion and effects of forces that influence personal-
ity development. Normal and neurotic develop-
ment are contrasted. Principles of personality
measurement are explored.
513 Theory and Practice of Psychodrama (3)
This course introduces theory and practice of
psychodrama as a psychotherapeutic modality,
emphasizing psychodramatic and sociometric
techniques. It gives each person a chance to
participate in using sociometry and psychodrama
techniques and integrates the theoretical with
the applied components of psychodrama.
514 Theory and Practice of Psychodrama I!
(3) Continuation of PSY 513 at an advanced level
with emphasis on clinical sociometry, the social
atom concept, auxlliaiy ego techniques, and
directing. Instruction will include both didactic
and experiential modes.
517 Psychopathology (3) Advanced study of
abnormal human behavior and a description of
pertinent types, including symptoms, causes, and
treatment. Current and recent theoretical ap-
proaches and research findings relevant to the
etiology and treatment of these disorders. PRE-
REQ: An undergraduate course in abnormal
psychology and PSY 512, or equivalents, or
permission of instructor.
524 Psychometrics(3) A survey of measurement
theory in psychology with emphasis on the logic
of measurement, scaling models, statistical
methods, construction of valid and reliable
measures. PREREQ: PSY 501. PSY 512 is recom-
mended.
526 Program E\'aluation (3) A survey of
procedures for planning and c\'aluating programs
in psychology, education, government services,
health and welfare, etc. Topics include needs
analysis, statement of objectives, definition and
verification of treatment, operational measures,
evaluation design, analysis/interpretation of data,
and report writing. Case studies of evaluation
from a variety of disciplines will be reviewed.
Social Work
527 Behavior Modification (3) Application of
learning principles and environmental control to
behavior change. Foundation principles, tech-
niques, and assessment methods of modification.
PREREQ: PSY 506 or equivalent.
530 Human Sexual Behavior (3) The study of
those variables under which human sexual
behavior functions. Research from sociological
and medical studies is integrated with psycholog-
ical knowledge.
543 Psychology of Group Processes (3) Survey
of psychological group processes, tracing the
origins and historical development of the major
theoretical orientations.
544 Individual Psychometric Techniques:
Wechsler and Binet Scales (3) Historical develop-
ment, administration, scoring, and interpretation
of the Wechsler and Binet scales. PREREQ: PSY
501 and PSY 524 or equivalent. By permission only
(usually restricted to clinical psychology majors).
547 Human Intimacy (3) A smdy of processes and
factors in establishing, maintaining, and terminating
relationships via the use of group methods.
549 Projective Techniques and Personality
Testing (3) History and theory of personality
testing. Introduction to administration, scoring,
and interpretation of projective techniques. PRE-
REQ: PSY 517 or equivalent, and PSY 524.
Clinical psychology majors, or others with
permission of instructor.
550 Seminar in Psychology (1-3) Selected
problems in psychology. Subject announced in
advance of each semester. Offered on demand.
559 Psychotherapy (3) Theoretical consider-
ations, principles, techniques, and problems
involved in counseling and ps>'chotherapy. Usually
restricted to clinical psychology majors. PRE-
REQ: PSY 512 and 517 or equivalents.
560 Industrial Psychology (3) Application of
individual differences, learning, and aptitudes to
fiinctions such as personnel selection, placement,
training, and evaluation.
562 Organizational Psychology (3) Focus on
the relation between the indi\'idual and the
organization. Elements of the organization that
affect behavior are considered. Research designs
appropriate to individual cases are presented.
563 Performance Analysis (3) An
accomplishment-based approach to the analysis
of human performance. Topics include measure-
ment and analysis of performance opportunities
and strategies for improving performance.
564 Human Factors (3) Methods and results of
experimental psychology pertinent to man-
machine relationship problems. Workplace design,
systems approach, control and display, and man-
in-space challenges are considered.
565 Psychology of Women (3) A study of
behaviors and experiences of women; biological,
cultural, interpersonal, and intrapersonal determi-
nants of women's actions, thoughts, and feelings
are explored.
566 Seminar in Industrial/Organizational
Psychology (3) Recent technical, legal, social, and
ethical aspects of the field are covered. Af&rma-
tive action and assessment, equal opportunity,
minorities and women in the work force, and
other pertinent issues are emphasized.
567 Training and Psychology (3) An overview
of the training process in organizations. Topics
range from needs analysis to evaluation of training
programs.
590 Independent Studies in Psychology
(1-3) Research projects, reports, and readings in
psychology. PREREQ: Approval of department
graduate coordinator.
595 Clinical Psychology (3) Survey of dinical
techniques used in assessment and treatment of
personality disorders. Restricted to psychology
majors. PREREQ: PSY 512 and 517.
600 Research Repon (3) An original review of
the literature. ••
610 Thesis (3-6) An original empirical study.
PREREQ: PSY 502 and permission of instructor. • •
615 Clinical Practicum in Psychology US)
Supervised professional participation in appUed
psychological activities, or projects in cooperating
agencies and institutions. PREREQ: PSY 502,
506, 512, 517, 524. 544. 559. and 595. Restricted
to clinical psychology majors and recommenda-
tion of graduate clinical faculty."
620 Practicum in School Psychology
(3-15) Supervised experience as a school
psychologist. Offered for students seeking out-of-
state certification as a school psychologist. (West
Chester University does not presentiy offer a
program leading to certification as a school
psychologist in the Commonwealth of Permsylva-
nia.) Restricted to psychology majors.
630 Internship in Industrial/Organizational
Psychology (3) Supervised professional participa-
tion in applied psychological activities within a
business or organizational setting. PREREQ:
Permission of instructor.
The following 400-level course is frequently
taken for graduate credit.
445 Organizational Development (3) Major
theoretical, research, and applied issues in organi-
zational diagnosis and change. Class sessions are
experimentally oriented.
These additional 400-level courses may be taken
for elective graduate credit with the permission
of the course instructor and the student's program
advisor, and/or the Department of Psychology
graduate coordinator PSY 435 (Animal Behavior).
450 (Motivation), 461 (AppUed Psychology), 462
(History and Systems of Psychology), 464
(Physiological Psychology), 470 (Sensory and
Perceptual Processes), 475 (Cognitive Psychology),
482 (Developmental Psychology II - Infancy and
Childhood), 483 (Developmental Psychology III —
Adolescence), 484 (Developmental Psychology
IV— Adulthood and Aging), and 490 (Topical
Seminar in Psychology).
Descriptions of these courses can be found in the
current West Chester University Undergraduate
Catalog.
Requirements in addition to those existing for
undergraduates are imposed for any 400-level
course taken for graduate credit.
• 'While work on these courses may be completed
any semester, students are encouraged to enroll
for them during the summer sessions. Courses
may be cancelled or the semester changed as
required by enrollment. Summer courses depend
on adequate enrollment.
Reading — See Childhood Studies and Reading
Secondary Education — See Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
Social Work
206 McCoy Center
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2527
Ms. Joyner, Chairperson
Ms. Hodgins, Graduate Coordinator
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Charlotte E. Bartlett, M.S.S., Bryn Mawr College
Sally A. Ross, M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Cheryl Hodgins, M.S.W., University of Texas
Mildred Joyner, M.S.W., Howard University
Robert B. McCutcheon, M.S.W, Rutgers School of Social Work
David I. Siegel, D.S.W, Columbia University
Susanne Wieder, M.S.W, Smith College
The department offers graduate courses in social work on a
limited basis to graduate students from other areas as well as
to advanced undergraduate majors and nonmajors.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ADMINISTRATION
Concentration: Social Work
The Department of Social Work no longer accepts students in an
Interdisciplinary degree program leading to a Master of Science in
Administration with a concentration in social work. See Administra-
tion, page 21. Students admitted into the program before January
1991 will take the following courses to complete their degree:
CURRICULUM
1. Administration Core 18 semester hours
ADM 501 Administration Theory and Environment (3)
ADM 502 Computers for Managers (3)
ADM 503 Accounting for Administrators (3)
ADM 504 Communication for Administrators (3)
Special Education
ADM 505 Organizing Human Resources (3)
ADM 506 Budgeting and Fiscal Management (3) or
ADM 507 Liability for Managers
2. Social Work Core 18 semester hours
SWO 520 Theory for Social Work Practice (3)
(or elective if B.S.W.)
SWO 523 Supervision and StaET Development (3)
SWO 531 Program Development (3)
SWO 532 Social Legislation (3)
SWO 550 Internship (3)
SWO 552 Social Work Seminar (3)
NOTE: A substitute elective for an above course may be taken with
permission of the coordinator. Comprehensive exams in
social work will be required. Students with less than two years
of social work experience will need to do an additional
placement assignment in conjunction with SWO 520, Theory
of Social Work Practice.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
SOCL\L WORK
S>'mbol: SWO
520 Theory for Social Work Practice (3) A
survey of various psychological/sociological theo-
ries with emphasis on their appUcation to social
work practice.
523 Supervision and Staff Development
(3) Basic concepts of supervision as a medium
for instruction and staff development with an
emphasis on the skill of supervision.
531 Program Development (3) A study of
current funding streams and the techniques of
proposal development.
532 Social Legislation (3) Analysis of social
welfare policy with an emphasis on social change.
550 Internship (3) The application and integra-
tion of theoretical concepts and the development
of professional skills in a social agency in
administrative practice, which arc approved by
the field coordinator.
552 Social Work Seminar (3) Students will
meet in a weekly two and a half-hour practicura
for the integration of theory and practice
experience.
NOTE; Individualized programs are designed to
meet the students' needs.
Sociology— See Anthropology and Sociology
Special Education
309 Recitation Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2579
Ms. Nickles, Chairperson
Dr. Zlotowski, Graduate Coordinator
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
Martin Zlotowski, Ph.D., Michigan State University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Judith S. Finkel, Ph.D., Union Graduate School
Maiy LaCoste, Ed.D., University of New Orleans
Deborah A. Nickles, M.S., SjTaciise University
Programs of Study
The Special Education Department ofifers programs leading
to the Master of Education in special education and
certification in special education. These programs are open
to teachers and other professionals interested in this field.
THE MASTER OF EDUCATION PROGRAM ALONE DOES NOT
LEAD TO LEVEL I CERTIFICATION IN SPECIAL EDUCATION.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SPECL\L EDUCATION
All candidates must meet the general requirements for admission to
a degree program at West Chester University, listed under
Admission.
The following items should be returned with the completed
application form to the OEfice of Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research:
1. A copy of the applicant's Pennsylvania Instructional I Certificate
2. An extended statement describing the applicant's interests, needs, and
goals, including the applicant's interest in taking graduate study
3. Evidence of an acceptable score on the Miller Analogies Test
Applicants must arrange for interviews with two members of the
Special Education Department. Arrangements are made through the
department secretary.
Failure to complete any of these application requirements will result
in provisional matriculation status and will limit the number of
courses the student may take.
Degree Requirements
1. The student must apply to be admitted to candidacy after the
completion of 12 credit hours of work at West Chester Univer-
sity, including EDF 510 and two courses from the Special
Education Program. Grade point averages must be consistent with
standards required in graduate studies at West Chester.
2. The student must pass a comprehensive examination after the
completion of a minimum of 24 semester hours of work or a
maximum of 30 semester hours. The student must file a written
request with both the chairperson and the graduate coordinator to
take the examination. The request should be filed no later than
two weeks prior to the date of the examination. The examination
may be taken rwice, but a semester interv'al is required between
failure and reexamination. A student who fails the examination
twice must obtain approval of the department to take it a third
and final time.
3. The student must complete all degree requirements with a
cumulative average of 3.0 in areas II and III, with an overall GPA
of 2.75.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SPECL\L EDUCAHON
Program Description
The program is offered on a thesis or nonthesis basis:
Option A: (30 semester hours plus thesis)
The student will complete nine hours in Area I, 12 hours in
Area II, nine hours in Area III, and EDA 591.
Option B: (36 semester hours)
The student will complete nine hours in Area I, 15 hours in
Area II, and 12 hours in Area III.
Teaching English as a Second Language
Area I — Professional Education
EDF 500 Methods and Materials of Research in Education (3)
EDF 510 Educational Foundations (3)
EDP 550 Advanced Educational Psychology (3)
Area II — Special Education
EDA 501 Prescriptive Teaching (3)
EDA 541 Psychology of Exceptional Children (3)
EDA 573 Developmental Assessment of Children with Learning
Disabilities (3)
EDA 580 Current Issues and Trends (3)
EDA 581 Practicum: Special Education (3) (required in
Option B)
EDA 591 Thesis and Research (6) (required in Option A)
Area III — Concentration
Students will select an area of concentration under advisement The
concentration will consist of approved courses from one of
the following areas:
The Arts
Communication Disorders
Counseling
Instructional Media
Physical Education
Psychology
Criminal Justice
Educational Research
Elementary Education
Areas
Health Education
Reading
Secondary Education
Special Education
Urban Education
Student Designed Concentration
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
SPECL\L EDUCATION
Symbol; EDA
The following courses maybe taken as elecdves
by anyone in a graduate program, subject to
approval Grom the department and the student's
chairperson.
500 Mainstreaming for Exceptional Students
(3) Designed to acquaint classroom teachers with
special education students who may be spending
some portion of the day in a regular setting.
Current regulations and ways of meeting educa-
tional needs will be reviewed.
501 Prescriptive Teaching (3) An attempt to
guide the teacher to an awareness of the methods
by which medical, psychological, behavioral, and
academic diagnosis may be convened into
relevant educational terms, providing for adequate
follow through on specific recommendations.
PREREQ: EDA 573.
502 Nature and Needs of the Gifted and
Talented (3) Definition, identification, and enu-
meration of the characteristics of the gifted child,
with emphasis on the need to provide effective
and innovative means of meeting educadonal
needs. Special attention devoted to understanding
the nature and problems of the gifted under-
achiever.
540 Workshop in Special Education (4) An
intensive program of observation and instruction
of mentally retarded or physically handicapped
children. Instructional experience with handi-
capped children is combined with lecture, dem-
onstration, films, guest speakers, and case study.
Primarily for in-service teachers. PREREQ:
Permission of coordinator.
541 Psychology of Exceptioiul Children
(3) Psychology of children whose intellectual,
physical, social, and/or emotional characterisdcs
are significantly deviant from those of children
whose needs are met through normal educational
routes.
542 Developmental Disabilities (3) Focus on
the concept of developmental disabihties including
etiology, manifestations, and identification.
Genetic, psychosocial, and environmental factors
are considered.
544 Classroom Management (3) Exploration of
current practices in the management and
modification of behavior. The professional's role
in achieving a Isetter basis for meaningful
communication with the special child. Problems
that may interfere with tocher effectiveness are
discussed.
560 Administration and Supervision of Special
Education I (3) An introduction to special
education training. Concepts and practices pre-
sented will be those unique to the field of special
education.
561 Administration and Supervision of Special
Education II (3) This course is intended to
develop an understanding of the principles and
practices used in supervision, emphasizing
individual and group processes.
562 Supervision Practicum: Special Education
(3) This course is designed to provide pracnce
for those skills gained through course work tliat
are necessary for successful performance. This
practicum will be conducted in an educational
facihty and assessed by administrative and
supervisory personnel.
571 Childhood Learning Disabilities (3) The
study and education of the child with perceptual
problems and/or minimal brain damage.
572 The Emotionally Disturbed Child (3) A
study of abnormal and atypical behaviors exhibited
by disturbed children, with emphasis on environ-
mental contingencies and implications. Interven-
don and prevention strategies will be discussed.
573 Developmental Assessment of Children
with learning Disabihties (3) Diagnostic proce-
dures and subsequent educational prescriptions
useful with children experiencing learning
difficulties. PREREQ: EDA 541 or equiva-
lent.
580 Current Issues and Trends (3) Current
trends, problems, and issues in special education,
teacher education, research, and administration
will be explored. Emerging concepts relating to
special education and exceptional children will
be emphasized.
581 Practicum: Special Education (3) Intended
to provide the student an opportunity to put
skills gained through course work into practice
imder supervision from the department Weekly
seminar required.
590 Independent Study (1-3)
591 Thesis and Research (6) This course will
provide the student the opportunity to learn how
to evaluate and interpret published research, to
conduct a critical research review, and to develop
and produce an original research paper. Offered
on a rwo-semester basis with each part carrying
three credits. PREREQ: EDF 500.
Teaching English as a Second Language
550 Main Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2898
Dr. Godfrey, Program Coordinator
Diane O. Casagrande, Professor (Communication Studies)
W Stephen Croddy, Professor (Philosophy)
Dennis L. Godfrey, Assistant Professor (English)
John T. Kelly, Associate Professor (English)
Garrett Molholt, Assistant Professor (English)
Cheri L Micheau, Assistant Professor (TESL and Linguistics)
Paul A. Stoller, Associate Professor (Anthropology)
Program of Study
The Master of Arts in Teaching Enghsh as a Second Language
is an interdisciplinary program contributed to by the depart-
ments of Anthropology and Sociology, English, Foreign
Languages, Philosophy, and Communication Studies. The
program is designed for those preparing to teach English to
students whose first language is not English. Students wishing
to enter the program must consult the coordinator.
Women's Studies
Admission Requirements
In addition to meeting the general requirements for a master's degree
at West Chester, the candidate must (1) present an acceptable
baccalaureate degree, which includes at least 24 semester hours in
the area of English/foreign languages/linguistics, at least six semester
hours in the area of anthropology/psychology/sociology, and a course
in teaching reading (which may be uken as a program elective if
it is lacking); (2) take the verbal and quantitative tests of the Graduate
Record Examination or the Miller Analogies Test if deemed
necessary; (3) demonstrate adequate proficiency in a foreign language
if the student is a native speaker of English, or adequate proficiency
in English if the student is a nonnative speaker of English; and (4)
fulfill the course requirements and pass a written and/or oral
comprehensive examination, offered on the second Wednesday of
October and March.
MA. IN TEACHING ENGUSH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE OESU
(33 semester hours)
Required Courses 24 semester hours
ENG 575, 576, 577; IAN 500. 502. 503; LIN 501. 503
Students submitting equivalent courses for any of the above may
substitute, under advisement, courses from the groups below.
Electivcs 9 semester hours
Selected from the groups below. At least one course must be selected
from Group 1.
Group 1: ENG 579; UN 540, 555, and 580
Group 2: ENG 578, 589, and 590; LAN 504. 505, 580, 590. 600.
and 610; UN 504, 505, 512, and 590; PHI 506 and 523; SPC 515
With the approval of the coordinators, students wishing to acquire
certification in English while enrolled in this program may use up to
six hours of electives for this purpose. Students who have completed
a minimum of 24 semester hours in approved courses are eligible
for a certificate in TESL.
For descriptions of courses under this program. TESL. see English
(ENG). Foreign Languages (IAN), Linguistics (LIN), Philosophy
(PHI), and Communication Studies (SPC).
Theatre — See Communication Studies
Women's Studies
211 Main Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
(215) 436-2464
Dr. Schlau, Coordinator
Helen Berger, Assistant Professor (Anthropology and
Sociology)
Mary Ann Bums-Dufly, Assistant Professor (Library Services)
Diane Casagrande, Professor (Communication Studies)
Mary E. Crawford, Professor (Psychology)
Anne Dzamba, Professor (History)
Celia Esplugas. Assistant Professor (Foreign Languages)
Robin Garrett, Assistant Professor (Nursing); Director,
Women's Center
Jane Jeffrey, Assistant Professor (English)
Patricia Johnson, Professor (History)
Mary A. Keetz, Professor (Childhood Studies and Reading)
Elizabeth Larsen, Associate Professor (English)
Deborah Mahlstedt, Assistant Professor (Psychology)
Mary McCuUough, Assistant Professor (Communication
Studies)
Lynette F. McGrath, Professor (English)
Patricia Patrick, Assistant Professor (Educational Services)
Ruth Porritt, Assistant Professor (Philosophy)
Geetha Ramanathan, Assistant Professor (English)
Arlene Rengert, Professor (Geography and Planning)
Stacey Schlau, Assistant Professor (Foreign Languages)
Mary Stieber, Associate Professor (Art)
Richard J. Webster, Professor (History); Coordinator,
American Studies
Program of Study
The Women's Studies Program consists of an interrelated
group of courses offered in both arts and sciences and
professional studies. Graduate courses include:
ECO 503 Women and Economics
EDE 589 Humanizing Teaching and Learning
ENG 523 Shakespeare's Sisters: Renaissance Women Writers
ENG 565 Women and Film
ENG 568 20th-century Women Poets
ENG 580 Women Writing
PRE 509 Women and Men in French Uterature
FED 685 Women and Sport
PSC 515 Women in PoUtics
PSY 565 Psychology of Women
SWO 521 Social Group Work With Women in Transition
WOS 530 Women in Leadership: Critical Issues
WOS 531 Management of Leadership: Laboratory Course
WOS 533 The Woman Executive: Research Seminar
Graduate students may also pursue a Master of Science in
Administration degree with a concentration in "Leadership for
Women." This concentration involves six courses in adminis-
trative skill areas and six additional courses which enable the
student to develop a mode of leadership appropriate to
workplaces in which access to organizational power is
inequitable for sexes of equal training and talent. See the
sections "Leadership for Women" and "Master of Science in
Administration" for further information.
Guide to Course Prefixes
Because many program descriptions
EDX
Counselor, Secondary and Profes-
MUE
Music Education
refer i
to courses offered by other depart-
sional Education
MWJ
Music Theory and Composition
ments
;, the following guide to course
ELB
Instrumental Music
MWP
Keyboard Music
prefix
:es is provided.
ELO
Instrumental Music
MWS
Keyboard Music
ACC
Accounting
ENG
English
NSG
Nursing
ADM
Administration, Leadership for
ESL
Geology and Astronomy
NSL
Nursing
Women
ESS
Geology and Astronomy
ORG
Keyboard Music
AER
Aerospace Studies
FIN
Economics
PAD
Government and Planning
Physical Education
ANT
ARH
Anthropology and Sociology
Art
FLM
English
PEA
ART
Art
ERE
Foreign Languages
PEC
Instrumental Music
ASA
American Studies
GEO
Geography and Planning
PED
Physical Education
ASH
History, American Studies
GER
Foreign Languages
PEL
Physical Education
BEN
Instrumental Music
GRE
Foreign Languages
PEN
Instrumental Music
BE.
Biology
HAR
Keyboard Music
PHE
Geology and Astronomy
BIO
Biology
HEA
Health
PHI
Philosophy
BLA
Business Administration
HEB
Foreign Languages
PHL
Physics
BRC
Instrumental Music
HIS
History
PHR
Physics
BUS
Economics
HON
Honors Program
PHS
Physics
CBA
Instrumental Music
HPE
Physical Education
PHY
Physics and Pre-Engineering
CHE
Chemistry
HTR
Health
PIA
Keyboard Music
CHO
Vocal/Choral Music
HUM
Women's Studies
POR
Foreign Languages
CIS
Comparative Literature Studies,
ICO
Instrumental Music
PSC
Government and Planning
English
IND
Geology and Astronomy
PSY
Psychology
COR
Instrumental Music
INS
Instrumental Music
PWP
English
CRJ
Criminal Justice
ITA
Foreign Languages
RES
Counselor, Secondary and Profes-
CRL
Chemistry
JEN
Insti-umental Music
sional Education
CSC
Mathematical Sciences
JRN
English
RUS
Foreign Languages
DRC
Instrumental Music
KEN
Keyboard Music
SBA
Instrumental Music
ECE
Childhood Studies and Reading
LAN
Foreign Languages
SCB
Biology
ECO
Economics
LAT
Foreign Languages
sec
Chemistry
EDA
Special Education
LEN
English
SCE
Geology and Astronomy
EDC
Counselor, Secondary and Profes-
UN
Foreign Languages
SEN
Instrumental Music
sional Education
LIT
English
SOC
Anthropology and Sociology
EDE
Childhood Studies and Reading
LPN
Philosophy
SPA
Foreign Languages
EDF
Counselor, Secondary and Profes-
MAB
Instrumental Music
SPC
Communication Studies
sional Education
MAC
Keyboard Music
SPP
Communicative Disorders
EDG
Childhood Studies and Reading
MAK
Keyboard Music
SSC
Social Studies, Ethnic Studies, Peace
EDH
Counselor, Secondary and Profes-
MAP
Instrumental Miwic
and Conflict Studies
sional Education
MAS
Instrumental Music
SX\
Mathematical Sciences
EDM
Instructional Media
MAT
Mathematical Sciences
STC
Instrumental Music
EDO
Counselor, Secondary and Profes-
MAW
Instrumental Music
SWO
Social Work
sional Education
MGT
Business Administration
SYO
Instrumental Music
EDP
Counselor, Secondary and Profes-
MHL
Music History
THA
Theatre Arts
sional Education
MIS
Management Information Systems
VOC
Vocal/Choral Music
EDR
Childhood Studies and Reading
MKT
Business Administration
VOI
Vocal/Choral Music
EDS
Counselor, Secondary and Profes-
MSI
Mihtary Science
WEN
Instrumental Music
sional Education
MTC
Music Theory and Composition
WIN
Instrumental Music
EDU
Counselor, Secondary and Profes-
Mlh
Mathematical Sciences
WOS
Women's Studies
sional Education
MTL
Mathematical Sciences
WWC
Instrumental Music
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
Robert P. Casey, Governor
State System of Higher Education
James H. McCormick, Chancellor
F. Eugene Dixon, Jr., Chair
Kimberly M. Allen
Julia B. Ansill
Muriel Berman
Donald Carroll, Jr.
Jeffrey W. Coy
G. Edward DeSeve
Board of Governors
Monica A. Douglas
Patrick Geho
Rebecca F. Gross
James A. Hughes
James L. Larson
F. Joseph Loeper
Floyd M. Mains
Joseph M. Nespoli
Robert J. O'Hara.Jr.
Phihp D. Rowe, Jr.
Jere W. Schuler
Patrick J. Stapleton
Julius Uehlein
West Chester University Council of Trustees
Bernard J. Carrozza, Chair Newtown Square
John F. Unruh, Vice-Chair Media
Joharuia K Havlick, Secretary West Chester
Ted Blankenship Gilbertsville
Martha Carson-Gentry West Chester
Alice Chambers West Chester
Barry Dozor Broomall
Edward Feierstein Merion Station
William E. Hughes West Chester
J. Curtis Joyner West Chester
James L. Larson Devon
Board of Directors
West Chester University Foundation
Dr. Alexander Antonowich, Executive Director
Dr. Donald J. Diffenbaugh, President 34
Charles E. Swope, Vice President
Mrs. Emilie K. Asplundh, Secretary '27
David L. Peirce, Treasurer
Mrs. Guy Fry
Mrs. John B. Hannum
Mrs. Thomas Hamey
James Latta, Jr.
W E. Mullestein
Whitman A. Rice '39
Mrs. Theodore O. Rogers
Leslie B. Schramm
WCU Alumni Association Board of Directors
Dorothy A. Avington
Elizabeth A. Boyd
Gerald W. Brittain
Melissa J. Cipullo
Rose P. Conley
Linda Hoffmann-Delack
Michael J. Ercole
Janice W. Etshied
Edward T. Feierstein
Harry Gilbert
Jamie W Goncharoff
Johanna K. Havlick
Karl Helicher
Rosemary L. Hill
Tracy M. Hippenstiel
Leroy T. Jenkins
Mildred K. Kahley
Karl A. Kaminski
Herbert Lee
Roben L. McCardell
Richard D. Merion
Eleanor L. Miller
John F. Murphy
Edward C. Otwell
Debra Seiler
Paul Thome, Jr.
Joseph P. Wade, Jr.
Ruthann W. Waldie
Glenn L. Yacono
Administration
President (Interim) Dr. Stanley J. Yarosewick
Executive Assistant to the President Mr. Lawrence A. Dowdy
Director, Research and Planning Dr. Martin J. Higgins
Director, Affirmative Action Mr. Franklin Simpson
Vice President for Advancement (Interim) Mrs. Joanne L. Matika
Director, University Relations Mrs. Joanne L. Matika
Director, Development and Alumni Relations Ms. Sheryl M. Brust
Director, Annual Fund To Be Appointed 0.
Director, Alumni Relations Mr. Guy VanderLek "
Director, PubUcations Ms. Cynthia A. Bednar
Communications Editor Mr. Nevin E. Morris
Director, News and Communications Services Ms. Mary Anderson
Director, Sports Information Mr. Thomas Di Camillo
Manager, Graphics and Printing Mr. W. Tyson Cooper
Vice President for Academic Affairs (Interim) Dr. Francine G. McNairy
Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Dr. Richard H. Wells
Associate Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Dr. Jeimie Skerl
Dean, School of Business and Public Affairs (Interim) Dr. Christopher R. Fiorentino
Dean, School of Education Dr. Michael L. Hanes
Dean, School of Health Sciences (Interim) Dr. Roger W. Mustalish nf-"^
Dean, School of Music (Interim) Dr. Frliir-irrl A IlniTrnv ^^tA**--! «^
Associate Provost (Interim) Dr. Vivian Nix-Early /j^l rfAA-**!^^
Director, Admissions Ms. Marsha L. Haug K
Registrar Mr. Robert A. Kubat
Director, Financial Aid Mr. Dana C. Parker
Associate Vice President for Information Services Mr. Wesley Fasnacht
Executive Director, Academic Computing Services Mr. Adel Baramani
Director, Administrative Computing Mr. Fran DiSanti
Executive Director, Computing Facilities Dr. Thomas A. Egan
Dean, Graduate Studies and Sponsored Research ^ -i-^u^-,- ■ Hj, ■ ■ {) Dr. Anne S. Williams /! l. ^ //■
■Assistant Dean, Graduate Studies . . .6f^«M»-.-. .liWpW -. . tl^-f-yr' .^ Jr^tJi .Xh^f ft.M'i'f : f^^- . . . To-Ben'rppointcd ^t- ^i,jL: f'c'-f^*"^
Dean, University College Dr. Eugene J. Kray '
Assistant Dean, University College Ms. Rhoda Todd
Assistant Vice President for Academic Affairs Dr. Vivian Nix-Early
Director, library Services Mr. Frank Q. Helms
Director, Academic Advising Center Mr. Theodore H. Butcher
Director, Academic Development Program Dr. Peter Kyper
Director, Space Management and Calendar Dr. William Torop
Vice President for Administrative and Fiscal Affairs Mr. Joseph D. Hamel
Director, Personnel Mr. William H. Schweitzer
Executive Director, Facilities Administration Mr. Stephen Quigley
Director, Physical Plant Mr. Moshen Malek
Director, Support Services Mr. Royston Gathings
Director, Facilities Planning Mr. Terry Gebhard
Director, Environmental Health and Safety Ms. Gail Fellows
Director, Public Safety Mr. Michael Bicking
Director, Fiscal Affairs To Be Announced
Director, University Services Mr. William Peoples
Chief Accountant Mr. John Taylor
Bursar Ms. Frances H. Riesmeyer
Director, Budget (Interim) Mr. Richard Griffing
Internal Auditor Mr. Richard GriSing
Vice President for Student Affairs (Interim) Dr. Matthew Bricketto
Assistant Vice President for Student Affairs (Interim) Ms. Diane DeVestem
Associate Dean Qnterim), Director, Residence Life and Housing Mr. Thomas Puree
Director, Alcohol and Drug Education Ms. Jacqueline Hodes
Director, Athletics Dr. John Tachovsky
Director, Career Development Center Ms. Elizabeth Giangiulio
Director, Children's Center Ms. Sandra Jones
Director, Counseling and Psychological Services Department Dr. Thomas Spierling
Director, Greek Life and Student Organizations Mr. Charles Warner
Director, Health Center Dr. Joseph Battaglia
Director, Minority Student Affairs Mr. Jerome Hutson
Director, Off-Campus and Commuter life Mrs. Margaret Vanim
Director, Orientation and Parent Relations Mr. Philip Tripp
Director, Recreational Services (Interim) Mr. William Hart
Director, Student Standards Mrs. Margaret Tripp
Director, Sykes Union Mr. David Timmann
Director, Women's Center Ms. Robin Garrett
Faculty
Spring 1992
STANLEY J. YAR0SE\\1CK (1969) Interim
President
B.S., University of New Hampshire; M.S., Ph.D.,
Clarkson College of Technology
FRANCINE G. MCNAIRY (1988) Interim Vice
President for Academic Affairs
BA.. M.S.W, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
JOSEPH D. HAMEL (1985) Vice President for
Administrative and Fiscal Affairs
B.Bj\., LeMoyne College; MBA., Syracuse
University
MATTHEW J. BRICKETTO (1986) interim Vice
President for Student Affairs
B.S., Seton Hall University; M.Ed., Ohio
University; M.BA., Faiileigh Dickinson
University; Ed.D., Rutgers— The Sute University
JOANNE L MATIKA (1985) Inferim Wee
President for Advancement
BA, MA, Kent State University
RICHARD H. WELLS (1988) Dean, College of
Arts and Sciences
BA, William Penn College; MA, University of
Arkansas; Ph.D^exas A & M University
CHRISTOPHERV FIORENTINO (1985) Interim
Dean, School of Business and Public Affairs
BA, MA, Ph.D., Temple University
MICHAEL L. HANES (1987) Dean, School of
Education
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Indiana University
ROGER W MUSTALISH (1978) Interim Dean,
School of Health Sciences
A.B., University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Michigan
State University; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota
EDWARD A. BARROW (1956) iDferim Dean,
School of Music
B.Mus., M.Mus., Eastman School of Music;
Ph.D., West Virginia University
VIVIAN NK-EARLY (1979) Interim Associate
Provost
A.B., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., New
York University
WESLEY FASNACHT (1967) Associate Vice
President for Information Services
B.S., Millersville University; B.S., State University
of New York at Buffalo
ANNE S. WILUAMS (1991) Dean, Graduate
Studies and Sponsored Research
BA, MA, University of Montana; Ph.D.,
Cornell University
EUGENE J. KRAY (1985) Dean. University
College
B.S., St. Peter's College; M.BA, Seton Hall
University; Ed.D., Nova University
THOMAS J. AHLBORN (1967) Associate
Professor of Computer Science
B.S., California University; MA, Kent State
University
NASEER AHMAD (1987) Assistant Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., D.Sc, Aligarh M. University
SYLVIA MOSS AHRAMJL\N (1976) Associate
Professor of Instrumental Music
B.Mus., Juilliard School of Music; M.Mus.,
Indiana University, Bloomington
SHIRLEY T ALIFERIS (1968) Associate Professor
of Keyboard Music
AR.C.T., Royal Conservatory of Music of
Toronto; Artist, Diploma, University of Toronto;
M.Mus., Indiana University
LOIS W ALT (1966) Chairperson, Department of
Vocal and Choral Music; Associate Professor of
Vocal and Choral Music
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; B.Mus.,
M.Mus., University of Michigan
CHRISTIAN K. AWUYAH (1989) Assistant
Professor of English
BA, University of Ghana; MA, University of
Guelph; Ph.D., University of Alberta
JOHN H. BAKER (1974) Assistant Professor of
Art
BA, West Chester University
ANGELOS C. BALLAS (1972) Chairperson.
Depanment of Marketing: Professor
B.S., MA, New York University; Ph.D., New
School for Social Research
LYNDA A. BALOCHE (1989) Assistant Professor
of Childhood Studies and Reading
BA, Trenton State College; Ed.D., Temple
University
SCOTT BALTHAZAR (1991) Assistant Professor
of Music History
BA., Amherst College; MA., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
PAUL A BANYACSKI (1965) Associate Professor
of Philosophy
BA, Eastern College
JUDITH BARON (1974) Psychologist, Counseling
Center, Professor
BA, M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., York
University, Toronto
ROGER BARTH (1985) Assistant Professor of
Chemistry
BA, LaSalle; MA, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins
University
CHARLOTTE E. BARTLETT (1972) Associate
Professor of Social Work
B A, University of Peimsylvania; M.S.S., Biyn
Mawr College
CHARLES R. BAUERLEIN (1988) Assistant
Professor of English
BA, Loyola University of the South; MA,
Pennsylvania Slate University
MARSHALL J. BECKER (1968) Protessorof
Anthropology
BA., MA, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ROBERT M. BEDFORD (1966) Associate
Professor of Keyboard Music
B.Mus., M.S., The Juilliard School; D.MA,
Catholic University of America
CAROL BELMAIN (1971) C/jai/person, Music
Education, Professor of Music Education
B.S., M.S., Idiaca College; DMA, Temple
University
JOHN T BENESKl (1986) Associate Professor of
Biology
AA, Southwestern College; BA, MA,
Humboldt Sute University; Ph.D., Washington
State University
CYNTHL\ D. BENZING (1988) Assistant
Professor of Economics
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.BA,
Ph.D., Drexel University
HELEN A BERGER (1991) i4ssis£ant Professor of
Anthropology and Sociology
BA, Brooklyn College; MA, Sussex University
(England); Ph.D., New York University
JAY H. BERKOWITZ (1969) Associate Professor
of Theatre Arts
B.S., MA, Temple University
ROBERT W BERNHARDT (1965) Associate
Professor of Biology
B.S., M.S., Syracuse University
F. ROBERT BIELSKI (1961) Associate Professor
of Geography
B.S., Indiana State University; MA, University of
Illinois
WALTER R. BLAIR (1966) Associate Professor.
School of Education
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Temple
University
RICHARD E. BLAKE (1975) Assistant Professor
of An
B.FA.. Tyler School of Fine Arts
ARVID J. BLOOM (1988) i4ssistant Protessorof
Psychology
BA, Wesleyan University; M.S., Ph.D., Colorado
State University
MARL\ R. BOES (1991) Assistant Professor of
History
BA, MA, Hunter College; Ph.D., City
University of New York
GAIL G. K. BOLLIN (1990) Assistant Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
BA, St. Bonaventure University; MA, Purdue
University; Ph.D., University of Delaware
DAVID L BOLTON (1991) Assistant Professor of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
BA., Seminar Marionhoehe (W Germany); MA,
Andrews Univetsity; Ph.D., Florida State
Univeisity
Faculty
DALE R. BONSALL (1969) Associate Professor of
Physical Education
B.S., West Chester University, M.Ed., Western
Maryland College
ROGER E. BOVE (1984) Associate Professor of
Economics
BA, Harvard College; MA, Ph.D., Harvard
University
BETTY FINCH BOYLE (1972) Chairperson,
Department of Health, Assistant Professor
B.S., Ball State University, M.Ed., West Chester
University
ERMINIO BRAIDOTTl (1978) Associate Professor
of Foreign languages
BA, Youngstown State University, MA,
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
RICHARD G. BRANTON (1962) Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., West Chester University M.S., University of
Delaware; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
LINDA S. BREUNIG (1978) Instructor,
Educational Services
B.S., MA, West Chester University
STEVEN L BROITMAN (1987) Assistant
Professor of Biology
B.S., State University of New York at Stony
Brook; M.Ed., University of Massachusetts; M.D.,
Princeton University Ph.D., Princeton University
MICHAEL W BROOKS (1971) Professor of
English
BA, Antioch College; MA, Ph.D., University of
Toronto
BARBARA S. BROWN (1983) Assistant Professor
of Nursing
B.S.N. , University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Oxford
University (U.K); M.S.N. , University of
Pennsylvania
DAVID F. BROWN (1991) Assistant Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., M.S., Northern Illinois University Ed.D.,
University of Tennessee
EMMA LEE BROWN (1969) Associate Professor
of Library Services
A.B., Fairmont State College; M.S.L.S., Drexel
University
FRANCELINE H. BROWN (1984) Assis£aj7t
Professor of Library Services
BA, Underwood College; M.S.L.S., Drexel
University
ROGER J. BROWN (1968) Assistant Professor of
Foreign Languages
B.S., West Chester University
JOSEPH BROWNE (1966) Professor of English
Diplome En Philosophie, St. Jerome's College
(University of Ottawa); B.S., St. Joseph's
University (Pa.); MA, Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
CHRISTOPHER BUCKLEY (1987) Assistant
Professor of English
BA, Sl Mary's College of California; MA, San
Diego State University M.FA, University of
Califomia-lrvine
H.JAMES BURGWYN (1968) Professor of
History
BA, Swarthmore CoUege; MA, University of
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
WILUAM F. BURNS (1964) Associate Professor
of Political Science
BA, Allegheity College; MA, Case Western
Reserve University
MARY ANNE BURNS-DUFFY (1969) Assistant
Professor of Library Services
A.B., Immaculata College; M.S.LS., Drexel
University
A WAYNE BURTON (1965) Associate Professor
of Political Science
BA, Brigham Young University MA, University
of Pennsylvania
J. BR'iAN BURTON (1991) Associate Professor of
Music Education ■ p
B.M., West Texas Sute University MA, Western
State College of Colorado; D.M.E., University of
Southern Mississippi
RICHARD M. BUSCH (1990) Assistant Professor
of Geology
A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; MA,
Temple University Ph.D., University of
Pittsburgh
THEODORE H. BUTCHER (1970) Director.
Academic Advising Center, Associate Professor,
Educational Services
BA, Lincoln University MBA, Drexel
University, M.S., West Chester University
ROBERT E. BYTNAR (1975) Associate Professor
of Theatre Arts
B.S. Ed., (jJifomia University MA, West
Virginia University
L'TON CARSON (1991) Assistant Professor of
Health
BA, Neumaim College; M.S., St. Josephs
University Ph.D., Temple University
DIANE O. CASAGRANDE (1968) Pivfessor of
Communication Studies
A.B., Wayne State University MA, Temple
University Ph.D., Temple University
LOUIS A. CASCMTO (1963) Associate Professor
of Earth Sciences
B.S., Sl Joseph's CoUege (Pa.); M.S., Villanova
University
CONRAD E. CHALICK (1962) Psychologist,
Counseling Center, Professor
BA, Pennsylvania Military College; MA,
Villanova University, Ed.D., Nova University
KATHRYN S. CHILCOTE (1989) Assistant
Professor of Vocal and Choral Music
BA, M.M., University of die Pacific; D.MA,
University of Oregon
K ELEANOR CHRISTENSEN (1972) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Childhood Studies and
Reading: Professor
BA, MA, Michigan State University, Ph.D.,
University of Delaware
HUNG M. CHU (1976) Professor of Management
B.S., St. Joseph's CoUege (Ind.); M.BA,
Northern Illinois University Ph.D., Louisiana
State University
MELISSA aCHO'WICZ (1986) Assistant
Professor of Chemistry
B.S., St. Joseph's College; Ph.D., University of
Maryland
BETHANN CINELU (1987) Assistant Professor of
Health
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed.,
Temple University D.Ed., Pennsylvania State
University
GEORGE S. ClAGHORN (1963) Chairperson,
Department of Philosophy, Professor
BA, University of Chattanooga; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
ANN COGHLAN-STOWE (1984) Assistant
Professor of Nursing
B.S.N. , M.S.N. , University of Pennsylvania;
Diploma iii Nursing, Thomas Jefferson University
UELW COMBS, JR. (1967) Assistanf
Chairperson, Department of English; Assistant
Professor
BA, Adams State CoUege; MA, Temple
University
KATHERINE A CONROY (1983) Assistanf
Professor of Nursing
B.S., Rutgers-The State University M.S., Boston
University
JON A. COWEN (1967) Assistant Professor of
Sociology
BA, University of Massachusetts; AM.,
University of Pennsylvania
MARY E. CRAWFORD (1978) Professor of
Psychology and Women s Studies
B.S.. West Chester University MA, Ph.D.,
University of Delaware
W STEPHEN CRODDY (1969) Professor of
Philosophy
BA, University of Southern California; MA,
Temple University Ph.D., Brown University
GEORGANN CULLEN (1964) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Biology, Associate
Professor
B.S., MA, Kent State University
lAWRENCE R. DAVIDSON (1989) Assistant
Professor of History
BA, Rutgers — The State University MA,
Georgetown University Ph.D., University of
Alberta
KEVIN W. DEAN (1991) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies
B.S., Bowling Green University, MA, Miami
University of Ohio; Ph.D., University of
Maryland
GARY A DEAXSMAN (1991) Associate Professor
of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., University of Nebraska; MA, Arizona State
University, M.S., Ohio State University Ed.D.,
Arizona State University
RONALD N. DEFINO (1973) Assistant Professor
of Art
B.S., Philadelphia CoUege of Art; M.FA, Tyler
School of Fine Arts
HARRY H. DEISCHER (1966) Professor of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
B.S., MA, Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
PHILIP M. DeMOSS (1972) Chairperson,
Department of Economics; Professor
BA, Park CoUege; MA, Ph.D., Kansas State
University
DARLENE DeSANTlS (1987) Assistant Professor
of Psychology
A.B., Vassar CoUege; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Connecticut
KATHLEEN DEVLIN-KELLY (1976) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Nursing; Assistant
Professor
B.S.N. , Georgetown University, M.S.N., Boston
University
Faculty
ANDREW E. DINNIMAN (1972) Professor of
Educational Services
BA, University of Connecticut; MA, University
of Maryland; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State
University
W. LARRY DORMINY (1972) Associate Professor
of Vocal and Choral Music
B.Mus., Jacksonville University; M.M., Florida
State University; D.M., Indiana University
RAYMOND A. DOYLE (1965) Associate Professor
of History
B.S., M.S., West Chester University
PHILLIP K. DUNCAN (1983) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Psychology, Professor
of Psychology
BA, Wittenberg University; MA, Western
Michigan University, Ph.D., University of Florida
A. SCOTT DUNLAP (1967) Associate Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
BA, Kings College (N.Y); M.Div., Eastern
Baptist Theological Seminary
KEVIN C. DUNLEAVY (1979) Assistant Professor
of Economics
BA. University of Delaware; Ph.D., Duke
University
MARC L DURAND (1968) Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., Holy Cross College; Ph.D., University of
New Hampshire
ANNE DZAMBA (1968) Professor of History and
Women's Studies
BA, Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University of
Delaware
JOHN L EBERHART (1969) Chairperson,
Department of Communicative Disorders; Assistant
Professor
B.S., Bloomsburg University; MA, Syracuse
University
T OBINKARAM ECHEWA (1986) Assistant
Professor of English
B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.S., Columbia
University; MA, University of Pennsylvania;
Ph.D., Syracuse University
HOWARD EDELMAN (1981) Assistant Professor
of Mathematical Sciences
B.Ch.E., City University of New York; M.S., C.S.,
University of Delaware
JAMES EGAN (1989) Assistant Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., M.S., Ed.D., Syracuse University
THOMAS EGAN (1968) Executive Director of
Computing Facilities: F^fessor of Educational
Services
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University; Ed.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
JOHN E. EHLETTER (1969) Associate Professor of
Geology
AB., MA, Franklin and Marshall College; MA.
Wesleyan University, D.Ed., Pennsylvania State
University
RALPH A. EISENSTADT (1965) Assistant
Professor of Foreign Languages
BA, University of Pennsylvania; MA,
University of Illinois
DAVID S. ELDREDGE (1967) Associate Professor
of Political Science
BA, Yale University; MAT, CAS., Harvard
University
MARIANNE ELEUTERIO (1973) Professor of
Biology
B.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University
of Delaware
PAUL R. EMMONS (1985) Assistant Professor of
Library Services
B. Mus., Lawrence University of Wisconsin;
M.M., M.S., University of Illinois
RICHARD G. EPSTEIN (1991) Professor of
Mathematical Sciences
BA, George Washington University, M.S.E.,
University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Temple
University
JORGE ESCORCL\ (1968) Associate Professor of
Foreign Languages
Lie, Universidad Pedagogica del Caribe; MA,
Boston University
CELJA ESPLUGAS (1990) Assistant Professor of
Foreign Languages
BA, Teacher's College, Argentina; M.Ed.,
Bowling Green State University, Ph.D.,
University of Toledo
JAMES D. FABREY (1975) Director of Academic
Computing: Professor of Mathematics
AB., Cornell University; Ph.D., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology
G. WINHELD FAIRCHILD (1983) Associate
Professor of Biology
BA, Hamilton College; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Michigan
JAMES S. FALCONE (1991) Assistant Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
University of Delaware
GEORGE FASIC (1988) Assistant Professor of
Geography and Plaiming
B.S., Peimsylvania State University, M.S.,
Columbia University
JOHN J. FENTON (1980) Professor of Chemistry
BA, Catholic University of America; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota
ROSE L FICKNER (1979) Assistant Professor of
Nursing
Diploma, Hazleton State General Hospital School
of Nursing; B.S., West Chester University,
M.S.N., University of Peimsylvania
ALBERT E. FE^\NO (1956) Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., M.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
JUDITH S. FINKEL (1968) Assistant Professor of
Special Education
B.S., Temple University; M.Ed., West Chester
University, Ph.D., Union Graduate School
CHRISTOPHER R. HORENTINO (1985)
Associate Professor of Economics
BA, MA, Ph.D., Temple University
FRANK E. FISH (1980) Professor of Biology
BA, State University of New York at Oswego;
M.S., Ph.D., Michigan State University
JOSEPH T FISHER (1968) Associate Professor of
Health
B.S., Slippery Rock University, M.S., University
of Illinois
ANDREA R. FISHMAN (1990) Assistant Professor
of English
BA, Dickinson College; M.Ed., Shippensburg
University, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ANITA K. FOEMAN (1991) Associate Professor of
Communication Studies
B.H., Defiance College; MA, Ph.D., Temple
University
WILUAM D. FORDYCE (1968) Associate
Professor of English
A.B., AM.T, A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University
CLAUDE R. FOSTER, JR. (1967) Professor of
History
BA, Eastern College; B.D., The Reformed
Episcopal Seminary, MA, University of
Delaware; Th.M., Crozer Theological Seminary;
Zeugnis fuer deutsche Sprache und Kultur,
University of Freiburg; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
WALTER J. FOX, JR. (1983) Assistant Professor of
Journalism and English
B.S., St. Joseph's University, M.S., Columbia
University
ALAN W. FRANCE (1989) Assistant Professor of
English
BA, Troy State University, MA, Stephen F.
Austin State University; Ph.D.. Rice University
BONITA FREEMAN-WITTHOFT (1974)
Associate Professor of Anthropology
BA, University of Maine; MA, Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
RAYMOND FRIDAY (1969) Professor of Vocal and
Choral Music
B.S., West Chester University, M.Mus., Oberlin
College; Diploma, Academy of Vocal Arts; Ph.D.,
New York University
BLAISE F. FROST (1989) Assistant Professor of
Chemistry
BA, Yankton College; M.S., Ph.D., University of
South Dakota
ANGELO F. GADALETO (1986) Professor of
Counselor, Secondary and Professional Education
BA, Rider College; M.Ed., University of
Delaware; Ph.D., University of Virginia
CLYDE J. GALBRAITH (1974) Chairperson,
Department of Accounting: Assistant Professor
B.S., M.BA, Drexel University; C.PA,
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
CONSTANCE GARCL\-BARRIO (1990) Assistant
Professor of Foreign Languages
BA, West Chester University, MA, Temple
University, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ROBIN GARRETT (1978) Assistant Professor of
Nursing
B.S.N. , Case Western Reserve University; M.S.N. ,
University of Pennsylvania
JOHN GAULT (1991) Assistant Professor of
Marketing
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy, M.BA, University of
Peimsylvania
JOHN L. GAUNT (1970) Professor of English
BA, MA, Tulane University; Ph.D., University
of Maryland
JAMAL GHOROGHCHL\N (1986) Associate
Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Moshad (Iran); M.S., Ph.D.,
Univeisity of Southampton (U.K.)
ELIZABETH A. GL\NGIUUO (1972) Director,
Career Development Center
B.S., West Chester University, M.Ed., University
of Arizona
MARGARET GIBSON (1991) Assistant Professor
of Childhood Studies and Reading
Faculty
B.S., Temple University; M.S., Trenton State
University, Ph.D., Rutgers University
STEPHEN D. GILMOUR (1979) Assistant
Professor of Foreign Languages
BA, MA., Indiana University, MA, Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota
JOSEPH J. GODEK III (1972) Assistant Professor
of Physical Education
B.S., University of Delaware; M.S., West Chester
University
DENNIS GODFREY (1987) Assistant Professor of
English
BA, University of Northern Iowa; MA, Ph.D.,
University of Michigan
JOSEPH A GOEBEL, JR. (1968) Instructor of
Instrumental Music
B.S., Millersville University
PHYLLIS A GOETZ (1975) Associate Professor of
Health
B.S., West Chester University; M.S., University of
Maryland; Ph.D., University of Maryland
CHARLES W GOOD (1966) Professor of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
BA., Pennsylvania State University, MA,
University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Temple
University
HENRY E. GOODWIN (1960) Associate Professor
of Physical Education
B.S., Lock Haven University, M.S., Pennsylvania
State University
ANDREW J. GOUDY (1977) Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania;
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
RONALD L. GOUGHER (1969) Chairperson,
Department of Foreign Languages; Associate
Professor
BA, Muhlenberg College; MA, Lehigh
University
CHARLES W GRASSEL (1968) Associate
Professor of Geography
B.S., West Chester University, M.S., University of
Pennsylvania
PATRICL\ E. GRASTY-GAINES (1970) Professor
of Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Temple
University Ed.D., Temple University
PAUL D. GREEN (1971) Professor of English
A.B., Temple University, AM., Ph.D., Harvard
University
JUDITH J. GREENAMYER (1988) Assistant
Professor of Biology
M.S., University of California; D.V.M., Ohio State
University
SAUL H. GREENBERG (1963) Chairperson,
Department of Criminal Justice: Associate Professor
of Criminal Justice
B.S., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University, J.D.,
University of Baltimore
ROBERT GREENE (1967) Assistant Professor of
Foreign Languages
B A, MA, University of Pennsylvania
MILDRED L GREENWOOD (1965) Associate
Professor of Physical Education
AB., Wheaton College; M.Ed, Temple Univeisity
HARVEY C. GREISMAN (1979) Professor of
Sociology
BA, State University of New York at New Paltz;
MA, Ph.D., Syracuse University
SHIRLEY R. GRICE (1972) Assistant Professor of
Educational Services
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University
FRANK GROSSHANS (1975) Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of
Chicago
TERRY E. GUIDETTI (1966) Associate Professor
of Instrumental Music
B.Mus., M.Mus., Northwestern University
Smv K. GUPTA (1985) Associate Professor of
Mathematical Sciences
B.S., M.S., Delhi University, M.S., University of
Wisconsin; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve
University
WHJJAM I. GUY (1974) Instnjctor. Educational
Services
AB., Temple University
CYNTIflA S. HAGGARD (1990) Assistant
Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional
Education
BA, MA, Ed. D., Indiana University
SAUNDRA M. HALL (1964) Chairperson, Theatre
Arts: Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts and
Women s Studies
BA, MA, Ohio State Utiiversity
JAMES W. HAMILTON (1989) Assistant Professor
of Management
B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.BA, North-
eastern University
HUBERT E. HARBER (1970) Associate Professor
of Astronomy
B.S., Louisiana State University M.B.S..
University of Colorado; MAT, Brown University
CHARLES A HARDY (1990) Assistant Professor
of History
BA, MA, Ph.D., Temple University
JEFFREY E. HARRIS (1983) Associate Professor
of Health
BA, University of California at San Diego;
D.H.Sc., M.P.H., loraa Unda University
YOKO HASHIMOTO-SINCIAIR (1969) Associate
Professor of Theatre Aits
BA, MA, Aoyama Gakuin University Qapan);
MA, Ph.D., University of Michigan
EUGENE C. HASSLER (1969) Associate Professor
of Accounting
B.S., Albright College; M.BA, Indiana
University, C.PA, State of Indiana
ELIZABETH A HASSON (1970) Associate
Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University Ed.D.,
Temple University
BARBARA F. HAUS (1990) Associate Professor of
Nursing
B.S.N. , University of Pittsburgh; M.S.N. ,
University of Kentucky. Ed.D., Lehigh University
SYLVIA HAVnAND (1988) Instructor of
Philosophy
BA, Goddard College; MA, West Chester
University
ROBERT W HAWKES (1962) Associate Professor
of Physics
B.S., West Chester University, M.S., Pennsylvania
State University
ARTHUR T HEGVIK (1975) Associate Professor
of Instrumental Music
B.M., M.M., University of Michigan
JOHN G. HEUON (1990) Assistant Professor of
Physical Education
B.S., State University of New York; MA, Ed.M.,
Ed.D., Columbia University
FRANK Q. HELMS (1966) Director, Library
Services; Associate Professor
BA, University of Delaware; M.L.S., Rutgers —
The Sute University
BETH M. HERBINE (1991) Assistant Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., Kutztown State College; M.Ed., Ph.D.,
Temple University
THOMAS J. HESTON (1975) Chairperson.
Department of History; Professor of History
AB., Gettysburg College; MA, Ph.D., Case
Western Reserve University
MARTIN J. HIGGINS (1967) Director, Research
and Planning; Professor
B.S., University of Dayton; MA, Ph.D.,
University of Maryland
CHERYL HODGINS (1979) Assistant Professor of
Social Work
BA, University of New Hampshire; M.S.W.,
University of Texas
FRANK J. HOFFMAN (1990) Assistant Professor
of Philosophy
AB., University of Missouri; MA, University of
Hawaii; Ph.D., University of London
THOMAS L. HOLDER (1986) Instructor of
Physics
B.S.Ed., California State University, M.Ed.,
Millersville University
JOHN HOLINGJAK, JR. (1965) Associate
Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional
Education
B.S., Kutztown University Ed.M.. Temple
University
BELLE HOLLON (1987) Assistant Professor of
Art
B.FA, Philadelphia College of Art; M.FA,
University of Wisconsin
SUNION T HONG (1986) Professor of
Accounting
BA, Han Kuk University (Korea); M.BA, Ph.D.,
New York University
CLARK D. HORTON (1989) Assistant Professor
of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., M.S., North Carolina State University
Ph.D., Indiana University
JOZSEF HORVATH (1988) Assistant Professor of
Mathematical Sciences
B.Sc, Tel Aviv University. M.Sc, University of
British Columbia; Ph.D., Yale University
Yl-MING HSU (1975) Professor of Secondary
Education and Educational Psychology
BA National Taiwan University, MA,
University of Oregon; D.Ed., University of
Georgia
LOUIS A HUFF (1990) Assistant Professor of
Management
BA, MA, Ph.D., Howard University
CLAUDE HUNSBERGER (1967) Chairperson,
Department of English; Associate Professor
BA, Temple University, MA, Michigan State
Univeisity, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
JOHN L HYNES (1990) Assistant Professor of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
B A. State University of New York at Albany,
MA, State University of New York at
Faculty
Binghamton; Ed.D., Swte Univeisity of New York
at Albany
LAWRENCE V. lACONO (1966) Associate
Professor of Political Science
B.S., St. Joseph's College (Pa.); M.Ed.. West
Chester University
CAROL ISAACSON-BRISELU (1988) Assistant
Professor of Instrumental Music
BA., State University of New York; M.M.,
Temple University
WILUAMJ. JACOBSON (1988) Assistant
Professor of Theatre Arts
BA., Eckerd College; M.FA, Brandeis University
JANE E. JEFFREY (1991) Assistant Professor of
English
BA, Memphis State; MA, Ph.D., University of
Iowa
RONN M. JENKINS (1972) Advising Center;
Associate Professor
B.S., West Chester University; M.S., Bucknell
University; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
ALLEN H. JOHNSON (1974) Chairperson,
Department of Geology, Associate Professor of
Geology
B.S., University of Illinois; M.S., University of
Arizona; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
DEIDRE ANN JOHNSON (1991) Assistant
Professor of English
BA, Knox College; MA, Eastern Michigan;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota
FATRIOA C. JOHNSON (1966) Professor of
History
BA, Chestnut Hill College; Ph.D., University of
Rochester
EMLYN H.JONES (1968) Assistant Chairperson,
Department of Physical Education: Assistant
Professor
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University
MILDRED C. JOYNER (1981) Chairperson.
Department of Social Work; Assistant Professor
B.S.W, Central State University; M.S.W., Howard
University
WAUACEJ. KAHN (1977) Chairperson,
Department of Counselor, Secondary, and
Professional Education; Professor of Counselor
Education
B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.Ed., ACS.,
Ph.D., University of Maryland
BRENT KAPLAN (1968) Associate Professor of
Physics
B.M.E., M.M.E., New York University
BARBARA L KARAS (1966) Associate Professor
of Physical Education
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Temple
University
MARY A KEETZ (1973) Director, Women's
Institute; Professor of Childhood Studies and
Reading
B.S., University of Delaware; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
NELSON W KEITH (1989) Professor of Sociology
MA, Ph.D., Rutgers-The Sute University
JAMES T KELLEHER (1968) Professor of English
BA, Widener College; MA, Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
JOHN T KELLY (1969) Associate Professor of
English
B.S., St. Louis University; MA, Ph.D., University
of Oklahoma
JOHN P. KENT (1972) Professor of EngUsh
BA, Southampton University (U.K.); MA.,
Ph.D., University of Illinois
JOHN J. KERRIGAN (1972) Associate Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., West Chester University; MA, Villanova
University; D.Ed., Temple University
ROSE ANN KHOURY (1990) Assistant Professor
of Childhood Studies and Reading
BA, MA, Ph.D., University of South Carolina
EUGENE KLEIN (1967) Associate Professor of
Instrumental Music
B.M.E., Temple University; M.M.E., Indiana
University
SHARON B. KLETZIEN (1991) Assistant
Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading
BA, West Texas State University; MA,
American University; Ph.D., Temple University
ROBERT M. KLINE (1991) i4jsociate Professor of
Mathematical Sciences
BA, Millersville University; Ph.D., Washington
University
DENNIS R KLINZING (1976) Chairperson,
Department of Communication Studies; Professor
B.S., Clarion University; MA, Ph.D., Penn-
sylvania State University
MAUREEN T KNABB (1986) Assistant Professor
of Biology
B.S., St. Joseph's University; Ph.D., University of
Virginia
LISA KERR KNAUSS (1991) Assistant Pwfessor
of Nursing
B.S.N. , West Chester University; M.S.N. ,
Villanova University
KAREN M. KOEHLER (1987) Assistant Professor
of Physical Education
B.S., The King's College; MA, Northern
Michigan University; Ed.D., University of North
Carolina-Greensboro
MAREILE A KOENIG (1990) Associate Professor
of Communicative Disorders
B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois University; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois
SEBASTIAN S. KOH (1970) Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., National Taiwan University; MA, Wayne
Sute University; Ph.D., University of California
V. KRISHNA KUMAR (1977) Professor of
Psychology
B.S., Osmania University (India); M.S., Indian
Agricultural Research Institute; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin
ROBERT S. KURZINSKY (1970) Assistant
Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional
Education
B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.Ed., West
Chester University; Ed.D., Nova University
PETER T. KYPER (1987) Associate Professor of
Educational Services
BA, University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D.. Auburn
University
MARY B. LACOSTE (1985) Assistant Professor of
Special Education
BA, Loyola University; M.Ed., Louisiana State
University; Ed.D., University of New Orleans
MONITA LANK (1970) Chairperson, Department
of Physical Education; Professor of Physical
Education
AB., MA., Wichita State University; Ph.D.,
Univeisity of Iowa
BARBARA J. lAPPANO (1970) Assistant Professor
of Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University
ELIZABETH lARSEN (1984) Associate Professor
of English
BA. University of Minnesota; MA.. Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee
VICTOR LASUCHIN (1970) Associate Professor
of An
B.FA, M.FA, University of Pennsylvania
KENNETH L lAUDERMILCH (1968) Professor
of Instrumental Music
B.S., Lebanon Valley College; M.Mus., New
England Conservatory of Music; D.M.A.,
Catholic University of America
JOSEPH C. LAULETTA (1973) Assistant Professor
of Physical Education
B.S., University of Delaware; M.Ed., Boston
University
HERBERT LEE (1968) Chairperson, Educational
Services; Associate Professor
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University
F. WILUAM LEEDS (1963) Associate Professor of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
AB., Temple University; MA., University of
Pennsylvania
JOHN D. LEMCKE (1965) Professor of Health
B.S., State University of New York at Brockport;
M.Ed., Ed.D.. Temple University
MONICA P. LEPORE (1983) Assistant Professor
of Physical Education
B.S.. College of Mount Saint Vincent; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin; Ed.D., New York
University
JAMES P. LEWANDOWSKI (1991) Assistant
Professor of Geography and Planning
BA, MA, University of Toledo; Ph.D., Ohio
State University
JAMES E. LHEUREUX (1969) Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Louisiana State University
MARGARET S. LIVINGSTON (1990) Assistant
Professor of Art
B.FA, Kutztown University; M.FA, Syracuse
University
SUSAN W. LUBKING (1978) Associate Professor
of Physical Education
B.S.. Ursinus College; M.Ed., Temple University
ROBERT C. LUCAS (1975) Associate Professor of
Keyboard Music
B.M., Oberlin College; M.M., University of
Michigan; Ed.D., Columbia University
PATRICK W. LUCK (1973) Associate Professor of
Sociology
BA, University of Vermont; MA, Ph.D.,
University of Connecticut
COLLEEN T LUDEKER (1990) Associate
Professor of Music Education
B.M.E.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania;
MM., DcPauw University; Ed.D., West Virginia
University
GLENN LYONS (1984) Assistant Professor of
Instrumental Music
BA., Harpur College; M. Mus., Peabody Institute
of Johns Hopkins University
ROBERT C, MAGGIO (1991) Assistant Professor
of Music Theory and Composition
Faculty
BA, Yale University, MA., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
MARY ANN O. MAGGITTI (1970) Associate
Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading
BA, Emmanuel College; M.S., Central
Connecticut State College; Ph.D., Temple
University
VIRGIL E. MAGNUSON (1975) Professor of
Chemistry
BA, Monmouth College; Ph.D., University of
New Hampshire
JOHN P. MAHER (1986) Instructor of Health
B.S., Sl Peter's College; M.P.H., Harvard
University, M.D., State University of New York,
Downstate Medical Center
DEBORAH MAHLSTEDT (1988) Assistant
Professor of Psychology
B.S., State University of New York at Rockpon;
M.Ed., Ph.D., Temple University
PAUL L MALTBY (1991) Assistant Professor of
English
BA, Thames Polytechnic; MA, London
University Ph.D., Sussex University
ELI M. MANDELBAUM (1964) Professor of
Mathematics
BA, Temple University, MA, Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania
JOHN A. MANGRAVITE (1976) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Chemistry, Professor
of Chemistry
B.S., St. Peter's College; Ph.D., University of New
Hampshire
ROBERT J. MARBACH (1976) Professor of
PoUtical Science
BA, LaSalle College; MA, Ph.D., Temple
University
KAREN L MARKEY (1983) Assistant Professor of
Music Education
B.S., M.Mus., West Chester University
MICHAEL F. MARTENS (1985) Associate
Professor of Physics
BA, Gettysburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Delaware
AMY E. MARTZ (1990) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies
BA, Miami University, MA, Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
CAROL R. MAXZ (1973) Assistant Professor of
Nursing
B.S., Albright College; M.S., University of
Maryland
GEORGE W. MAXIM (1972) Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S.. M.Ed., Mansfield University Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
SUSAN MAXWELL (1969) Associate Professor of
Communicative Disorders
BA, 'Whittier College; MA, Ohio University
GUSXWE N. MBUY (1985) Associate Professor of
Biology
B A, University of California; M.M., Ph.D.,
University of Cincinnati
ALBERTA M. McAFEE (1970) Assistant Professor
of Ubrary Services
B.S., Kutztown University, M.S.LS., Drexel
University
CHRISTINA W. McCAWLEY (1971) Professor of
Library Services
BA, Ohio Wesleyan University, M.S.L.S.,
Catholic University of America; Ph.D., Drexel
University
D'WIGHT L. McCAWLEY (1971) Professor of
English
BA, MA, University of Tennessee; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois
RUTH L. McCOACH (1969) Instructor of
Educational Services
B.S., West Chester University
DOUGLAS P. McCONATHA (1988) Associate
Professor of Health
B.S., University of Alabama; MA, University of
Atlanta; Ph.D., University of Utah; M.P.H., Yale
University
JASMIN T McCONATHA (1990) Associate
Professor of Psychology
BA, University of Utah; M.S., Jacksonville State
University, Ph.D., University of Georgia
MARY McCULLOUGH (1977) Assistant Professor
of Conmiunicaaon Studies
BA, B.S., Millersville University M.S.W.,
University of North Carolina; Ph.D., Temple
University
BANNAXmE McCUTCHEON (1974) Assistant
Professor of Social Work
BA, Upsala CoUege; M.S.W., Rutgers School of
Social Work
CHARLES H. McGEE (1987) Associate Professor
of Management
BA, University of California at Santa Barbara;
MA, University of Southern California; Ph.D.,
Northwestern University
LYNETTE F. McGRATH (1968) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of English; Professor of
English and Women 's Studies
BA, University of Sydney, BA, MA, Ph.D.,
University of Illinois
LARRY McKENNA (1986) Insavctor of
Instrumental Music
JAMES E. McVOY (1979) Professor of Music
Theory and Composition
B.M., Syracuse University M.M., Ph.D., Eastman
School of Music
ROBERT S. MEANS (1971) Professor of
Psychology
BA, MA, Ph.D., University of Alabama
LISBETH MERZ (1985) Associate Professor,
Counseling Center
BA, Chestnut Hill College; MA, Vdlanova
University Psy.D., Hahnemann University
OWEN METCALF (1989) Assistant Professor of
Music
B.M., M.M., University of Colorado; D.M.,
Indiana University
HAROLD W. METZ (1977) Associate Professor of
Criminal Justice
A.B., Glenville State College; M.Ed., Ohio
University, Ed.D., West Virginia University
CHERYL L. MICHEAU (1990) Assistant Professor
of English
B.S.E.D., Millersville University, MA
Middlebuiy College; MA, University of
Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ELLEN LOUISE MICHELMORE (1986) Associate
Professor of Nursing
B.S.N. , University of Pennsylvania; Ed.M.,
Temple University M.S.N. , Villanova University,
Ed.D., Temple University
ELAINE R. MU-ITO (1981) Associate Professor of
Mathematical Sciences
B.S., State University of New York at Stony
Brook; MA, City University of New York
Queens College; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State
University
FRANK E. MUXIMAN (1960) Associate Professor
of Mathematical Sciences
B.N.S., College of Holy Cross; A.B., Hoban
College; AM., Columbia University
JAMES S. MILNE (1969) Professor of Political
Science
B.S., Kutztovm University, MA, Villanova
University Ph.D., Temple University
JOAN MIMS (1986) Instructor of English
BA, West Chester University MA, Columbia
College
DANIEL MOHAN (1980) Associate Professor of
Economics
B.S., BA, Monmouth College; M.BA, Bucknell
University, MA, Ph.D., Rutgers - The State
University
GARRETT G. MOLHOLT (1987) Assistant
Professor of English
BA, MA, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-
Madison
ROBERT MOMYER (1986) Assistant Professor of
Instructional Media
B.S., Philadelphia College of An; M.Ed., Lehigh
University
DIMITRI I. MONOS (1978) Associate Professor of
Sociology
BA, University of Maryland; MA, Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
MICHAEL MONTEMURO (1965) Professor of
Mathematics
BA, LaSalle College; MA, Ed.D., Temple
University
SAMUEL F. MOORE (1979) Professor of
Psychology
BA, Youngstown State College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Cincirmati
EDMUNDO MORALES (1989) Assistant Professor
of Sociology
BA, Richmond College; MA, New York
University Ph.D., City University of New York
MICHAEL J. MORAN (1981) Chairperson,
Department of Chemistry, Professor of Chemistry
B.S., St. Joseph's College; Ph.D., University of
Peimsylvania
JOHN R. MORGAN (1984) Associate Professor of
Marketing
BA, Hampton Institute; M.BA, Ph.D., Temple
University
RONNIE L. MORGAN (1973) Associate Professor
of Mathematics
B.S., Southwest Missouri State University, Ph.D.,
University of Missouri
WALENA C. MORSE (1968) Professor of
Psychology
A-B., Duke University MA, Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College
ANNE-MARIE L. MOSCATELLI (1991) Assistant
Professor of Foreign Languages
BA, Fordham University, MA, Ph.D., Bryn
Mawr College
JOSEPH G. MOSER (1966) Associate Professor of
Mathematics
Faculty
B.S., Rose Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Purdue
University
CHARLES A. MOTT (1988) Professor of
Accounting
B.S., University of Connecticut; M.BA.,
University of Hartford; Ph.D., American
University
RENATE MUENDEL (1986) Insmcwr of English
MA. (German), Columbia University; MA
(English), Ph.D., University of Delaware
ANNE P. MURPHY (1989) Assistant Professor of
Management
BA., Fordham University; MBA., University of
Pennsylvania
MARTIN P. MURPHY (1966) Associate Professor
of Anthropology
A.B., A.M., University of Michigan
STERLING E. MURRAY (1972) Professor of
Music History
B.Mus., University of Maryland; A.M., Ph.D.,
University of Michigan
ROGER W. MUSTAUSH (1978) Associste
Professor of Health
A.B., University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Michigan
State University-, M.P.H., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota
KOSTAS MYRSIADES (1969) Professor of English
BA., University of Iowa; M.A, Ph.D., Indiana
University
LINDA S. MYRSIADES (1990) Assistant Professor
of English
BA, Beaver College; MA, Ph.D., Indiana
University
ALI NAGCiAR (1977) Professor of Accounting
B.Com., ddTO University; MBA. Long Island
University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
TAHANY NAGGAR (1977) Professor of
Economics and Women 's Studies
B.Com., Rigadh University; MA, Long Island
University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
CAROL M. NAPIERKOWSKI (1989) Assistant
Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional
Education
BA, Temple University; MA, Villanova
University; Ph.D., University of Connecticut
REGINALD NEALY (1986) Assistant Professor of
Criminal Justice
AA, Pennsylvania State Police Academy; B.S.,
Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Lincoln
University
MARY E. NEHUG (1967) Assistant Director.
Library Services: Associate Professor
AB., Wilson College; M.S.LS., Drexel University
LARRY A NELSON (1971) Chair, Music Theory
and Composition; Professor
B.Mus., University of Denver, M.Mus., Southern
Illinois University; Ph.D., Michigan State
University
PATRICLX A NESTER (1984) Assistant Professor
of Nursing
B.S.N., M.S.N. , Medical School of GeorgU;
Diploma in Nursing. Gastonia Memorial Hospital
JANA L NESTLERODE (1986) Associate
Professor of Criminal Justice
BA, Pennsylvania State University; J. D.,
Widener University
EMILY T. NEWBOLD (1970) Assistant Professor
of Instrumental Music
B.Mus., Eastman School of Music; M.Mus.,
Temple University; D.MA, Combs College
JOHN T. NEWCOMB (1990) Assistant Professor
of English
AB.. Davidson College; MA, Ph.D., Duke
University
SARA E. NEWELL (1989) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies
AA, Clark College; BA, Western Washington
University; M.S., University of Wyoming; Ph.D.,
University of Utah
ANTHONYJ. NICASTRO (1990) Associate
Professor of Physics
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware
DEBORAH NICKLES (1969) Chairperson.
Department of Special Education: Assistant
Professor
B.S., West Chester University; M.S., Syracuse
University
ELIZABETH NOLLEN (1986) Instructor of
English
BA, Ohio University; MA, Ph.D., Indiana
University
ISAAC B. NORRIS (1986) Instructor of Physical
Education
B.S., West Chester University; MA, University
of Maryland
ROBERT P. NYE (1968) Professor of Health
AB.. Gettysburg College; M.Ed., West Chester
University; Ed.D., Temple University
C. JACK ORR (1986) Professor of Communication
Studies
BA, Messiah College; B.D.. Eastern Baptist
Theological Seminary; MA, Northwestern
University; Ph.D., Temple Univeisity
DAVID L. PADEN (1988) Professor of
Management
B.S., Miami University; M.BA, D.BA, Indiana
University
CHARLES W. PAGANO (1967) Assistant
Professor of Physical Education
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Ohio
University
PRAXITELES PANDEL (1972) Chairperson,
Department of Keyboard Music: Associate Professor
B.Mus., M.S., The JuiUiard School
SUSAN B. PARKINSON (1968) Associate
Professor of Physical Education
B.S.. Pennsylvania State University; M.Ed., West
Chester University
RICHARD D. PARSONS (1990) Associate
Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional
Education
BA, Villanova University; MA, Ph.D., Temple
University
PATRIOA PATRICK (1990) Assistant Professor of
Education Services
BA, MA, M.S.. Indiana University
FREDERICK R. PATTON (1981) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Foreign Languages:
Associate Professor
BA. M.Ed., Temple University; MA. Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
PETER PAULSON (1989) Instructor of Music
B.M.. West Clhester University
REBECCA PAULY (1987) Assistant Professor of
Foreign Languages
BA, Smith College; MA, University of
California at Berkeley; Ph.D., Middlebury College
MICHAEL V PEARSON (1988) Assistant
Professor of Communication Studies
BA, lona College; MA., William Patterson
College of New Jersey; Ph.D., Temple University
MICHAEL A PEICH (1968) Associate Professor
of English
BA, Wartburg College; MA, University of
Pennsylvania
ROBERT E. PENNINGTON (1966) Professor of
Keyboard Music
B.Mus., M.Mus., D.Mus.. Northwestern
University
EILEEN G. PERCIFUL (1990) Associate Professor
of Nursing
AS.N., B.S.N. . Gwynedd Mercy CoUege; M.S.N..
University of Pennsylvania; D.N.Sc. Widener
University
JUUE A PERONE (1990) Assistant ProBsssor of
Counseling
B.S., MA. M.PA, Ohio State University; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland
G. KING PERRY (1983) Instructor of
Mathematical Sciences
B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg University
RUBY A PETERS (1988) Associate Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., Cheyney University; M.S.Ed., Temple
University
WUUAM B. PETERS (1973) Associate Professor
of History
BA, Pomona College; MA, California State
University, San Francisco; Ph.D., University of
California. Santa Barbara
PATRICH A PFUEGER (1988) Assistant
Professor of English
BA. University of Missouri; MA, Eastern
Michigan University-. Ph.D., University of
Minnesota
JANE T. PIPPART (1987) AssUtant Professor of
Music Education
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Holy
Names College
THOMAS J. PLAIT (1991) Assistant Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
BA, M.Ed., Ed.D., Temple University
THOMAS W. PIATT (1968) Professor of
Philosophy
BA, Washington and Jefferson College; MA,
University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
JOAN POLKA (1990) Assistant Professor of
Counseling Services
BA, Holy Family College; MA. West Chester
University
EDWARD 1. POLLAK (1977) Chairperson,
Department of Psychology: Professor
BA., State University of New York at
Binghamton; MA, Ph.D., University of
Connecbcut
YURY POLSKY (1989) Assistant Professor of
Political Science
BA, MA, University of Moscow; Ph.D.,
University of Michigan
RUTH PORRITT (1991) Assistant Professor of
Philosophy
BA, John Carroll University, Ph.D., Purdue
University
JACK PORTER (1968) Professor of Psychology
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Temple University
Faculty
LOUIS H. PORTER (1974) Professor of
Psychology
BA., Ohio University, MA., Ph.D., Howard
University
MARTHA A. POTVTN (1985) Chairperson,
Department of Biology, Associate Professor of
Biology
B.S., University of Connecticut; M.S., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., University of Nebraska
WILLIAM G. PRATER (1969) Associate Professor
of English
B.S., East Stroudsburg University; MA.,
Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., Ohio
University
CHARLES PRICE (1990) Associate Professor of
Music History
BA., MA., Ph.D., Stanford University
SANDRA F. PRTICHARD (1967) Professor of
Geology
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University; Ph.D.,
University of Oregon
CAROL A. RADICH (1972) Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
BA, Glassboro State College; M.Ed., Ph.D.,
University of Maryland
WILLL\M J. RAHN (1965) Associate Professor of
Counselor, Secondary and Professional Education
B.S., Villanova University; M.Ed., Temple
University
GEETHA RAMANATHAN (1987) Assistant
Professor of English
MA, University of Bombay; AM., University of
Illinois; Ph.D., University of Illinois at
Urbana-Champaign
JUDITH D. RAY (1978) Assistant Professor of
Physical Education
ABE. of Harris Teachers College; M AEd.,
Washington University
DAVID L. REDMOND (1963) Associate Professor
of Instructional Media
B.S., West Chester University; M.S., Syracuse
University
GEORGE F. REED (1966) Professor of Astronomy
B.S., St. Joseph's College (Pa.); M.S., Ed.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
THOMAS G. REED (1967) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies
B.S., West Chester University; Ph.D., Union of
Experimental Colleges and Universities
HELEN R- REID (1975) Associate Professor of
Chemistry
BA, B.S., Texas Woman's University; Ph.D.,
University of New Orleans
RUSSELL E. REIS, JR. (1967) Assistant Professor
of Instructional Media
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University
MARY ANN REISS (1969) Assistant Professor of
Foreign Languages
BA, Temple University; MA, 'Villanova
University
MARTIN S. REMLAND (1991) Assistant Professor
of Communication Studies
BA, Western Illinois University; MA, Central
Michigan University; Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University
BARRY G. REMLEY (1968) Assistant Professor of
Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University
ARLENE C. RENGERT (1976) Chairperson,
Department of Geography and Planning: Professor
of Geography and Women's Studies
AB., University of Indiana; MA, The Ohio State
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
JOEL M. RESSNER (1984) Assistant Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., Lehigh University; M.Sc, University of
Sussex; Ph.D., Lehigh University
CLARENCE F. RICHMOND (1989) ylssista/if
Professor of Music Education
BA, M.M., Delta State University
JANE RICHTER (1986) Assistant Professor of
Music
B.S., MM., Temple University; D.MA, Combs
College
DONN C. RILEY (1966) Professor of History
AB., MA, Ph.D., St. Louis University
STANLEY RIUKAS (1968) Professor of Philosophy
A.B., Classical Gymnasium (Lithuaiua); Ph.B.,
Ph.L., Loyola University; Ph.D., New York
University
RONALD F. ROMIG (1967) Professor of Biology
B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.Ed., Ph.D.,
University of Delaware
SALLY A ROSS (1988) Associate Professor of
Social Work
BA, Central State University; M.S.W., University
of Pennsylvania
JOHN P. ROSSO (1975) Instructor of Foreign
Languages
BA, Haverford College; MA, University of
Pennsylvania
PHILIP B. RUDNICK (1968) Director,
Pre-Medical Program; Professor of Chemistry
BA, Yeshiva University; BA, Ph.D., Rutgers -
The State University
NANCY J. RUMHELD (1986) Assistant Professor
of Instructional Media
B.FA, Moore College of An; M.S., West Chester
University
CYNTHL\ E. RYDER (1990) Associate Professor
of Educational Services
B.S., 'Wheaton College; M.S.P.E., University of
North CaroUna; Ed.D., University of Georgia
C. RUTH SABOL (1986) i4ssociate Professor of
English
B.Ed., M.Ed., Scatde University; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin
ELBERT M. SADDLER (1985) Associate Professor
of Counseling Center
AB., Rutgers - The State University; M.Ed.,
Ph.D., Temple University
JANE WESTON SADDORIS (1971) Instructor of
Theatre Arts
B.S., West Chester University; MA. in
Education, Villanova University
BHIM SANDHU (1978) Associate Professor of
Political Science
BA, Punjab University (India); MA, University
of Texas; Ph.D., University of Missouri
HAROLD R. SANDS (1969) Professor of
Psychology
BA, Rutgers — The State University; M.Ed.,
Temple University, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State
University
GOPAL SANKARAN (1989) Assistant Professor of
Health
B.S., M.B., Maulanaazad Medical College,
(India); M.D., All India Institute of Medical
Sciences; M.P.H., Dr. P.H. University of
California
FRANK SAUERS (1986) Instructor of English
BA, Villanova University, MA, Purdue
University, Ph.D., University of Colorado
JUDITH A SCHEFFLER (1985) Associate
Professor of English
AB., Muhlenburg College; MA, Purdue
University MA, Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
ROBERT SCHICK (1961) Professor of Keyboard
Music
BA, Swarthmore College; M.A., Columbia
University AMus.D., Eastman School of Music
MARGARET SCHIFF (1990) Assistant Professor
of Art
B.FA, Kutztown University, M.FA, Syracuse
University
STAGEY SCHLAU (1985) Assistant Professor of
Foreign Languages
BA, MA, Queens College; Ph.D., City
University of New York
LISELOTTE M. SCHMIDT (1970) Chairperson,
Department of Music History and Literature;
Professor
B.Mus., Converse College; MA, New York
University, M.Mus., Manhattan School of Music;
Ed.D., Columbia University, Fulbright Scholar
(University of Munich, Germany, 1957-58)
R GERALD SCHOELKOPF (1969) Chairperson,
Library Services; Assistant Professor
BA, Villanova University, M.S.L.S., McGill
University
FRANCOISE E. SCHREMMER (1979) Assistant
Professor of Mathematics
Propedeuitque de Mathematique, Maitrise de
Mathematique, D.E.S., University of Paris; MA,
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
LEROY SCHUETTE (1973) Advisor, Center for
Academic Advising; Associate Professor,
Educational Services
BA, Yankton College; MA, University of
Michigan; Ph.D., University of Utah
RANI G. SELVANATHAN (1986) Chairperson,
Department of Management; Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Delhi flndia);
Ph.D., University of Paris
GUS V. SERMAS (1971) Professor of Ait
BA, Baylor University. B.F.A., B.S., University
of Texas; M.FA, University of Wisconsin
WILLIAM H. SEYBOLD, JR. (1967) Associate
Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Temple University, MA, Northwestern
University
LEIGH S. SHAFFER (1980) Chairperson,
Anthropology and Sociology; Professor
B.S., M.S., Wichita State University; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
JOHN C. SHEA (1967) Professor of Political
Science
BA, Allegheny College; MA., University of
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
MAURA J. SHEEHAN (1980) Associate Professor
of Health
B.S., LoweU Technological Institute; M.S.,
University of Lowell; Sc.D., University of
Pittsburgh
Faculty
ROBERT R. SHINEHOUSE (1966) Associate
Professor of Psychology
B.S., Ursinus College; MA., Temple University
CARDV J. SHINNERS (1988) Associate Professor
of Physical Education
BA. University of California at Santa Barbara;
M.S., University of Colorado at Boulder; Ed.D.,
Brigham Young University at Provo
CAROL SHLOSS (1987) Assistant Professor of
English
BA, S\varthmore College; MAT, Harvard
University; Ph.D., Brandeis University
CHARLES V SHORTEN (1989) Assistant
Professor of Health
B.S., Virginia Pol>'technic Institute and State
University; M.S., Ph.D., Clemson University
IRENE G. SHUR (1956) Professor of History
B.S., Ohio State University; M.Ed., University of
Delaware; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
DAVID I. SIEGEL (1990) Associate Professor of
Social Work
BA. Brooklyn College; M.S.W., University of
Michigan; D.S.W., Columbia University
JAy SILVERMAN (1977) Associate Professor of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
A.B., University of Chicago; Ph.D., New York
University
CAROLYN G. SIMMENDINGER (1958) Associate
Professor of Art
B.S., Kutztown University; M.FA, Tyler School
of Fine Arts
ELEANOR B. SINCLAIR (1970) Assistant
Professor of Library Services
BA, University of Debware; M.L.S., Rutgers —
The State University
ANN R. SKEATH (1983) Instructor of
Mathematics
B.S., Ursinus College; MA, University of Illinois
HAROLD L. SKELTON (1968) Chairperson,
Department of Physics: Associate Professor
B.S., Case Institute of Technology, M.S.,
University of Delaware; Ph.D., University of
Delaware
SUSAN C. SLANINKA (1975) Chairperson.
Department of Nursing; Professor
B.S.N. , Villanova University; M.S.N. , University
of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Temple University
LESLIE B. SLUSHER (1991) Assistant Professor of
Biology
B.S., North Carolina State University; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
ARTHUR R. SMITH (1984) Associate Professor of
ecology and Astronomy
A.B., M.S.. Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
CARL M. SMITH (1971) Assistant Professor of
Accounting
B.BA, MBA., Temple University; C.PA.,
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
EDWARD D. SMFTH (1972) Professor of
Psychology
B.S., Shippensburg University; M.Ed., Ed.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
FRANK A. SMITH (1964) Professor of Physics
B.S., Villanova University; MA, Ed.D., Temple
University
JAMES G. SMITH (1980) Associate Professor of
Political Science
BA, Oklahoma State University; MA,
University of California; Ph.D., Indiana
University at Bloomington
LUANNE SMITH (1989) Assistant Professor of
English
BA., University of Kentucky; MA, Murray State
University, M.FA, Pennsylvania State University
PAUL K. SMITH (1985) Associate Professor of
Physical Education
B.S., M.S., Florida State University; Ph.D.,
Southern Illinois University
ROBERTA SNOW (1989) Associate Professor of
Management
B.A., M.A, Syracuse University, Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
PATRICK M. SOCOSKl (1990) Assistant Professor
of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional
Education
BA, MA, Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
NORBERT C. SOLDON (1963) Professor of
History
BA.. MA. Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D..
University of Delaware
H. LEE SOUTHALL (1967) y4ssocjate Professor of
Instrumental Music
B.S.. West Chester University. MA. Trenton
State College
ALICE J. SPEH (1989) Assistant Professor of
Foreign Languages
A.B.. Brown University. MA, Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College
JOSEPH M. SPIECKER (1968) Chairperson,
Department of Instructional Media; Professor
B.S., West Chester University, Ed.M., Temple
University, Ed.D., Nova University
THOMAS W SPIERUNG (1972) Psychologist,
Counseling Center, Professor
BA, M.A, Ph.D., Michigan State University
DAVID A SPRENKLE (1987) Assistant Professor
of Vocal and Choral Music
B.S., M.M., West Chester University, D.MA.
University of Maryland at College Park
ELIZABETH LEE ANN SROGI (1991) Assistant
Professor of Ceology and Astronomy
B.S., Yale University, Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
JACK STEINBERG (1978) Associate Professor of
Educational Services
BA, MA. Temple University
LESUE STEVENSON. JR. (1972) Psychologist.
Counseling Center Associate Professor
B.S.. M.S., University of Utah
MARY C. STIEBER (1990) Assistant Professor of
Art
B.FA. Carnegie Mellon University, MA,
University of Pittsburgh; MA, Princeton
University
JOSEPH A. STIGORA (1973) Associate Professor
of Communicative Disorders
B.S.. Bloomsburg University. MA. Ph.D.,
Bowling Green University
JOHN STOIAR (1988) Professor of Ceology and
Astronomy
B.S., Shippensburg University, M.Ed., West
Chester University; D.Ed., Pennsylvania State
University
PAUL STOLLER (1980) Professor of Anthropology
and Sociology
BA., University of Pittsburgh; M.S., Georgetown
University, Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin
CLEAVONNE STRATTON (1983) Associate
Professor of Communicative Disorders
BA, Miles College; M.A., Ph D., Ohio Sutc
University
PAUL A STREVELER (1970) Professor of
Philosophy .
B A, St. John's University (Minn.); Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin
FREDERICK R. STRUCKMEYER (1966)
Professor of Philosophy
BA, King's College (N.Y); AM., Ph.D., Boston
University
ELENA F. STUART (1977) Assistant Professor of
Communicative Disorders
BA, Emerson College; M.S., Purdue University
JAMES D. SULLIVAN (1967) Professor of Music
Theory and Composition
B.S., West Chester University. MA. Ph.D.,
Eastman School of Music
LULU C. H. SUN (1991) Assistant Professor of
English
MA. University of Western Ontario; MA,
Ph.D.. University of Michigan
JANE B. SWAN (1965) Professor of History and
Women 's Studies
BA, Swarthmore College; MA, Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
PATRICK J.M. SYLVESTER (1968) Professor of
Economics
BA., St. Francis Xavier University (Canada);
MA, University of New Brunswick (Canada);
MA, University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Bryn
Mawr College
ROBERT J. SZABO (1974) Associate Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., Kutztown University. M.Ed.. Ed.D., Lehigh
University
WACLAW SZYMANSKI (1985) Professor of
Mathematical Sciences
MA, Jagiellonian University (Poland); Ph.D.,
D.S.C., Polish Academy of Sciences
JOHN C. XACHOVSKY (1970) Professor of
Geography
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University, Ph.D..
University of Cincinnati
LIN TAN (1989) Associate Professor of
Mathematical Sciences
B.S.. MA, Zhejian University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of CaUfomia at Los Angeles
BRADLEY E. TAYLOR (1973) Assistant Pwfessor
of Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., Temple University
CHRISTOPHERJ. TEUTSCH (1989) Assistant
Professor of English
MA. Jagiellonian University (Poland); Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin
SANDRA J. THIELZ (1973) Assistant Professor of
Physical Education
B.S.. Southern Connecticut State College; M.Ed.,
West Chester University
GEORGE M. THOMAS (1966) Professor of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
B.S.. West Chester University. M.Ed.. University
of Delaware; Ed.D.. Temple University
WESLEY W. THOMAS (1979) Professor of
Geography
Faculty
B.S., University of Maine; M.S., West Chester
University; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
SANDRA TICKNOR-FOWKES (1991) Instructor
of Physical Education
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S.,
University of Colorado
MIKEL K TODD (1990) Assistant Chairperson,
Department of Physical Education; Assistant
Professor
AA, Brevard College; B.S., M.S.Ed., James
Madison University; Ph.D., University of North
Carolina
WILLIAM TOROP (1971) Professor of Chemistry
A.B., M.S., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
THOMAS TREADWELL (1968) Professor of
Psychology
BA, Morris Harvey College; M.S., University of
Bridgeport; Moreno Institute, New York;
(Certified Psychodramatist, T.E.P.); Ed.D.,
Temple University
EUSH A TRIANO (1985) Associate Professor of
Biology
BA, Gettysburg University; Ph.D., Thomas
Jefferson University
MILAN TRNKA (1962) Assistant Professor of
Physical Education
AB., Syracuse University; M.S., University of
Illinois
C. JAMES TROTMAN (1979) Associate Professor
of English
BA, M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University;
Ed.D., Columbia University
MICHELLE L. TUCKER (1988) Instructor of
Nursing
B.S., Michigan State University; M.S.N.,
University of Michigan
JOHN J. TURNER, JR. (1965) Professor of History
AB., Muhlenberg College; MA.. University of
Rhode Island; Ph.D., Columbia University
DONNA L. USHER (1991) Assistant Professor of
Art
B.FA, B.S., Moore College of Art; M.FA,
University of Delaware
JOY VANDEVER (1964) Associate Professor of
Vocal and Choral Music
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University
ANDREA VARRlCCmO (1986) Assistant
Professor of Foreign Languages
BA, Chestnut Hill College; M.A, Middlebury
College; Ph.D., Temple University
RICHARD K. VELEIA (1965) Professor of
Keyboard Music
B.Mus., M.Mus., D.Mus., Northwestern
University
C. RALPH VERNO (1966) Associate Professor of
Mathematics
BA, University of Pittsburgh; M.Div.,
Westminster Theological Seminary; M.S. in Ed.,
University of Pennsylvania
JOHN VILLEUA (1986) Instructor of
Instrumental Music
B.S., M.M., West Chester University
JACQUES C. VOOIS (1969) Professor of
Keyboard Music
B.Mus., Oberlin College; M.Mus., Manhattan
School of Music; D.MA, Johns Hopkins
University/Peabody Conservatory
RUSSELL H. VREEIAND (1989) Assistant
Professor of Biology
B.S., M.S., Rutgers -The State University; Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska
JACK WABER (1976) Professor of Biology
BA, Hope College (Mich.); Ph.D., University of
Hawaii
G. AlAN WAGNER (1967) i4ssodate Professor of
Vocal and Choral Music
B.Mus., Northwestern University; M.FA,
Camegie-Mellon University
SHIRLEY ANN WALTERS (1963) Professor of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
B.S., Millersville University; MA, University of
Michigan; D.Ed., Temple University
JOHN W. WARD (1961) Associate Professor of
English
AB., MA, Miami University; Ph.D., University
of Delaware
JOHN W. WEAVER (1973) Chairperson,
Department of Mathematics and Computer Science;
Professor
BA, Eastern Mennonite College; MA,
University of Delaware; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins
University
RICHARD J. WEBSTER (1967) Professor of
History, American Studies, and Women 's Studies
AB., Lafayette College; MA, University of
Delaware; AM., University of Petuisylvania;
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
RUTH I. WEIDNER (1967) Professor of Art
BA., Hood College; M.S.L.S., Drexel University;
MA, University of Debware; Ph.D., University
of Delaware
LOUIS F. WEISLOGEL (1970) Chairperson,
Department of Political Science, Associate Professor
of Political Science
AB., Gettysburg College; M.S., Rutgers - The
State University, MA, Villanova University
Ed.D., Nova University
MICHAEL S. WEISS (1978) Professor of
Commutiicative Disorders
BA, Long Island University, M.S., Ph.D., Purdue
University
ROBERT H. WEISS (1967) Professor of EngUsh
AB., University of Pennsylvania; AM., Ph.D.,
Temple University
JOAN M. WELCH (1990) Assistant Professor of
Geography and Planning
BA, St. Cloud State University MA, Ph.D.,
Boston University
LESLEY A WELSH (1991) Assistant Professor of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
BA, Eastern Connecticut State University, MA,
Ph.D., University of Connecticut
LINWOOD J. WHITE (1968) Chairperson.
Department of Ait; Associate Professor
B.FA, Maryland Institute College of An; M.FA,
University of Permsylvania
SUSANNE WIEDER (1988) Assistant Professor of
Social Work
AA, Potomac State College; BA, Fairmont
State College; M.S.W., Smith College School for
Social Work
EDWIN L. WILLL\MS (1968) Associafe Professor
of Philosophy
BA, West Chester University
JEROME M. WUJJAMS (1985) Associate
Professor of Foreign Languages
BA, Haverford College; MA, M.Phil., Ph.D.,
Yale University
JOHN M. WINTERMUTE (1966) Associate
Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Ithaca College; Ed.M., State University of
New York at Buffalo
THOMAS WINTERS (1988) Assistant Professor of
Music History
BA, Bucknell University, MA, Ph.D.,
University of Permsylvania
C. GIL WISWALL (1985) Assistant Professor of
Geology and Astronomy
BA. Colgate University; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Montana
PHILIP WrrONSKY (1974) Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Queens College; Ph.D.. University of
Miimesota
MICHELE B. WOLFE (1983) Assistant Professor
of Library Services
B.S., University of Connecticut; M.L.S., Southern
Coimecticut State College
PAUL WOLFSON (1978) Associate Professor of
Mathematics
AB., Columbia University M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago
RICHARD I. WOODRUFF (1966) Professor of
Biology
B.S., Ursinus College; M.Ed., West Chester
University, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
RICHARD W. WYATT (1989) Associate Professor
of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., MA, University of Melbourne; Ph.D.,
University of California at Berkley, M.Sc, State
University of New York
JOHN WYLIE (1986) Instructor of Music
Education
B.S.. M.Ed.. West Chester University
JANE A WYSS (1990) Assistant Professor of
Vocal and Choral Music
B.M., M.M., D.MA, University of Texas
URSULE YATES (1986) Instructor of English
BA, Rutgers -The State University, MA. Ph.D.,
Bryn Mawr College
DANIEL J. YEH (1968) Associate Professor of
Library Services
BA. National Taiwan University. M.S.L.S.,
Drexel University
RICHARD B. YODER (1962) Professor of Physical
Education
B.S.. West Chester University, MA, Villanova
University
FRANKLIN YOUNG (1985) Professor of Health
AB., Mercer University, B.SA, MAgr., Ph.D.,
University of Florida
ROBERT J. YOUNG (1965) Professor of History
B.S., Temple University, MA, Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania
CARLOS R. ZIEGLER (1969) Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
AB., Elizabethtown College; M.Ed., Ed.D.,
Temple University
CORNEUA A ZIMMERMANN (1977) Associate
Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., Kutztown University M.Ed., Ed.D.. Lehigh
University
MARTIN ZLOTOWSKI (1973) Associate
Professor of Special Education
AB., New York University M.A, Ph.D.,
Michigan State University
I'aculry
DEANNE L. ZOTTER (1991) Assistant Professor
of Psychology
Bj\., Bloomsburg University, MA., Ph.D., Kent
Sute University
ANTHONY W. ZUMPETTA (1988) Assistant
Professor of Criminal Justice
Bj\., Edinboro University, MA., Ed.D., Indiana
University of Pennsylvania
Adjunct Faculty
DOUGIAS ALBRIGHT Department of Health
B.S., West Chester University
EUGENE A. BENTLEY Department of Biology
BA, Swarthmore College; MA, Hahnemann
Medical College
CHRISTINE FORD Department of Biology
B S., Arkansas Polytechnic University, M.SA,
West Chester University
PHYLLIS GOTKIN Department of Biology
B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Beaver
College; Ph.D., Pacific Western University
N. BLAIR LEROY Department of Health
BA, Yale University; M D., Cornell University
Medical College
EDWIN T LURCOTT Department of Geology and
Astronomy
B.S., Syracuse University
HELEN E. MARTIN Department of Counselor,
Secondary, and Professional Education
B.A., Kings College, N.Y; MA, West Chester
University
RICHARD A McCLEAN Depanment of Biology
B.S., Iowa Wesleyan; M.A, Harvard University,
Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
RONALD J. PEKAIA Department of Psychology
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D.,
Michigan Sute University
YVONNE JO ROBBINS Department of Health
AS., Hahnemann Medical College; B.S.W.,
Temple University; M.Ed., Cabrini College
EDWARD THERKAUF Depanment of Health
B.S., Princeton University; M.D., Columbia
College of Physicians and Surgeons
JACK C. WHITE Department of Biology
B.S., M.D., University of Vermont, FA.C.S.
SUSAN WDC Department of Health
B.S., West Chester University
GAIL LYNN WOODS Department of Biology
B.S., Beloit College; M.D., Indiana University
Emeriti
BERNICE BERNATZ, Dean of Women Emerita
JOHN W CLOKEY, Dean of Arts and Letters
Emeritus
BYRON Y. FLECK Dean of Social Sciences
Emeritus
W GLENN KEilNGER, Dean of Men Emeritus
EMIL MESSIKOMER, Dean Emeritus
LLOYD C. MITCHELL, Dean of Music Emeritus
CHARLES A SPRENKL£, Dean of Music Emeritus
ALEXANDER ANTONOWICH, Music Education
DOROTHY D. BAILEY English
MARY M. BLISS, Biology
JUSTO B. BRAVO, Chemistry
WALTER A BUECHELE,JR, Counselor,
Secondary and Professional Education
ROBERT CARLSON. History
MARY E. CLEARY, Education
BARBARA J. COATES, Physical Education
BERNARD B. COHEN, Psychology
FAYE A COLLICOTT, Ubrarian
GERALDINE C. CONBEER, Ubrarian
EDWIN B. COTTRELL, Health and Physcial
Education
GEORGE CRESSMAN, Education
KATHERINE M. DENWORTH, Education
MARK M. EVANS, Director of Student Teaching
RUTH FELDMAN, Psychology
THOMAS J. FRANCELLA Criminal Justice
CHARLOTTE M. GOOD, Education
THELMAJ. GREENWOOD, Biology
H. THEODORE HALLMAN, An
JACK GARDNER HAWTHORNE, An
PHILIP P. HOGGARD, Education
PAMELA JUDSON-RHODES (HEMPHILL), An
CHARLOTTE E. KING, Childhood Studies and
Reading
MARY L KLINE, Nursing
CARRIE C. KULP, Education
GEORGE L. J. LANGDON, Geography and
Planning
MURIEL LEACH, Health and Physical Education
BERNARD S. OLDSEY. English
W1LLL\M R OVERLEASE, Biology
JACK A OWENS, Health and Physical Education
N. RUTH REED, Health
RUSSELL K. RICKERT, Physics
WALTER NATHANIEL RIDLEY Education
ALBERT ROBERTS, Foreign Languages
B. PAUL ROSS, Education
JANE E. SHEPPARD, Vocal and Choral Music
GLENN W SAMUELSON, Anthropology and
Sociology
W CLYDE SKniFN. Biology
RUTH STANLEY, Mathematical Sciences
R GODFREY STUDENMUND, Education
RUSSELL L. STURZEBECKER, Health and
Physical Education
ROY D. SWEET, Vocal and Choral Music
ELINOR Z. TAYLOR, Physical Education
JOSEPH M. THORSON, Business Administration
EDWARD T TWARDOWSKI, Health and Physical
Education
S. ELIZABETH TlfSON, English
EARLE C. WAFERS, Health and Physical Education
SOL WEISS, Mathematical Sciences
THEODORA L WEST English
ARDIS WnjJAMS, Chemistry
JAMES J. WRIGHT, Music Theory and Composition
EDWIN L YOUMANS, Health and Physical
Education
Trustees Achievement Awards
1985
FRANK GROSSHANS
CHARLES C. SOUFAS. JR.
1986
RICHARD W BELDS
1987
MARSHALL J. BECKER
WACLAW SZYMANSKl
1989
CHRISTOPHER BUCKLEY
LARRY A NELSON
1990
PAUL STOLLER
Faculty
Distinguished Teaching Chairs
1982-1983
FRANK A. SMITH
JANE B. SWAN
Merit Awards
1982-1983
DIANE O. CASAGRANDE
MARY A. KEETZ
JANE E. SHEPPARD
CHARLES H. STUART
1983-1984
ELIZABETH A. GLVJGIUUO
KOSTAS MYRSL\DES
LOIS WILLIAMS
1984-1985
FRANK E. MILUMAN
RUTH I. WEIDNER
1986-1987
G. WINFIELD FAIRCHILD
KOSIAS MYRSIADES
1987-1988
WALLACE J. KAHN
STERLING E. MURRAY
ARLENE C. RENGERT
1988-1989
PAMELA HEMPHILL
1989-1990
MADELYN GUTWIRTH
JOAN HASSELQUIST
1990-1991
BENJAMIN WHrrrEN
Irving Hersch Cohen Faculty Merit Award
1990
DOROTHY NOWACK
1991
GEORGE CLAGHORN
Distinguished Faculty A^vards
1974-1975
THOMAS A. EGAN, Teaching
E. RILEY HOLMAN, Teaching
MICHAEL A. PEICH, Teaching
1975-1976
WAITER E. BUECHELE, JR., Service
CARMELA L CINQUINA, Service
PHILLIP B. DONLEY Senice
GEORGE W MAXIM, Teaching
EDWARD N. NORRIS, Service
PHILIP D. SMITH, JR., Teachmg
WIUJAM TOROP, Teaching
1976-1977
ROBERT E, BYTNAR, Service
ANDREW E. DINNIMAN, Service
IRENE G. SHUR, Teaching
RUSSELL L STURZEBECKER, Service
1977-1978
MARC L DURAND and ROBERT F. FOERY
Qoint Project), Service
BERNARD S. OLDSEY Service
GEORGE F. REED, Teaching
RICHARD I. WOODRUFF, Teaching
1978-1979
ROBERT E. CARLSON, Service
JOHN J. TURNER, JR., Teaching
C. RALPH VERNO, Teaching
ROBERT H. WEISS. Service
1979-1980
CAROLYN B. KEEFE, Teaching
JOHN A. MANGRAVITE, Teaching
PHILIP D. SMITH, JR., Service
NORBERT C. SOLDON, Service
1980-1981
LOUIS A. CASOATO, Teaching
PHILIP B. RUDNICK Service
FRANK A. SMITH, JR., Teaching
JANE B. SWAN. Teaching
JOSEPH M, THORSON, Semce
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1992-93
FALL SEMESTER 1992
September 7
September 8
September 9
September 28
October 7
November 25
November 30
December 16-22
December 19
December 22
January 18
January 19
March 12
March 22
April 9
April 12
May 8-14
May 15
May 15
June 7 —June 25
June 28— August 6
August 9— August 27
Labor Day— dormitories open
Faculty Meetings — per departmental announcements
Classes begin — 8 a.m.
Rosh Hashanah*
Yom Kippur*
Thanksgiving Recess begins — 8 a.m.
Thanksgiving Recess ends — 8 a.m.
Examination Period
Commencement — . .,
FaU Semester ends Cas^^-^ (;5C4_
SPRING SEMESTER 1993
Martin Luther King Day— (no classes) Late Registration
Classes begin — 8 a.m.
Spring Break begins — 5 p.m.
Spring Break ends — 8 a.m.
Easter Break begins — 8 a.m.
Easter Break ends — 4 p.m.
Examination Period
Commencement
Spring Semester ends
SUMMER SESSIONS 1993
Pre Session
Regular Session
Post Session
•Although the University will be in session, no examinations are to be administered on these major Jewish Holy Days.
Index
-A-
Academic
calendar, 99
Computing Center ID Card, 8
grade level requirements for
SSiyPLUS/SLS Loans, 10
information and regulations, 12-15
probation, 6
Accounting, 27
Accreditation, ii
Active status, 4
Adding a course, 13
Address changes, 8, 14
Administration, 21-23
of the University, 86
Admission, 4-5
requirements, 4-5
Admission to degree candidacy, 6
Advisory System, 12
Anthropology and Sociology, 23
Application, 4
for graduation, 14
to degree candidacy, 6
Art, 24
Assistantships, 11
Astronomy, See Geology and
Astronomy
Audit Fee, 7
Auditor Status, changing to, 13
Auditors, 5
Awards, See Financial Aid
-B-
Basic fees, 7-9
Billing address changes, 8
Biology, 25-26
Black Student Union, 17
Business Administration, 26-27
-C-
Calendar, academic, 99
Campus, 3
map, 102
Career Development Center, 16-17
Certificate of Advanced Graduate
Smdy, 34-36
Certificate in Administration, 21
Certification, 15
Certification Program in Driver
Education and Safe Living, See
Physical Education
Changes
in name or address, 8, 14
in program, 13
of status, 13
Charles Mayo Scholarship, 12
Charles S. Swope Scholarship
Foundation, 12
Chemistry, 30-32
Childhood Studies and Reading, 32-34
Children's Center, See Women's Center
Classification of Students, 12
Clinical Psychology, See Psychology
College Work Study, 1 1
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, 85
Communication Studies, 36-37
Communications Directory, ii
Communicative Disorders, 37-39
Community Center Fee, 7
Comprehensive examination, 14
Computing Services, See Information
Services
Computer Science, See Mathematics
and Computer Science
Course
Audit Fee, 7
load. See Student Load
numbering system, 13
prefixes, guide to, 84
Counseling Center, 18
Counselor Education, 39-40
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional
Education, 39-43
Credit by Examination, 13
Credit, transfer of, 5, 13
Criminal Justice, 44-45
Crossover Registration Fee, 8-9
-D-
Deadline, appUcation, 4
Degree
candidacy, 6
programs, 2
requirements, 6
See also individual program listings
students, 12
Directions to West Chester, 3
Directory information, 15
Dishonored Check Fee, 8
Driver Education and Safe Living, 75
Dropping a course, 13
-E-
Earth Science, See Geology and
Astronomy
Economics, 28
Educational Services Fee, 7
Educational Research Program, 43
Elementary Education, See Childhood
Studies and Reading
English, 46-48
Enrollment, 3
Environmental Education, 44
Environmental Health, See Health
Examinations, 14
-F-
Faculty, 87-98
Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act, See Directory Information
Fee refunds, 8
Fees and expenses, 7-9
Finance, See Economics
Financial
aid, 9-12
obligations, 7-8
Foreign
languages, 49-51
students, admission of, 5
Francis Harvey Green Library, 15-16
French, See Foreign Languages
-G-
Geography and Planning, 51-52
Geology and Astronomy, 52-54
German, See Foreign Languages
Gerontology, See Health
Good Standing, 6
Government and Planning, See Political
Science
Grace Cochran Research on Women
Award, 12
Grade reports, 14
Grading system, 14
Graduate
assistantships, 11
Management Admission Test, 4
programs, 2
Record Examination, 4
resident directors, 12-13
Studies, Ofiice of, ii
Student Association, 17
Student Association fee, 7
studies at West Chester, 3
Graduation
application for, 14
fee, 8
Grants, See Financial Aid
Guaranteed Student Loan, See Stafford
Student Loan
-H-
Health, 54-57
Center fee, 7
services, 16
Services Administration, See Health
History, 57-58
History of the University, 3
Honor Societies, 17
Housing, 16
fee, 7
refunds, 8
How to reach West Chester, 3
-I-
Identification Card Fee, 8
Individualized concentration, M.S.A.,
22
Industrial/Organizational Psychology,
See Psychology
Infirmary, See Health Services
Information Services, 16
Institute for Women, 17
graduate grant, 11
Instructional Media, 59-60
Instrument rental fees, 8
Insurance, See Health Services
International students, 5
-J — L-
Late Registration Fee, 7
Latin, See Foreign Languages
Leadership for Women, 60-61
Leave of absence, 13
Library Card Fee, 8
Library, Francis Harvey Green, 15-16
Linguistics, See also Foreign Languages
Literature, See English
Loans, See Financial Aid
-M-
Management, 28-29
Map of the campus, 102
Marketing, 29
Master's degree, requirements for, 6
Mathematics and Computer Science,
62-65
Mayo Scholarship, 1 2
M.B.A., 26-27
Meal refunds, 8
Miller Analogies Test, 5
M.S.A., 21-23
Music, 65-71
-N-
Name change, 14
National Direct Student Loan Program,
See Perkins Loan Program
"No Grades," removing, 14
Nondegree students, 12
Nondiscrimination policy, 11
Notification of admission, 4
Nursing, 72-73
-O-
Obtaining transcripts, 14
Office of Graduate Studies and
Sponsored Research, ii
-P — Q-
Parldng Fee, 8
Perkins Loan Program, 1 1
Philosophy, 73
Physical Education, 74-76
department scholarship, 1 1
Physical Science, 76-77
Placement, See Career Development
Center
Political Science, 77-78
Probation, academic, 6
Procedure for application to degree
candidacy, 6
Professor Russell Sturzebecker
Scholarship, 11-12
Programs of study, 2
Provisional status, 13
Psychology, 78-80
Public Administration, See Political
Science
Public Health, See Health
-R-
Reading, See Childhood Studies and
Reading
Recreational Services, 18
Refund poHcies, 8
Registration, 4
Removing "No Grade," 14
Rental of musical instruments, 8
Requirements
for admission, 4-5
for degree candidacy, 6
for the Master of Education degree,
additional, 6
for the master's degree, 6
Research requirements, 14
Resident Assistants, 12
Responsibility, student, 4
Room and Board, See Housing Fee
Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy
for Financial Aid, 9-10
Scholarships, See Financial Aid
School Health, See Health
Science Education, See Geology and
Astronomy
Secondary Education, 41-42
Sexual Harassment Policy, ii
Snow days. See Storm Closings
Social Work, 80-81
Sociology, See Anthropology and
Sociology
Spanish, See Foreign Languages
Special Education, 81-82
Speech and Hearing Clinic, 17
Speech Pathology, See Communicative
Disorders
Sport and Athletic Administration, See
Physical Education
Stafford Student Loan, 1 1
Status
active, 4
change of, 13
Storm closings, 16
Structure of the University, 20
Student Activities Council, 17-18
Student load, 13
Student Consumer Rights and
Responsibilities, 10-11
Student responsibility, 4
Student services, 15-18
Submitting the thesis for binding, 14
Summer Sessions, 3
Swope Scholarship Foundation, 12
-T-
Teaching Certification, 15
Teaching English as a Second
Language, 82-83
Theatre, See Communication Studies
Thesis binding, 14
Time to complete the degree program,
12
Training and Development, M.S.A., 22
Transcript
fee, 8
obtaining, 14
Transfer of credit, 5, 13
Tuition, See Fees
-U-
Undergraduate
courses, fees for, 8-9
courses for graduate credit, 13
studies, 3
Undergraduates taking graduate
courses, 5
University assistantships, 11
University services, 15-18
Urban and Regional Planning, See
Geography and Planning
Urban Education, 44
-V-
Veterans' Affairs, 1 7
-W-
West Chester, how to reach, 3
Withdrawal procedure, 8, 13
Withdrawal/Enrollment change and
aid, 10
Women's Center, 17
Women's Studies, 83
Work Study, 11
Workshops, 13
Campus Map
: FACULTY/STAFF/STUDENT *
BOROUGH OF WEST CHESTER
PARKING PERMIT OR METER
26) EMERGENCY PHONES -■-",.
umversrty decaJ requiied Li3i
posled signs «hKii ti
entorcsmenl suDject tc
cfiangeas posfod
A separate map designating
parXing ror me ^andlC3pped is
avajtabie at Public Satery m the
Peoples Maintenance Building
!7 ^ ^ / ''^^
3"
Llp^a^K*i>^